Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
Modern Greek ·
All rights reserved. This new method of learning modern Greek Mathe Modern Greek is
protected by copyright. The method of discovering in any language Greek words, stems and
roots and of using them for teaching modern Greek to the speakers of that language or for any
other purpose is also protected by copyright. No part of this method may be reproduced in any
form or by any means, including photocopying, or utilized by any information storage or
retrieval system without written permission from the copyright owners.
ISBN 960-7398-41-6
Contents
Prologue ...................................................................................................................... 1
The History of the Greek language ................................................................. .... .........?
The diglossy of the Greek language ....................................................... .... :.............. 13
The pronunciation of Greek ....................................................................................... 14
The accentuation of Greek words ............................................................................... 16
The Greek Alphabet ...... ........ ....... ................ ............... ... ........... ... ..... ........... ............... 17
Synoptic Table of pronunciation of Greek letters .......................................................23
Basic Grammar. Gr 1a. The genders of the Greek nouns and the definite article,
b. The endings of the Greek nouns, c . The indefinite article ........ ............................... 25
First Lesson {L 1) ... ...... ... .. .... .. .. . ... .... ... . ..... ............ . ..................................................... 26
Second Lesson {L2 ) ... . ... .. . .... .... ............... . ... ........ ...... ... . .................................... . ...... . .. 28
Basic Grammar. Gr 2a. The plural form of the nouns and definite article,
b. The plural of the adjectives and of the verbs be and have, c. The third person
of the personal pronoun as a demonstrative pronoun ........................... ............... ...... 31
Third Lesson (L3 ) .............. ... .................. .. ....................................... ... .... .. .... ........ .... ... 32
Basic Grammar. Gr 3a. The endings of the verbs, b. The cases of the nouns,
c. The pronoun no one, nobody, d. The wo rd every ..... ......................... .. ........ .... ....... 35
Fourth Lesson (L4 ) ........ . . . . . .. . ...... ..... .......... . ....... ... .......................................... . ........... 38
Basic Grammar Gr 4a. The plural of the verb have, b. The accusative of the
personal pronouns .......................................... ..... ...... ................................................ 41
Fifth Lesson (L5) ................................ . ........ .... . .... . .. ·. .... ...... .. ................... . ..... . ............ 42
Basic Grammar. Gr Sa. The verbs say and listen, b. The adverbs, c. The genitive
case of the personal pronouns ................... ............................................................... .45
Sixth Lesson (L6 ) ........................................................................ .. ........ ...... ............... 46
Basic Grammar. Gr 6a. The genitive of the masculine and neuter nouns and
adjectives, b. The genitive of the feminine nouns and adjectives .............................. .49
Seventh Lesson (L7) ..... .. ........... ..... .... ....... ............................................. .................... 50
Basic Grammar. Gr 7a . The passive voice of the verbs, b. Verbs with active and
passive voice ............. ................ ..... ........................................................................... 53
vi
Basic Grammar. Gr 9a. The tenses of the verbs, b. The continuing and the
complete form of the past and the future tense, c. The past tense of the verbs
stressed on the last syllable, d. The future tense, e. The past and the future
tense of the verbs be and have . .................................................................................61
Table of the endings of the past and future tenses .................................................... 63
Tenth Lesson (L 10) ....... . . . . .. ... . ......... ... . .... .............. . ....... .. ............................... .. .......... 64
Basic Grammar. Gr 12a. The perfect and pluperfect tense, b., c. and
d. The past and future tense of certain irregular verbs ................................................ 85
Thirteenth Lesson (L13} ............. . . . . .. . .. ...... . ... .. .... .. ...... ................. . ........................... . ... 88
The pronouns of the Greek language a. The personal pronouns, b. The
genitive of the personal pronoun , c. The demonstrative pronouns, d. The
interrogative pr·o nouns, e. The indefinite pronouns .....................................................93
Synoptic table of the pronouns .................................................................................98
Basic Grammar. Gr 13a. The endings of masculine nouns, b. The endings
of the masculine form of the adjectives ....................... ............................................... 99
Fourteenth Lesson (L14 } ............................................................................................ 100
Table of the endings of masculine nouns ................................................................. 104
Basic Grammar. Gr14a,b and c. The endings of feminine nouns ........ ..................... 105
Fifteenth Lesson (L15) ..................................................................................... . . .. ...... 106
Basic Grammar. Gr 15a and b. The endings of the neuter nouns, c. The
end ings of the neuter form of the adjectives, d. The conditio nal of the verbs,
e. The impersonal verbs ........................................................................................... 109
Table of the endings of neuter nouns ....................................................................... 111
Sixteenth Lesson (L16 ) ........ .... .. . . . .. .. . .......................................... . .. . ... . ... ... .. . . . ........... 112
embarassed to recognize the same word when it was uttered the way
it has been pronounced for centuri es : evthemon fzome
In 1977 as organizer of a Congress of French-speaking endo-
crin ologists in Athens, I addressed the participants i n modern Greek,
using words which should all be well known to them, as explained in
the written text reproduced on page 4.
The impression this initiative created and the great surprise
experi enced by all when they found out that the strange-sounding
words took on a familiar form and meani ng on paper gave me the
idea of writing this method.
The idea was that since in all European and American lan-
guages there is a treasure of Greek words, stems and roots, an
2
Phili 1 (am is) G<illi ( Fr:~ n ~ais) ke (et) VCit-:i (Bclt;es) latri 2 (m~dcci ns) Endo<"rinologi (Endocri-
nologucs),
LC~o~ (jc d is) oliges• (quelques) p hrasis (phm es) se gl6ssa ;, (en langue) gnostl ': (co nnue) se
6lous 1 (~ rous) to us synt\d rous (Jes syncd rcs). Stin (1) Ellinikl (hcll~nique) gl6ssa '' (languc)
pou (qui) inc (est) i vassi (la base) ton (de) iatricon ~ (medical) diatrivon (diatribes). Sti
~loss:a ~(A la b nguc) pou (que) poly • (trcs, bcaucoup) sychnd ~ (frcquement) gr&phctc 10 (vo us
c..:rivc"/.) o li 7 (tous) i gallop h6ni (lcs francophones) endocrin61ogi kc (et) pou (que) ph6ri l l
(portc) to symp6sion m:u (notrc symposium): ta androg6na {les androg~ nes) i orm6nes (les
hormones) pou (que) ch:aractid'I.<JUn (c:aractcriscnt) t OllS a nJ res (lcs hommcs). Thcor6 u
(jc consiJ r re) uti (qm·) olcs 1 (rous) i lex is .a (lcs mots) rou 16~;ou ' mou (de m a parole) ns
( vous) im: (sonr) gnom':s 11 (connus) kc (i!t) syncxh ["Lo 11 (je continue).
0 chr6nos IL (le temps) inc (est) vr:~ch ys ' 0 (coun) thia (pour) t6sso (si) mcgt\.lo 17 (grnnd)
thcrna (theme) all& (mais) o enthousiasmos (I' enthusiasme) ine (en) hypcrvo licos •• (excessif)
thitt (puur) tis p rototypes ( les uri ~inaux ) Cq ;:u(cs 1'' (ti':\V:IUX) pou (que) tin :ICOUSOUille~~
(nous ..<couterons).
H )·pothCtOH (jc suppose) oti (que) cm \ (pendant) dn pcrlodo (la period c) tou sym poslou
(Ju ~ym posiu m) tha ~( ni u (sera rcaliscc) i l)•si ~.,(l a solution) pollbn " (bcaucoup) provlimch on
(tf,., prubl~ me~) ti~ ormunids (hormonalc) d rosscos" (action) kc (et) rnetavolismou (du mc-
t :lbut i~mc) 1u n a ml ru~t'mon (~lcs :~nd ro1;~ncs) apo (par) tin synerg:asia ~• (la cooperation) t6s-
~o n (de tan<.) soph6n 1 (des savants).
1911
..·.
.
~ ...:.~...·· ...................
~
.....
The History of the Greek language
The Greek language has a history of more than 3,500 years, during which it has
enjoyed a continuous tradition down to the present day. In the course of these
centuries it has been greatly affected by the developments of Greek-speaking peoples
and its history should be studied in parallel with the events that shaped the history of
the Greeks.
Nine major historical periods can be distinguished during which the Greek
language influenced by the historic events has evolved to its present form :
The origin of Greek language is lost in the mist of prehistory. Indistinct also is the
remote ancestry of the Greeks, the people who inhabited the southern part of the
Balkan peninsula and the islands and shores of the Aegean sea. Neolithic settlements,
more numerous than in any other place in Europe, are scattered throughout Greece,
and in the Bronze Age the Cycladic civilization flourished in the Aegean islands.
During the first half of the second millenium BC or earlier, succesive waves of
people descended from the north and mingled with the inhabitants of this area. The
new - corners and the natives formed one race of Greek-speaking people who
developed the Minoan civilization in Crete and the Aegean islands and the Mycenaen
civilization on the mainland.
The first evidence that the language of these people was Greek is an archaic
form of writing used in the second millenium BC, the Linear B, which consisted of
ideograms depicting not letters but syllables.
The words of Linear Bare Greek words that have remained in use until the present
time in the Greek language e.g. the word a-te-ro (= other) became eteron in Classical
Greek and is still in use in modern Greek, and in English as well (heterogeneity) .
8
The first full account of the Greek language spoken in the pre-Ciassical period ,
and very probably much earlier, is found in the epics of Homer, composed in the
seventh century BC. The poems of Homer contain more than 10,000 words, and reveal
that the Greek language had by that time acquired a high degree of perfection and an
ability to convey subtle nuances with a richness of words, expressions and
characterizations only encountered in modern elaborate languages.
In Classical times d ifferent dialects were spoken in ancient Greece which were
mutually comprehensible by the citizens of each city-state without difficulty. However,
the dialect spoken in Athens, the Attic, in which Plato and Aristotle wrote their works,
became a vehicle of literary prose that was used even by non-Athenians. The political
hegemony of Athens soon led to the wide use of Attic throughout the Hell'enic world,
including the cities of Macedonia in which it was adopted as the official language.
The intellectual prestige of Athens and the influence of its Classical philosophers
and writers made Attic-Greek the language of cu lture and of intellectual and social
d istinction, which was used for centuries by the learned and educated classes of all
nations.
The conquests of Alexander the Great spread Greek culture and language to the
ends of the then known world . The world was unified under Alexander and his
successors and the official language of commu nication was Greek. The rapid and vast
9
expansion of Greek to foreign nations and remote places led to the need for a
simplification of the language and the creation of a common and more easily
understood dialect, the Kotvf] L\tdA£KTOc;' (kini thial ectos = common dialect). The Kotvr?
was an Attic-based dialect because Attic Greek had been the official language of the
Kingdom of Macedonia since the time of King Philip, Alexander's father. The Kotvf] did
not only serve communication with new people in far-off lands but was also adopted
as the official language by the Greek city-states, replacing the local dialects and
becoming a universal language that was used as such even after the Roman
conquest.
Among the changes imposed by Kotvr? on Attic Gre,ek were alterations in the
pronunciation of diphthongs, vowels and even consonants. These phonological
changes, in which the pronunciation of modern Greek has its origin, had started in the
Classical period but were more pronounced in the KOlVrl and continued to occur
thereafter.
5. The Greek language during the Roman conquest (145 BC- AD 395)
Greece was conquered by the Romans and remained under Roman domination
for five centuries until the Byzantine Empire was created in AD 395 by the division of
the Roman Empire into Western and Eastern. During that time Greek-speaking people
used the Kotvry, which continuously evolved through the time. The upper class and
educated Romans also learned and spoke Greek as a token of intellectual distinction
and of social and educational status.
The New Testament, the Gospels, the writings of the Apostolic Fathers were
written in the current Kotvfl dialect of their time, which had remained an international
language within the Roman Empire.
6. The Greek language in the early Byzantine era (AD 395 - 1100)
The Eastern Roman Empire, with Constantinople as its capital, soon became
independent and expanded as the Byzantine Empire. Byzantium was a multinational
empire including the territories of Greece, the remaining Balkans and Asia Minor. The
10
trunk of the Byzantine Empire and its principal ethnic group were the Greeks and the
Greek language was the main language spoken throughout its dominion soon
replacing Roman as the official language. Even the name of its capital,
Constantinopolis (city of Constantine), which was given by a Roman Emperor at the
very beginning of the creation of the Eastern Roman Empire, was Greek.
Written documents of this period are limited but it is believed that many
phonological changes in the Greek language that are still in use in modern Greek took
place at that time. The current form of Greek was greatly influenced by the changes
that occurred during this period, especially in its earlier half.
7. The Greek language during the late Byzantine era {1100- 1453)
The Byzantine Empire had by this time been completely Hellenized. All classes
spoke Greek. The 500,000 inhabitants of the Capital spoke only Greek, education was
in Greek and all official and private texts were written in Greek. The Greek monks Cyril
and Methodius from Thessaloniki had introduced the Greek alphabet to the Slavs in
863. The Greek-speaking people of Byzantium, at that time surrounded by the Arabs in
the South, the Turks in the East, the Slavs in the North and separated from the West
by their faith in Orthodoxy, developed a strong feeling of Greek ethnic identity and a
nostalgia for the glory of ancient Greece. In 1204, however, the Crusaders occupied
Constantinople and the greater part of Byzantium, installing a Latin domination that
dismantled the military and economic power of Byzantium lead ing to the disintegration
of its social structure and rendering it vulnerable to the Turkish conquest.
Latin rule over Greece also had an impact on the Greek language. Many Latin
loan-words, mostly Italian and French , entered into the Greek vocabulary. At the same
time the decline of the Byzantine Empire, which now was split into small states in
Epirus (Northern Greece) and in the Black Sea, was a severe blow to the elaborate
Byzantine educational system in which the Greek language was taught. In the last
century of this period Constantinople was liberated and the empire partly restored by
the Palaeologi. There was an artistic and literary renaissance as a reaction to the
hated Westerners, who had all the political power but no knowledge of the Greek
language that could give them direct access to the wisdom of ancient Greek texts and
the original Divine Word.
11
Constantinople fell into the hands of the Turks in 1453 and this marked the end
of the Byzantine state. The first three centuries of Turkish occupation were dark ages
for the Greeks and their language. No schools existed to teach the language, and
Greek society disintegrated, degenerating into small communities of illiterate
individuals struggling to survive in poverty and ignorance. The only remaining
primitive nuclei of education were the higher ranks of Greek priests, to whom the
Turks granted religious and administrative rights that enabled them to maintain the
faith in Orthodoxy and the teaching of Greek to the clergy and a few members of the
Greek communities in their pastorates.
Greeks, however, living or having found refuge in the Greek islands occupied by
the Venetians or in western countries, mainly Italy, continued fervently to serve Greek
letters and produce literary work in Greek, though this hardly ever reached Turkish-
occupied Greece.
The situation began to change in the last century of Turkish occupation (1700-
1821), with the end of commercial isolation and the weakening of the Ottoman Empire.
Schools started functioning in many Greek communities, Greek merchants travelled
abroad, bringing back along with wealth Greek literary texts and European political
ideas. Gradually but rapidly a class of richer, better educated Greeks more conscious
and proud of their national identity, was created in each Greek community, which
together with the clergy and the people aspired for liberty.
Despite the difficulties the effort made during this period to teach the Greek
people its language with books and grammars, to enlighten it with literary texts and to
remind it of its glorious past was tremendous. The language used, however, was not
uniform. Some texts ignored the spoken language, others are a mixture of the spoken
and the learned language of all epochs or of the author's choice, and other used the
spoken language or tried to systematize this.
Throughout the four centuries of Turkish rule many Turkish words entered
Greek language, mainly connected with everyday life, and very seldom abstract
terms.
12
9. Modern Greek
With the creation of a new Greek state after the War for Independence (1821) the
necessity for a uniform national language became urgent. The first tendency was to
resuscitate the Atticizing Kotvrj or a language more or less close to it, purified of
Turkish and other influences. The second, weaker tendency was to form a national
language based on the speech of the people. The first tendency prevailed, but the
language that was adopted, the Ka 8apeuouaa katharevoussa (= the pure or purifying
from Ka8ap6c; kathar6s (catharsis) = pure, clean) was not the Atticizing Kotvrj, but a
mixture of the purified spoken language and the learned language of all times.
Moreover, it was not uniform, allowing writers and speakers to use more archaic or
more spoken forms and words at their will. The kathan3voussa was used in education,
administration, journalism, public life, etc.
By the end of nineteenth century the movement for a language of spoken Greek
gained ground among the writers, being reinforced by the extremes of katharevoussa
users and the difficulty and weaknesses of this language. The language they used and
proposed for a national language was called lli7JJOTtKrj thimotiki (from orjpoc; thimos
(demo cracy) = people) . Soon th e dispute over the language became a serious
political and social issue, and the object of division and political distinction between
the conservatives who favoured katharevoussa and the liberals who su pported
thimotiki. This situation lasted until 1976 when a conservative Government decided to
adopt the thimotiki as the official language of the Greek state.
This is a brief history of the Greek language essential for any student who
desires to learn modern Greek. Taking this historic background into considera-
tion he/she can understand and explain why the Greek language of today Is so
flexible and expressive, with a multitude of forms and a large and subtle range of
linguistic patterns that accrued as a result of its long tradition (see also the
chapter on "The continuity of the Greek language", p. 117).
13
letters and combinations of letters were pronounced as they are now In modern
Greek. lt was therefore natural that western languages, and more specifically English,
adopted this pronunciation when they incorporated Greek loan words into their
vocabulary at the time of Renaissance or earlier. Accordingly the letters El were
pronounced I (EnEir 0-110 episs6thio = episode) the letters 01 as I and the letter OV
as 00 (OIKOVMENIKOr icoomenic6s = oecumenical) the letter V (VlV I/\ON = ipsilon)
also i (MV00I: mithos = myth , MVI:THPIO mistirio = my stery) the letters AI as e
(AINirMA enigma = enigma) etc.
In the sixteenth century, when the interest in Greek letters was great, Erasmus
introduced a si mplified but arbitrary system of pronunciation of Greek to facilitate the
study of ancient Greek. Despite the initial strong opposition of eminent English
scholars Erasmian pronunciation prevailed and has been widely used in the West ever
since. This system, advocating among other things the pronunciation of each letter
separately and giving the sound of yu to the letter V, besides maltreating the Greek
language has been the cause of a serious impediment of communication between
students of ancient Greek and those of New Testament Greek or medieval and modern
Greek. According to Erasmus the El of AAE::AN.1PEIA should be pronounced as in
eight, instead of I that has been its sound from the time of its foundation in 331 BC
down to the present day.
We are therefore of the strong opinion that it is quite p urposeless to try to re-es-
tablish without concrete evidence the way Greek letters were originally pronounced,
or to adopt any arbitrary proposal for their sound and Ignore their pronunciation
that has been In use for at least 20 centuries.
lt would also be wonderful and to the benefit of all students of Greek letters if
teachers of the Greek language of any period, following the example of early
English scholars, would agree to utter the Greek words with their traditional
pronunciation instead of using an artificial and unscientific system.
16
The first step in learning Greek is to become familiar with the Greek alphabet. Here
are some guidelines that will help the reader to become accustomed to the Greek letters.
a) There is a corresponding English sound for almost all Greek letters.
b) Almost all small Greek letters are different from those of the Eng lish alphabet
and their writing, sound and name should be memorized (with some help from
mathematics and physics as is shown in the table that follows).
The reader should pay special attention to the phonetic spelling of the letters y, 6, e
and X because, in order to avoid confusion, these letters will not be changed when a
Greek word is transliterated.
18
I I y lwTa, y6ta ~ota I always as in fit (never 1Ma, i~ea = idea, l~loouyKpaola,
subscript) as in time) ioi ossinkrassla = idiosyncrasy
~ - ~r. ks(
ks, as in telex
e~oooc;, eksoooss = exodus
e~wTtK6c;, eksotik6ss = exotic
xx xl. h( (chi-square in
h as in h ave
xaoc;, xaoss = chaos
statistics) xapaKTf)pac;, xaractfrass = character
c) The reader should also become familiar with the capital letters because almost all
inscriptions, titles, signs etc., are written in capitals.
Of the 24 capital letters the following 10:
r y61Jayama n nr pi
ll OEATO oelta 1: OLYI-10 siyma
0 9f}Ta 9ita cJ) cpt fi
A AOIJOa lamoa 4J 4J( psi
_ ~~ ksf n w~eya omeya
are different and should be memorized.
21
More important is that the letters B, H, P, Y and X, which are the same as those of
the Eng lish alphabet, have a different sound in Greek.
Remember always that:
B is pronounced V, (BIBAOr vfvloss = bible)
H is not the English H but the ~Ta , one of the five "is" pronounced always as an i
(as in fi~ (~HMOKPATIA lSimocratia = democracy, H81KH 181ki = ethics)
P (r6) is not the English P but the R (PY0MOr ri8m6ss = rhythm , nPOTO pr6to =
first)
X is not the English X (for which stands the Greek :: ) but the xi pronounced as in
have (XAO:r xaoss = chaos, XPirTor xrist6ss = Christ)
Y (ipsilon) is one of the five "is" and is pronounced like an i (fit) except when it forms
a diphthong with 0 =OY and then both are pronounced oo (as in moon) or w ith
A = AY orE= EY and then is pronounced as V or F (see below).
There are seven combinations of consonants J.Jn Mn, vr NT, yK rK, yy rr, vx rx,
y~ r::,TO TI, Tl; TZ which represent the following sounds:
J,Jn Mn, vr NT and yK rK at the beginning of a word are pronounced like the
English letters B. o and G respectively in the words Bed, o o , Go.
In the middle of a word these letters are pronounced mb, nd and ng.
ouJ,Jn68eLa simba8ia = sympathy
avr(no5e~ andipo5es = antipodes
6yKupa angira = anchor, eyKe<pcW.K6~ engefalik6ss = encephalic.
The letters yy rr and vx rx: are encountered in the middle of a word only and
they are pronounced:
yy rr = ng (6yye.\o~ angeloss = angel, 'Ayy.\o~ angloss = Englishman),
YX fX = nx (IJEAayx.o.\fa melanxolia = melancholy},
The letters TO TI, are pronounced ts and the letters Tl; TZ, have the sound of tz.
Two similar consonants (except rr, yy) are always pronounced as one as in English:
M M = I, JJJ.I MM = m, oo I I = s, w NN = n, etc:
nap6Ml1AO~ paraliloss = parallel, YPOJ.IJ.IOTLKrl yramatiki = grammar, aooo~
assess = ace.
23
~
u = i (fit) Different capital letters:
q> = f r , 11, e , A, : , n, I , CS>, 'IJ, n
X 00 = h (have)
liJ @ ps (psalm) Capital letters with different sound:
(a) @ = o (not) B = v, H = i, P = r, Y = i, X= h
Note that all small letters are d ifferent from the corresponding English letters. Of the capital
letters those in circles are different from and those in squares are identical to letters of the
English alphabet but they have a different sound.
24
In order to become more familiar with the Greek letters and their pronunciation here
is a list of Greek words with their definite article, written in capitals and in small letters with
their pronunciation. All these words are used almost unchanged In the English
language so that the student can make the comparison and realize and memozise the
difference in writing and pronunciation.
Note that in the word puaT1jp1o we meet three and in the word Yyrervfj four different
"is" (u, 1, £1, q) which are all pronounced I as in sit.
Read these Greek words out loud again and again, and write them down many
times in capitals and small letters.
25
First lesson (L 1) (The adjective npwTo~ is in the neuter form npwTo because the word
JJ08ruJa is neuter: To npwTo JJaerwaJ.
1. I am first (a man is speaking, if it were a woman it should be Eyw EiJ,Jal npWTI'J pr6t1), in
(= OE) all (everything). I am a new (young) man. You are very new (young). This (here
auT6~ is a demonstrative pronoun) is a new (young) man. What (= Tl) is he? (Note that
the question mark in Greek is the English semicolon). What is this?
2. You are a big woman (here J.IEVOAI'J refers to age and means grown-up or even old).
This woman is very good (kind) and (= KOI ke) polite but (= alla ala) she is not new
(young) (Note that the adjectives KaAr\, EuyEVIKr\, vta have the feminine ending -11 or -
a because they accompany the feminine word yuvaiKa). You are very new (young)
(noAu vta because it is addressed to a woman. If it were addressed to a man it should
be: d oa1 noAu vto~ 1sse poll neoss). What are you?
3. This is a bad boy. He is not a polite boy. I am not small child. I am a big boy. I am big
(meaning big man, this is why JJEyaAo~ has the masculine ending in -o~). He is a very
bad boy.
4. This is a good man and friend. He is a good friend. This is another man.
5. I and another (male). You and another (female). This is another child.
6. This grammar is basic.
Note: In the translation the order of the words in the Greek text and their specific
meaning for each occasion will be maintained to help the reader become familiar
with the Greek syntax and idioms. A more appropriate English expression will be
given in brackets.
10. o KaA6c;, 11 KaAr1, TO KaA6 o kal6ss, i kall, to kal6 (calligraphy) = good, nice, kind.
11. o t uytviK6c;, 11 t uyt viKfl, TO tuytviK6 o evyenik6ss 1evyen1kl to (.•vyenik6 (eugenic) = polite.
The prefix t u- pronounced ef or ev combines with many Greek words and gives to them the
meaning of good, pleasant, well, abundant, happiness as in tucpopfa , eforla (euphoria),
tU~OIJ.IOVfa ev<Semonla (eudemonism).
12. ~tv <Sen (like the English then) = not. lt comes from the ancient ou~tv ooMn (ouM+ev) = not
one. The final v of ~tv is draped before certain consonants.
13. o KaK6c;, 11 KOKfl or KOKia, TO KaK6, o kak6ss, i kakl o kakia, to ka <6 (cacophony) = bad.
14. TO n01~l to pe<51 (pediatrics)= child, boy.
15. o IJIKp6c;, 11 IJIKpfl, TO 1JIKp6 o m1kr6ss 1m1kr to m•kr6 (microphone, microscope)= small.
16. o cpfAoc; o flloss = a male friend, 11 cpfArt i fih = a female friend (philosophy, philanthropy,
bibliophile).
17. 0 aAAoc;, ., aAArt, TO aAAo 0 aloss, i ah, to ala (allochromatic, allegory, allergy)= another.
18. 11 ypOIJIJOnKr1 1gramat1kl (grammatic) = the grammar.
19 . o paaiK6c;, 11 paaiKfl, TO paaiKO o vass1k6ss, i vassikl, to vass1k6 = basic.
28
Vocabulary.
1. 0 ~tUT&poc;, 11 ~£UT£P11. TO ~tuT£po o ~efteross, i ~efteri, to ~eftero (deuterium heavy
hydrogen) = the second. The number 2 is ~uo ~ro in Greek. From ~uo came the Latin duo.
lluo as an adjective is the same for all genders.
2. 0 K6aJJoc; o k6smoss (cosmopolitan, cosmonaut) = world, people.
3. H 1~£a i~ea = idea. The pronunciation of the English word idea corresponds to the Greek word
O'l~(a (ai~fa) which means disgust!
4. 0 JJ6voc;, 11 JJ6VI1 ro JJ6vo o m6noss, i m6ni, to m6no = (monogram, monologue, monopoly) =
alone. M6vo as an adverb means only.
5. 'Ox• 6xi = no, not. lt comes from the ancient ou (oo as in moon) which becomes ouK or oux
before a vowel. A stronger expression of ou is ouxf from which the modern 6x• has evolved.
6. To q>wc; to f6ss (phosphorus) = the light. The plural of TO q>wc; is Ta tpWTa ta f6ta (photography)
= the lights.
29
I. n estl fllos?
Thales of Miletus (636 BC), one of the seven Sages of Antiquity, was asked, and he replied:
"alloc; ~ 'eye..> 5"
I
. alas ey6
=
1. TL what. See L1 , =
2. ear( estf the ancient e(vm, 3. <j>IAo<; = L1 , V16,
4. " aMo<; = L1 , V17, 5. 'eyw = L1. V3 .
eyo im( to foss too kosmoo Jesus Christ to his disciples (St. John)
= =
1. eyw L1 , V3, 2. e11Ji imf the ancient e(J.Im (see Gr.1 d), 3. TO <PW<; f6ss = No 6,
4. TOU KOO'IJOU to6 k6smoo (oo as in moon) = the genitive of o KOOIJOc:; No 2
' 1' 2 - -3
11
OvK ev 'tCJ> nollw 16 ev74 11
ook en to polo to ef
1. ouK = = =
not. See No 5, 2. ev in, 3. TW noMw the much (Tw noMw is the dative case of
the neuter adjective TO noM to pal( = the much. See the adverb noM L1, No 7), 4. TO £U to
et = the ef. See L1 , V11 . An ancient saying which is still in use meaning that happiness is not
found in abundance.
30
Vocabulary.
1. = The third. The number 3 is Tpfa (trfa)
0 TpfToc;, r'J TpfTr'J, TO Tp fTo o trltoss, i triti, to trfto
~ria ngle). Remember that the i of Tp fa is pronounced as in fit. The numbers 1,3 and 4 are
adjectives. The masculine and feminine form of Tpfa is Tptl<; and the neuter Tpfa.
2. o KUp1oc;, o kfrioss = master, gentleman, o Kup1oc; = the Lord
r'J Kupfa, 1k1rfa = lady
3. napaKaAw, paraka16 = beg, please (napa para+ KaAw kal6 = call)
4. o ~tvoc;, r'J ~tv11, TO ~tvo, o ksenoss, i ksen1, to kseno (xeno phobia) = foreigner, stranger.
Remember always that the Greek letter for the English X is the ~ . :: (~l . ksf) and that in Greek
x.
the letter X (XQ is pronounced as in have, heat)
5. 0 au~.upwvoc;, 11 au~q>WVr'J, TO OUJJ(f)WVO, 0 sfmfonoss, i sfmfoni, to sfmfono {symphony) =
agreed. (lit. of the same voice: ouv (sin, together) + q>wvr; (No 12).
6. au,.u pwvw, simfon6 = I agree, ou~q>wvouv, simfono6n = they agree
7. o Ka8ap6c;, r'J Kaeapr;, To Ka8ap6, o ka9ar6ss, i kaeari, to ka9ar6 (cathartic, catharsis) =
clean, clear.
8. o 13PWJ.IIKO<;, 1113PW~1Kr'J, TO J3pwp1KO o vr6mikos, i vr6miki, to vr6miko (bromine, remember its
odour! bromium) = dirty, filthy.
34
1. Ev = the ancient tva (L1. V 1), 2. ~6vov = ~6vo (L2, V4) with the ancient and K ending v, 3.
aya96c;, -f), 6(v) aya96s, i, 6 (n) = virtuous. Here the neuter form TO aya96v of the adjective
has the place of a noun and is accompanied by the neuter form of the indefinite article ev (see
Gr. 1c), 4. n emo-rfJ~n. epistlmi = knowledge (in modern Greek emo-rfJ~'l means = science),
5. KaK6v = KOK6 (L1· V 13), 6. H Oll69eta ama9ia = ignorance, lack of education. From the
stem of ~6en-~a (L1. V2) and the privative prefix a- (see No 15).
The quotations of ancient Greek should be easily intelligible to the reader showing
that even for a beginner studying modern Greek ancient Greek Is not Incomprehensible.
35
Fourth lesson ( ~ )
1. I have (a) very good opinion for (about) these children. You, do you have children?
(Eau is put for emphasis and can be omitted). I have three children . No, I have not yet
{= aK6JJa ak6ma) children.
2. lt has little (dim) light. The light does not have power. lt is not strong. lt is weak. lt has
(there are) many people and little light.
3. You are new (young) and it is not possible to have big children. You are small it is
impossible to have strength. What (how) new (young) you are. What news? The news
are (is) not good. (Note again that the the first person plural of the neuter adjectives is
the same with the first person, singular of the female adjective endings in -a: ''T1 vt a
rrou efaa1" ... ''Ta vt a 6ev efva1 KaAa'?.
4. She has (a) very good (nice) and strong voice. No one has (a) good voice (KOJIIO
because it refers to women. lt would be Kaviva~ if it referred to men). You shout (or
speak loudly) much (a lot). No one (now it refers to men) is not (is) shouting. (In Greek
two negative words Kaviva~ and 6ev do not cancel each other out as they would in
English).
5. I have a big (great) fear. The fear is big (great). He is new (young) and strong and does
not have none (has no) fear.
6. I have a pain. The pain is big (great). The pains are very big (strong). I do not have big
pains but only small. What pain is this.
7. I don't hear nothing (anything). You shout but she does not hear. Why[= y1aTf, yatf . 1t
comes from yta (= for) and Tf (= what). lt has also the meaning of because] do you
shout? Because (= y1aT~ nobody hears.
8. Every man has a place in this world as(= omu~, 6pos =as, like) and(= Kai, ke. Kat is
often used in the place of too or also as in this case) every woman and child. You too?
The idea is neither new nor original.
9. Each one has ideas others good and others not good. Each woman has a (female)
friend. Each child has a friend. Neither me nor you.
Vocabulary.
1. TtrapToc; -11 -o, tetartoss -i -o = fourth. The number 4 is Ttaat pa tessera. A condensed form of
Tt aatpa used in combined words is Tt Tpa (tetra) (tetrahedron). The masculine and feminine
forms of Tt aat pa is Ttaat ptu; or Ttaat plc; (tesseris) and the neuter is Ttaatpa (tessera).
2. =
11 yYWJ.II'J , i yn6mi (physiognomy, gnomology) opinion
3. =
Myoc;, -I'J, -o, Hyoss -i, -o (oligarchy, oligochrome) little, few
4. 11 ~UVOIJI'J , i ~lnami (dynamic, dynamite) = force, power, strength
5. ~uvaT6c;, -~ , -6, ~inat6ss, -1, -6, = strong, also possible (tiva1 ~uvaT6; lne ~inat6; = is (it)
=
possible? /:,.t v d va1 ~uvaT6 6en lne 6inat6 (it) is not possible or d v01 a~uvaTo lne a61nato
= (it) is impossible (again the negative prefix a-) .
6. cpwva~w fonazo = =
speak loudly, shout, call somebody. From 11 cpwv~ i fonl the voice
(L2, V11l
7. o cp6poc;, o f6voss (phobia) = fear
8. =
o n6voc;, o p6noss (pain) pain. The verb is novw pon6 = I feel pain, I hurt
9. =
aKouw, ako6o (acouometry, acoustics) 1. hear, listen, 2. follow the instructions of somebody.
40
The citizens of Afye1o eyio, a city in the north Peloponnese, boasting after winning a victory over their
neighbours that they were the bravest of the Greeks in bravery, applied to the Delphic oracle to have
its opinion. The celebrated oracle, famous for its ambiguous replies, answered that they were:
leaving them with the vain hope of being first or second and the remaining Greeks with the
belief that they were fifth or less
Isn't it rewarding for the student of this method to be able to understand the
original words of a Delphic oracle by the 4th lesson?
"Ka9ap 6c; 1 oupav6c; 2 ao-.:p a m} 3 6 £v <pojia -.:a t 4 " a clear sky is not afraid oflightning.
kaear6s ooran 6s astrap 1 i5 en fov ate
b. The pronouns &yw (1), &au (you) etc., have two forms in the accusative case:
JJ& or (&)IJtva (e)mena = me IJO<; or &JJ6c; emass = us
o& or (&)otva (e)ssena = you oac; or &o6c; essass = you
TOV or auT6v aft6n (m) = him Touc; tooss or auTouc; afto6ss = them (m)
TI"JV or aur~v aftin (f) = her Tl<; or aurtc; aftess = them (f)
To or auT6 aft6 (n) = it TO or aura afta = them (n)
The first form is used as the object of the verb and comes always before the verb
[(To txw = I have it, TI"JV aKouw = I hear her, rov yvwpf~w ynorfzo = I know him, J,Jac;
cpwv6~&1 = he calls us, oac;, Touc; (m), Tl<; (f) , Ta (n) napaKaAw = I beg you (them). Thee
of JJ& and o& is often omitted before a verb beginning with a vowel. In writing its place is
indicated by an apostrophe: o'aKouw (I hear you) , JJ'fX&I (he, she, or it has me).
The second form is used for:
a) emphasis:
eotva ~&v o& ~tpw essena ~en se ksero = you, I don't know you
auT~v TI"JV yvwpl~w KaA6 aftin tin ynorizo kala = her, I know her well
b) contradistinction:
&otva J,J6vo yvwpi~w. 'Ox• Touc; 6Mouc;, essena m6no ynorizo. 6xi to6ss alooss =
I know only you. Not the others.
aurtc; r•c; Kupl&c; ~tpw J,J6vo. 1::..& yvwpl~w 6AA&c;, aftess tiss kiriess ksero m6no
~e ynorizo aless = I know only these ladies. I don't know others.
c) after prepositions. In this case the initial & of &lltva, &crtva, £1-16.<; and &crac;
may be omitted:
v•a otva ya sena = for you,
=
v•a oac; Kupla ya sass kiria for you lady,
VI' OUT6V y'aft6n = for him. Here the final a of VIO can be dropped because
the following word aUT6v begins with an a .
42
Vocabulary.
1. nt~moc; ·11 -o, pemptos = fifth. The number 5 is nt VT&pen de. (pentecost, pentagon) . ntvre
as an adjective is not declined.
2. TO ypa~~a . to yrama (telegram , grammatical) = letter
3. 11 ~tpa or 11 I"J~tpa i mera, i imera (ephemeral) = day
4. 11 &cpi"J~&p{~a i efimerl~a (ephemeral) = newspaper (lit. on daily basis)
5. <7Jl~&pa s fmera = =
to-day. Comes from etc; + '11Jtpa to the day
43
6. 11 x6PI1 xari (charismatic) = 1. gift, 2. grace, 3. favour. X6pn cre cra<;, xari se sas = thanks to
you (because of your grace)
7. cuxap1arw ef)(arist6 (eucharist =the bread and wine given in the sacrament of the Lord's
Supper) = thank, thanks. !a<; euxaptcrrw, sas efxarist6 = I thank you (Again the prefix EU·
(L1, V11 ) denoting pleasant feeling combined with the word xapi"J (or xap•c; xaris in Ancient
andK , Gr.1)
8. yvwpf~w ynorlzo = know, be aware. See the following words 6yvwcrroc; and yvwcrro<;
9. ayvwmoc;, •.,, -o aynostos, ·i, ·0 (agnostic) = unknown
10. =
yvwm6c;, ·I"J, -o ynost6s, -1, -6 known. The adjective yvwcrr6<; with the negative prefix a-
becomes 6yvwcrroc; = unknown (see~. V,5 )
11. ~tpw ksero = know
12. npoatxw prosexo = 1. pay attention (to), 2. take care for, look after 3. be careful, look out
(npo<; pr6s (= towards) + exw)
13. 11 npoaox~ prosox! = attention (Attention to the word npoaox~ ! lt is a very common word and 5
small and 3 capital of its ?letters do not exist in the English alphabet: npoaoxll , n POIOXH .
Remember also that the capital letter X is not tlhe English X but the x• (see page 21) and the
capital letter His not the English H but one of the "is" (see page 18).
14. o aVTpac; andras (andrology, androgen) = man
44
tyw At(y)-w le(y)o OKOU•W ako6o E:J.Id<; AE· J.It le me OKOU- JJ£ ako6me
tou At-<; less OKOU-<; ako6s tode; A£-T£ ete OKOU-T£ ako6te
aut6<; AE-£1 lei OKOU•£1 ako6i OUTOI At-v(t) en(e) aKou-v(t) ako6n(e)
,
OUTI"J At-&1 )) OKOU-&1 ako6i auTtc; At-v(&) en(e) aKou-v(t) ako6n(e)
OUT6 At-&1 )\ OKOU-&1 ako6i OUTO At-v(&) en(e) aKou-v(t) ako6n(e)
b. The adverbs in Greek are usually formed from the adjectives and they have the same
form as the nominative plural of the neuter gender (Ta KaA6 na1lh6 ta kala pe6ya = the
good boys. E(IJOI KaA6 1 ne 1\ala = I am well).
The ancient and kc th evoussa ending of the adverbs formed also from the adject-
ives is -we; (-oss). Many adverbs are still used with this ending: &uxapfarwc; etxanstoss =
with pleasure, atJt awc; am(issoss = at once, or are used with both endings like P&Palwc;
and ptpa~a v ·veos~ and vnvea = of course.
A few adverbs have the same form as the accusative singular of the neuter gender
like tJ6vo mono = only, Alyo l'yo = a little, a few: To na1~f &fv01 1J6vo = the child is alone,
tJ6vo TO na1~r = only the child .
c. The genitive case of the pronouns &yciJ, &ou, auT6c; etc., that is the form of the word
that answers to the question whose (whose book is this? it is my book), is:
IJOU (mo6 = my), tJOc; (ma~ = our),
aou (.,oo = your), aac; (sas = your),
TOU (lOO = his). TI"Jc; ( IS = her), TOU (too= its), Touc; (toes = their) for all three genders.
The genitive form of the pronoun in Greek comes after the noun: To na1lSf IJOU to
peo1 1100 = my child, 11 yuvafKa oou 1y1nel\a soo = your wife, o cpiAoc; lT)c; o filos t1s =
her friend .
When the genitive form IJOU, aou, Tou, Tile; etc., comes after a word which is
stressed on the third syllable from the end like o 6v8pwnoc; the word is given an extra
stress on its last syllable: o 6v8pum6c; tJOc;, o a ne ·op6s mas = our man, 01 6v8pwnof
Touc;, 1ana op toos = their men.
The genitive case is also used to mean to me, to you, to him etc., w ith verbs like
write, speak, g ive, send and others. lt then comes before the verb: Tf IJOU yp6cpt1c;; what
to me you write (what do you write to me ?), Tf aou lSfve•; what does he (she) g ive to you ?
T1 Tou (Tile;) Ate;; What do you say to him (her) ? Mac; KOV&T& (kanete = you do) auTr1 TI"J
XOPI'l you do this favor to us ?
In this lesson we shall also meet three very common verbs Kavw kano = I do or I
make, et Aw Selo = I want, IJnopciJ bor6 = I can.
46
12. TO npayJJo, TO npayJ,~oTo (pi) to prayma, ta praymata (pragmatic) = thing(s). deed (s},
npoyJJon K6c; -1\, -6 p raymatik6s, -1, -6, in Greek means real in substance or cause or effect.
0 npay1JCTlK6c; IJOU eaUT6c; (eaft6s) = my real self.
13. TO PtPAio to vivllo (bibliography, bibliophile) = book, 11 BfPAoc; i vivlos (f) = Bible.
14. ~taPa~w ~iavazo = read.
15. tuxaptaroc;, -11, -o = efxaristos, -1, -o = pleasant (see the verb e:uxapiOTc.i> L4 , V7).
16. ~fvw ~lno = give. From ~(vw comes 11 ~6a11 i Msi = dose.
17. £uxopfarwc; efxarlstos = with pleasure. The adverb of £uxaptaroc; (No 15}. Note that phoneti-
cally the difference between the adverb and the masculine adjective lies on the stressed
syllable = e:uxap(OTwc;, e:ux6piOToc;.
18. At w or Atyw Ieo or leyo (lecture, dialect) = say, tell (see also No 21 and 24). The 2nd person
singular of the verb Mw is Ate; (a contracted form of Mye:1c;). T( Me;; what do you say ?). The
3 rd person plural of M(y)w: Atv(£) is used to mean they call or is called: IJ€ Mv(e:) rtc.i>pyo me
len(e) y6ryo = they call me George. nwc; (= how) TO Mv(e:) OUT6; p6s to len(e) aft6 = how
(what), do they (you) call this ?
19. cptAtKa filika =friendly, amicably. The adverb of the adjective cptAtK6 c;, -1\, -6 fihk6s, -1, 6 =
friendly (from <pCAoc; L1, V1s>·
20. 11 A£~11 i lexi (lexicon) = word.
21 . o A6yoc; o 16yos (logorrhoea, logomachy, dialogue) = 1. word, 2. speech, 3. reason. Here it
means your word.
22. here o A6yoc; means speech
23. here o A6yoc; has the meaning of the reason .
24. TO A6yto ta 16ya (exists only in plural) = the words, verbal sayings. The words Atyw, At~11 .
A6yoc;, A6yto, AoytKrl loyikl = logic, come all from the same root.
25. 11 a~fa i axla (axiom) = value.
26. TO t pyo, TO t pyo (pi.) to eryo, ta erya (erg the unit of work, ergometry) = work(s), deed(s).
27. a~t6Aoyoc;, -11, -o axi61oyos = remarkable, considerable, worthy of note (6~1oc;, -a, -o axios =
worthy, deserving, meritorious , capable, see No 25) + Myoc; = speech No 21).
28. TO At~1A6y1o to lexil6yio = vocabulary, glossary. lt comes from the words M~11 (No 20) + Myw
(No 18).
1. tOTw esto = let be. ' EOTw is the imperative of the ancient verb E:IIJ( im i= e:(IJOI (I am). In
modern Greek tOTw is u sed with the meaning of so be it and with KOI it means even: torw Kal
t~1 = even six, 2. UIJWV im6n = the ancient of yours, 3. ou or ouK oo oak = not (see L2, V5) .
49
a. The genitive case of the nouns is mainly used to show who "owns" or "possesses"
something. The masculine nouns and adjectives in -oc; and the neuter nouns and
adjectives in -o and -1 have in the genitive case the ending -ou (pronounced as in moon).
Examples:
0 ve-oc; ~p61J·Oc; 0 neos or6mos = the new road
Tou ve-ou ~p61J·OU too neoo ~r6moo = of the new road
0 Tp(T-oc; K60IJ·oc; o tritos k6smos = the thrid world
Tou Tp(T-ou K60IJ·Ou too tritoo k6smoo = of the third world
To Ka8ap-6 IJUaA-6 to ka8ar6 mial6 = the clear mind
Tou Ka8ap-ou IJUaA-ou too ka8aro6 mialo6 = of the clear mind
To j3pW1JlK-o XEP-1to vr6miko xeri = the dirty hand
Tou j3pWIJlK-OU xepl-OU too vr6mikoo xeryou = of the dirty hand
Note that the neuter nouns ending in -1 move the stress to the last syllable in the
genitive case: xtp1 - X£PIOU, n6~t - no~tou po~you
If the masculine noun is stressed on the third syllable from the end the stress in the
genitive case usually moves to the second syllable:
0 av8pwnoc;, 0 an8ropos = the man
Tou avepwnou, too an8r6poo =of the man.
The few feminine nouns ending in -oc; like t~o~oc; exooos = exit have also the
ending -ou in the genitive case and move the stress to the second syllable if they are
trisyllables: Tllc; £~6~ou tis ex6ooo = of the exit.
Example:
TO cpwTa Tllc; £~6~ou ta f6ta tis ex6~oo = the lights of the exit.
b. The feminine nouns and adjectives in -a and -11 form their genitive case by adding
an -c; (cr(y1Ja, siyma). Examples:
H wpa(-a KOl euyevLK-~ Kupf-a I orea ke evyeniki kiria = the beautiful and polite lady.
T11c; wpa(-ac; KOl euyevLK-~c; Kupf-ac; t1s areas ke evyenikis ktrias = of the beaut iful
and polite lady.
H KaA-~ uy£f-a I kali 1yia = good health
Tll<; K<lA-~c; uyd-ac; tis kalis iyias = of good health
H ~uvaT-~ cpwv-~ I ~inati foni = the strong voice
T11c; 5uvaT-~c; cpwv-~c; tis ~inatis fonfs = of the strong voice
H eux6pLOT-'1 ~w-~ I etxaristi zof = the pleasant life
T11c; eux6plOT·llc; ~w-~c; tis efxaristis zois = of the pleasant life.
50
5 . nou dvat aUTf) 11 o~6~17 (o~6s) . b.ev ~tpw (ksero). b.ev 111v ~epw. :=epet~ (kseris) auT6v
Tov ~P6~Ao; 'Oxt ~ev Tov ~epw . AuT6~ efvm 1Jov6~po~Jo~1a (mon6oromos). Eow dvm
~A6vo K68o~o~1 9 (ka8o~os) , 11 6vooo~2o (ano~os) €lvm OTov 6Mo ~P61-!o.
6. 'Exet J3Mnw (vlepo) 1-!EY6f...11 np6o<So21 (pr6o~o) . AuT6 TO nat~( oe:v EXEl KO!Jlcl (kamia)
np6ooo. H np6oo6c; Touc; (toes) e[vat!JtKpf) ytaT( (yati) ~ev npooexouv (prosexoon).
7. Twpa (t6ra) dvat~Ata avw!Ja'A11 (an6mali) nep(o~oc;22 (perio~os) . AuTf) TllV nep(o~o ~e:v
exoulle (exoome) cpw~. Kaee nep(o~o~ T11~ ~wf)~23 (zois) Tou avepwnou (an8r6poo}
EXEl TO npoJ3f...f)!JOT024 (provlimata) Tll<:;.
8. To 6volla2s (6noma) Tll~ o~ou (o<So6) e:lvm .... Ta cpwTa Tll~ e:to6oou ( iso~oo) . rf)!Jepa
(simera) o pu81J6~26 (ri9m6s) 111~ npo6~ou (pro6~oo) e:lvat Tep6ono~27 (terastios). To
xaoaK11lptOTtK62B (xaraktiristik6) Tll~ nept6oou (peri6ooo) aUTf)~ dvat 11 Tep60Tta
(terastia) np6o~o~ (pr6ooos).
Note: hereafter only the pronunciation of new or difficult words will be given.
At~1A6y10 lexil6yio
1. tp~o~oc;, -11, -o evi5omos, -i, -o = seventh, From t~i50IJO~ comes 11 cp~oJ.16~a evi5omai5a
(hebdomadal = weekly) = the week. The number 7 is em6 epta (heptagon). Em6 as an
adjective is not declined
2. o ~p6J.1oc; o i5r6mos (hippodrome, aerodrome) = 1. street , road 2. way
3. TO J.IUaA6 to mial6 (poliomyelitis) = the brain, mind
4. 11 6KPI1 i acri (acropolis, acrobat) = 1. outermost part, 2. end, 3. edge
5. =
o ~xoc; o fxos (echo, echogram) = sound. H T'IXW i iX6 echo
51
6. wpafoc;, -a, -o oreos, a, o = nice, beautiful, lovely. H wpaia EAtv11 (I area Eleni) Beautifu l Helen
(of Tray)
7. 11 OI"JJ.IOafa i simasfa (semasiology, semantics) = significance, meaning
8. 11 uyda i iyfa (hygiene) = health
9. 11 t~ol5oc; i ekso~os (exodus) = exit
10. To axoAdo to sxolfo = school
11 . KaTw kato (cathode, cation) = down, downwards, lower
12. o api8JJ6<; o ari8m6s (arithmetic) = number
13. t~w ekso (exodus, exotic) = out, outside
14. navw or avw pano, ana (anode) = up, upstairs, upper
15. 11 daol5oc; i fso~os (episode) = entrance (elc; + oMc;)
16. pAtnw vlepo = I see
17. 11 ol56c; i oMs (exodus) = the street. H o~6c; is the ancient word for street which is used for the
names of the streets in the towns. The name of the street following the word ol56c;, O.dOI, is
always in the genitive case: Ol56c; Mty6Aou AAt~6vl5pou = street of Alexander the Great.
The more common word for street is another ancient word o l5p6JJO<; (N° 2). The word ol56c;
combines with prepositions and adverbs to form compound words many of which have enter-
ed into the English vocabulary (see No 19, 20, 22). H ol56c; and its combined words belong
to the rare feminine nouns ending in -oc; like the masculine nouns and are declined like them
(11 ol56c;, TTJ<; ol5ou, TI"JV ol56, etc) . The names of many Greek Islands are feminine and end in
-oc;: Tl Kunpoc; (i Kfpros = Cyprus), Tl P6l5oc;, 11 MuKovoc;, Tl naTJ.IO<;, 11 napoc; etc.
52
~amK~ypa~~a_n_K_~______________________G__r._7~]
a. The verbs in modern Greek have two voices as in English, the active and the
passive. Verbs of the active voice, indicating that the subject they refer to acts, have in the
first person singular the ending -w (tx-w, cpwv6~-w, aKou-C~>).
The verbs of the passive voice represent the subject as receiving the action or as
acting upon itsert or on its own interest. The verbs of the passive voice have in the first
person singular the ending -1.101 preced ed by the vowels o (· OIJOI), I& (-I&IJOI), ou (-OUIJOI)
or a (-OIJOI).
The verbs in -OIJOI have the following endings:
-OIJOI (ome) = eyw cpavr6~-0IJOI, fantazome = I imagine
-&001 (ese) = eau cpavr6~-&001 1 fantazese = you imagine
-&Tal (ete) = aUT6~ , au-nl , aUT6 cpavr6~-&Taa, fantazete = he, she, it imagines
-61JOOT& (omaste) = e~-te(~ cpavra~-61JaOT&, fantaz6maste = we imagine
-&OT& (este) = eae(~ cpavr6~-&0T&, fantazeste = you imagine
-oVTal (onte) = aUTo(, aUTe~. aUTo, cpavr6~-oVTa1, fantazonte = they imagine
The verbs in -I&IJOI have the same endings proceeded by the ac;,Ta (i) = atoa1, 1fTa1
etc. Example the verb nouA-IftJOI (poo 1eme = be sold):
nouA.-IftJal, nouA.-atoa1, nouA.-atTa1 (The ancient and K form of the third person
singular nwA&iTal, n!lAEITAI polite (= is sold) is used in all signs)
Tl0UA-161JOOT&, TlOUA-tfOT&, TlOUA-IOUVTOI (here the ·OVTOI becomes ·OUVTOI)
The verbs in -OUIJOI have the following edings ·OUIJOI, -&ioa1, -&iTaa, - OUIJOOT&, -
&iOT&, · OUVTOI.
The endings of the verbs in -atJ& (-ame) have an aAcpa (a) in place of flii•Aov {&) and
in the 3rd person plural an -ou (oo) in place of 61.11Kpov (o):
cpo~-OIJOI (fovame = I am afraid) cpoi3-61JOOT&,
cpo~-aoat, cpo~-aor&,
cpo~-OTOI, cpoi3·0UVTOI.
b. Some verbs have both voices f.i. ypacp-w (yrafo = I write) and ypacp-OIJOI (yrafome =
I am written). The passive voice of these verbs is commonly used in the third person
(singular or plural):
ne;,~ ypacpna• auT~ 11 At~11; p6s yrafete afti llexi = ·how is written this word?
nw~ AtyoVTat auTo Ta na1~16 ; p6s leyonte afta ta pe6ya = how are they called
these children?
Note that in certain verbs the second person plural of the active voice and the third
person singular of the passive voice are phonetically the same. Tl ypacp&Te; (f yrafete =
what are you Writing?) nw~ ypacpETOI; (pes yrafe e = how is written?)
In dictionaries and glossaries the verbs are given in the form of the first person
singular: ypacpw, cpaVTa~OIJOI.
J
54
1. <t>avr6~o1Jm2 (fantazome) 6Tt (= that) ~epet~ Tou~ Ktv5uvou~3 (kin5fnoos). Tou~ ~epw
KaAQ aM6 5ev <poJ301JOt4 (fovame). !:J.e <pOVTO~eOOl Tl 1Jey6Ar) t6ea nou exet y1a TOV
eaut65 (eaft6) Tou. !:J.ev <pa(veTm6 (fenete) aM6 e(vm noA.u emK(v5uvo~3 (epikin5inos).
Ot K(v6uv0l e(vm <pavraOTtKo(7 (fantastikQ.
2. rpa<pw8 noMa yp61JIJOTa9 K68e e(3C5o1J65a 10 (evCSoma5a). Tt 111~ yp6<pet~; Tt ypa<pet
mliJepa 11 e<pi11Jep(5a (efimeriCSa). /.le ypa<pel Kaveva veo. nw~ yp6<peTQl QUTf) 11 M~l1 ;
3 . !:J.ev mo86VOIJOl11 (eseanome) KaAQ. K6TL exw. Tt exet~ ; !:J.ev mo86veoat (eseanese)
KaA6; 'Oxt e(IJm evr6~et 1 2 (entaxi). AuT6~ 5ev mo86veTat Tfnon:. Efvm eva~
ava(o811TO~ 13 (anes8itos) 6v8pwno~.
4. AnayopeueTm 14 (apayorevete) 11 efoo5o~ (iso5os). napaKC1Aw 5ev emTpeneTm 15
(epitrepete) To K6nvto1Ja 16.Mou emTpeneTe (epitrepete~b 'Oxt 5ev emTpenw oe Kaveva.
AnayopeueTm aUO'TTlPW~ 17 (afstir6s) 11 OT681Jeuon (sta8mefsi). Anayopeuovrm
(apayorevonte) Ta ~wal 9 (z6a) e5w.
5. !:J.e <pa(veTQl va ~epet T(noTe. Mou <pa(veTQl OTL TQ xepta (Xerya) O'OU elVQl A.lyo Kpua20
(kria). Mou <pa(veTQl OTl e(om ~eOT6~ 21 (zest6s} LOW~ (isos) exel~ nupeT622 . Nm
I
8. /\unou1Jat29 nou oa~ TO Mw aM6 autf) e(vat 11 aA.f)8eta30 (ali8ia). <l>oJ3ou1Jat 6Tt 5e Met
TI1V aAf)8eta. Ml1 <poJ36om oev ~epel T(noTe. !:J.ev <poJ3ouvrm (fovo6nte) Kaveva.
A&~1A6y1o
1. 6y~ooc;, -I"J, -o 6yC5ooc; -i, · O = eighth. The number 8 is oKTw oct6 (octopus, October). OKTw as
an adjective is not declined.
2. cpaVTa~OJ.IOI fantazome (fantasy, fantastic) = imagine suppose
3. o Kfv~uvoc; o klnCSinos = danger. EmK(vCSuvoc; · 1'), -o epiklnCSinos, -i, -o = dangerous
4. cpoJ36 JJal fovame and cpopo uJJOI fovo6me = be afraid, fear, (from q>6j3oc; = fear (la. V7)
5. o &aur 6c; (J.IOU) o eaft6s (moo) = =
myself. From the adjective auT6c;, -1'), -o (automatic) self. 0
eaUT6c; is always accompanied by IJOU, c10u, TOU, Tr)c;, etc.
6. q>afvoJ,~al fenome (phenomenon) = look, seem
7. cpaVTaanK6c;, -1\, -6 fantastik6s, -i, -o (fantastic) = imaginary, unreal
8. ypacpw yrafo (graphology, autograph) = write
9. ra ypOJ.IJ.Iara ta yramata (grammatical) = the letters. The plural of YPOIJIJO (~. V2)
10. 11 &P~OJ.IO~a i evCSomaCSa = week. See ej3C5o1Joc; (L7,V1)
55
16. TO K6nvloJ.IO to kapnisma (acapnia = reduction of carbon dioxide in the blood, capnomancy =
divination by smoke) = smoking
17. OUOTl'IPW<; afstirOs = strictly, severely. The adverb of au011'1p6c;, -11, -o afstir6s, -i, -o (austere)
= severe, strict. The adverb has preserved the ancient ending -we;. The adverb OUaTilPW<;
and the masculine form of the adjective OUO'TI'lp6c; are phonetically identical.
18. 11 m68J.1tuar, 1sta8mefs1 = stopping, parking
19. TO l;wo, Ta l;wa to zOo, ta z6a. (zoological) = animal(s)
20. Kpuoc;, -a, -o krlos, a, o (cryoSurgery, cryogen) = cold. The noun is TO Kpuo , to krlo = the
cold (K6vet Kpuo = it makes (it is) cold)
21 . l;tm6c;, - 11, -o zest6s, i, o = warm, hot. H z;t m11 i zesti = warmth (K6vet ~tOTll = it makes (it
is) hot),
2 2. o nuptT6c; o piret6s (pyretic, pyrexia) = fever, it comes from the word TO nup p1r (pyromania)
= fire
23. l;tmafvw zesteno = warm, l;t malvOJ.IOI zestenome = feel warm (hot)
24. = =
n ouAw pool6 (mono poly) sell, nouAit JJal poolieme be sold The ancient verb is nwAw polo
- nwAOUJ.IOI polo6me. The third person singular nwAtiTal nnAEITAI polite, is used in signs
and advertisements when something is for sale.
25. TO ~IOJJtploJ.IO to ~iamerisma (polymerism) = flat, apartment
26. KOTOIKW katikO = 1. inhabit, dwell 2. live
27. (t )VOIK16l;w, (e)n1k1azo = rent, let, hire.EvoiK16l;tTOI ENOIKIAZETAI enikiazete = is rent (to be
rent), to let. Both KOTOIKW (KaT6 (= downward) + OIKW = dwell in Ancient) and tVOIKHil;w (ev
(=in) + OIKfa) come from the word 11 OIKia i ikla (ecology, economy) = house.
28. TO anln to spiti = house. A word borrowed from the Latin hospitium (hospice)
29. AunOUJ.IOI hpo6me and Aun6 JJOI lipame = be sorry. From 11 Aun11, i llpi = the sorrow
30. 11 aM8tla 1alf81a = truth
When Socrates was asked how could one live his life without sorrow he replied:
This (is) impossible, because it is not (possible) for him who lives in a city or a house and for him
who associates with peop/6 never to feel sorrow.
1. ToUioc;, -11. -o, = this. Seep. 94c, 2. aMvaTov = see '-4. Vs, 3. ou = not (L2 , Vs), 4. yap =
because, 5. eaT( = the ancient dvat, 6. n6Atv = the accusative of n6Atc; (acropolis) = the city,
7. otKta(v) = see No 27, 8. OIKOUVTO iko6nda = him who lives. The accusative of the
participle of otKW (No 27), 9. av8p<.i>n01<:; =
to men. The dative plural of o 6v8pwnoc; (L1, V6),
10. OIJlAOuVTa omllo6nda = him who contacts, associates with. The accusative of the
participle of 01-ilAW omll6. (0)1-ilAW in modern Greek means talk, speak. See next lesson No 6,
=
11. 1111~enoTe never, 12. Aune(o8at = be sorrow. The ancient infinitive of Aunou1-10l (No 29).
57
Gr. si
a. The vocative case of the nouns and adjectives is used when one addresses
someone directly and is identical with the accusative with the exception of the masculine
nouns and adjectives ending in -oc; in which case it has the ending ·£ :
Kup1t, cpiAt pou, 9t& pou (my God).
b. The verbs in the active voice all have the ending -w in the first person singular and
are divided into two categories: Those which have the accent on the second syllable from
the end like &xw, cpwva~w and which have the same endings as &xw, and those that are
stressed on the last syllable, that is on -w.
Many verbs stressed on -w have the same endings as the verb &xw except for the
second person plural in which they have the ending -tiT£ (instead of -£T£). Examples:
pnopw, pnopdTt , TrJAt cpwvw, TrJAtcpwvdT£, auvxwpw (sinxor6 = I forgive) a uvxwpdTt
0Jt auvxwpd Tt = excuse me). The majority, however, of the verbs stressed on -w have
the endings:
eyw ...-w e1Je(c; ...-apt(or -oupt)
ecru ... -ac; ecre(c; ...·OT£
aUT6~ - avn1- aUT6 ...-a or -at• aUTo(- aUTtc;- aUT6 ... -ouv or -av(t)
A number of commonly used verbs ending in -w form their personal endings by
fusing the last letter of their stem with the first letter of the ending. Thus the verbs piAa-
w (milao = speak, talk), ayana-w (ayapao = love) stand more often as p1Aw (mil6) and
ayanw (ayap6} in the first person singular. In the second person singular or plural,
however, they stand only in the contracted form: p1A-ac;: 1,11A-6T£ (instead of 1JtA6-etc;,
1JtA6-aTe):
eyw p•A-w (or 1-1V..6-w) e1-1d~ p•A-apt (or 1JV..-ou1Je)
ecru p1A-ac; ecre{~ J.IIA·OT£
OUT6~ J.IIA-6 (or 1JtA-6et} OUTO( J,~IA-OUV (or 1JtA-6v(e)
Ovnl » OUTe~ »
OUT6 » OUT6 »
c. The comparison of adjectives in Greek is made either by the use of the word m6 (pi6
= more) or by adding the ending ·Ttpoc;, (-Ttpl'l, -Ttpo for feminine and neuter adjectives)
which is the ancient and K form of comparative. Examples:
mo J.11Kp6c; or J.11Kp6Ttpoc;, mo Alyoc; or Aly6Tt poc;, avwTtpoc; (= higher. From avw
= up, upper). Sometimes the adverb ntplaa6Ttpo (peris6tero = more) is used, n t plaa6-
Ttpo ~uvaT6c; an6 6Aouc; = more strong than all.
The adjectives pty6Aoc; and KaA6c; change the final -o to -u: ptyaAuTtpoc;,
KaAuTtpoc;.
The superlative is made either by adding the definite article o, 11, To to the comparati-
ve form or less often by adding the ancient ending -TaToc;: TO KaAuTtpo P•PAio (the best
book) , 0 ptyaAuTtpoc; Kiv~uvoc; [the biggest (greatest) danger], OVWTOTO<; (highest).
58
A£~1A6y10
1. tvaToc;, -11, -o enatos, -i, -o = ninth. The number 9 is tvvta enea. Evvta as an adjective is not
declined
2. o 8t6c; o 8e6s (apotheosis, theological) = God
3. ayanw ayap6 = love
4. mar&ow p1stevo = believe (Note that tu before a vowel is pronounced ev)
5. ayan11T6c;, -r\, -6 ayapit6s, 1, o = dear, beloved. From '1 ay6n11 (ayapi) = love
6. (o).,a1Aw (o)m1l6 = speak, talk. The o is usually omitted.
7. (t)pwTw (e)rot6 = ask. The t is usually omitted.
8. anaVTw apand6 = answer
9. o vouc;, TO vou, TOU vou o noos,(oo as in moon) to noo, too noo (paranoic, noology) =
1. mind, 2. intellect, 3. wit, ('Exw TO vou IJOU = I am alert, I take care (lit. I have my mind)
10. 11l5•68tal1 i 5ia8esi (diathesis) = 1. mood, 2. disposition, 3. disposal.
11. '1 au~r\TI'lOI"J i sizltisi = discussion. From au~I"'TW (ouv+~T]TW = together I ask) = discuss
12. n6w r\ "l'lvafvw pao or piyeno = go. An irregular verb
13. TO 8taTpO to 8eatro = theatre
59
1. My god what is this? lt is not (it is) nothing.(= rinor& tipote) don't be afraid. Sir this that
you do (what you are doing) is dangerous. I do not do (am not doing) nothing (anything).
I thank you sir.
2. You can say that you love him but he does not believe you. He is my better (best)
friend. The more dear (dearest) (female) friend, of me is you.
3. How do you speak like this (= tro1 = like this, so, thus, in this way) to your mother? I
ask (I am asking) you, why don't you answer? I speak (I am speaking) to you, why don't
you pay attention to me? Because (= ~16r1 6i6ti) have my mind elsewhere (= a.M.ou,
alo6). I don't have (I have) none (no) mood for discussion.
4. Where do you go (are you going)? Where do you go all (of you) together? We go to the
theatre. lt plays the better (best) work (play). What are you looking for ( are you doing)
you here? Don't demand things that are not (cannot be) done. Make an application for
that (the a of ylO is dropped before a consonan~ that you want.
5. Why don't you greet me? Forgive me I live in my thoughts. I am afraid that you don't esteem
these (words, things) that I say to you. You make a mistake (you are mistaken) I esteem
them more(= n&ploo6r&po, peris6tero is an adverb meaning more) than what you think.
6. I know that you measure always (= navror &) your sayings (words). You don't say
nothing (anything) more than what it should (be said). Excuse me but I think that it is
proper to be (you should) much more careful when you speak.
7. How do they call you? (Atv& is the third person plural of the irregular verb Atw or Atyw =
say, tell Ls. V18) and has here the meaning ofthey call, they name). My name is rtwpyo~
(y6ryos). And yours? I am named EMvn (eleni). How do they say this word in Greek?
8. Do you speak Greek?(When it refers to a language the adj ective EMI')VJK6c; (Greek)
AyyAJK6c; (English), re:piJOVlKO~ (German) etc is used in the neuter plural (Ta) EMI')VJK6,
AyyAJKa , f&ppaviK6. lt comes from ra EMI')VJK6 yp61Jpara, the Greek letters (ra
ypappara is the plural of TO yp6ppa L5 , V2). I know a few words. I know fewer English
words. I don't speak good English. Is this dictionary useful? What method do you use?
This is the more good {the better) method. I do not agree, mine is better.
9. I beg you when you drive to be careful in the street (road). To have always your mind
on the other cars.
22. &KTIJJC~ ektim6 = 1. esteem, 2. estimate, 3. appreciate. From £K+Tt1JW (Timothy, Tt1J68eoc; =
respecting God) = honour. respect, value, the noun is 11 niJ~ = 1. honour. 2. value, 3. price.
23. TO A69o<; to la8os = 1. mistake, 2. error. A neuter word ending in -o<;
24. voJ.Ji~w nomlzo = think. From VOIJ(~w comes the word TO v6JJIOJ.Ia, to n6misma
(numismatic) = 1. coin, 2. currency
25. IJ&TPW metr6 (metric) = count. From TO J.!tTpo metro = meter
26. nptn&l prepi = it should, it must, it is proper, lt is necessary. A very common impersonal verb
27. ~IK6<; , -~, -6 J.IOU o oik6s, -1, -6, moo = mine (always with IJOU, aou, Tou etc)
28. OVOJ.IO~OJ.IOI onomazome = be named, be called. From TO 6vo1Ja =the name (L7, V2s)
29. XP~OIJ.IO<;, -11, -o xrlssimos, -i, -o = useful
30. TO A&~JK6 to lexik6 (lexicon) = dictionary
31. 11 J,~t9o~o<; i me8ooos = method. See the word o~6<; L7 V17
32. XPI'lOIIJOnou~ xrisimopi6 = use (s.p . XP'1011JOnO(f100 = xrisimopfissa), <XP'1at1JO+notw = make
useful) nouiJ pi6 is the ancient K6vw (=make, create). A common inscription on ancient vases
is the name of the artist and the word EnOIHIE = he made. From no1w comes also the
word 0 nourmc; 0 piitis (poet) = poet, creator, and l1 nor.,a.,, I piisi = poetry. The verb noaw
and the endings -no1o<; -pios (=maker, creator) and -noedo(v) -piio(n) (= place or shop of
creation) are often used in combined words= ev&pyonouiJ, eneryop16 (evtpy&aa energy+n01w)
= activate, 118ono16<;, i8opi6s (fl8oc; ethics = moral conduct+not6c;) = actor
33. o~l'lYW ooiy6 = 1. guide, 2. conduct (drive a car), 3. lead the way. From oo6c;+6yw
(synagogue) = bring, lead.
34. TO aUToKiVI'lTO to aftokinito = automobile, car. From aUT6 (autograph, automatic) = self, one's
=
own, by one's self+KtVl1T6 (kinetic) moving (lit. self-moving).
1. K6cr1JOV = 4, V2, 2. T6voe (Anc.) = aUT6v Gr 1e and p. 94d (oe =a particle emphasizing the
demonstrative pronoun), 3. ol!Te = ~. V4 , 4. 8ewv =gen. pi. of No 2, 6. av8pwnwv =gen. pi. of
l1, V6, 7. eno(11ae = No 32, 8. aJ...A' = aJ...A6 = but, 9.,11 ., 12. flv, tanv, eOTat =the 3rd pers. sing. of
=
imperfect, pres. and fut. of et!J( (Anc. = e(IJOl) = was, is, will be, 10. ael (Anc.) always, for ever,
13. nup = fire. See La. V22, 14. ae(~woc;, -11. -o (Anc.) = everliving, eternal (ae( + ~wfl No 20).
61
Gr. 9J
a. The verbs in Greek have three tenses the present the past and the future which refer
to the different points in time in which the action denoted by the verb was accomplished.
In the present tense the verb denotes something that is being done now, at the
present time or habitually: ypacpw tva ypa~~a (I write or I am writing a letter). In Greek
there is no distinction between present simple and present continuous as in English.
However, an analogous distinction exists for the past and future tenses.
Another form of present tense is the perfect tense which denotes that the action took
place in the past and is now completed or finished. We will meet this form later.
b. The past and future tenses in Greek each have two forms. One form denotes that
the action is, or is perceived as, continuing, or progressive, or duratlve, or repeated.
The second form denotes that an action is, or is perceived as, complete. Using this form
the speaker is viewing the action (or series of actions) as a single, neither progressive nor
habitual, completed whole.
This distinction is an important feature of Greek verbs and is reflected in the
existence of a different stem of the verb for each occasion:
The stem of the first person singular of the present tense (ypacp-w) is used for the
continuous or repeated form of the past or future tense.
When the verb in these tenses denotes that the action involved is or will be complete
there is a change in the final letter or letters of the stem. There are certain patterns in the
way these changes take place but there are also many irregular verbs. The main features
are the change of final letters:
n, J3, cp, cp-r, m , eu and au to q,,
K, y, x to ~'
T, 8, V tO 0 .
The characteristic final letters, therefore, of this stem are the o (o(yiJa) the ~ {~t) and
the q, (4Jt} .
In the formation of the past tenses two more changes take place:
First, the stress moves to the third syllable from the end. The movement of the
stress is an important feature indicating that the action took place in the past.
Second, when the verb has two syllables and begins with a consonant it becomes
trisyllable by adding an &- (elJ.IlA.ov) which is stressed at the beginning of the stem. The &-
is dropped in the plural if the verb with its ending has become trisyllable.
In both forms of the past the endings of the verbs are -a, -&c;, -&, -a~&, -aT&, av(t).
The verb ypacpw in the continuous form becomes:
typacp-a (I was writing), typacp-tc;, typacp-&,
ypacp-a~& (without the additional & because it is trisyllable), ypacp-aT&, typacp-av or
ypacp-av&
Its stem becomes ypaq,- when the action it denotes was completed: typacp-a 6AJ1
TJ1V J11J€pa (I was writing all day), but typaq,-a tva yp61JIJO (I wrote a letter).
62
Gr. 91
-w
c. The verbs stressed on the last syllable have the same endings in the past tense
but these verbs take between the stem and the ending an -oua- in the continuous form
called the imperfect tense and an -r)o- or -aa-, -£a-, -ua-, -r)~-, -a~-, in the complete form
called the aoristor simple pasttense.
These verbs move their stress to the second syllable from the end in the continuous
form and to the third syllable in the complete form:
Tr)A£q>wv-w, napaKaA-w
Tr)A£q>wv-ouoa (I was telephoning) napaKaA-ouoa
Tr)A£q>wv-r)oa (I telephoned) napaKaA-£oa
Remember, therefore, that the past tenses are characterized (a) by a shift of the
stress to the third (or the second) syllable from the end and (b) by the addition of a
stressed £ when the verbs are disyllable and begin with a consonant.
Remember also that the final endings are the same In both forms but in the verbs
stressed on the second syllable from the end there is a change of the final letter(s) of
the stem to a, ~ or "' in the complete form (the aorlst) whereas in the verbs stressed on
the last syllable -w there is an -ouo- in the continuous form (imperfect) and an -r)o- (or
Its variant) in the complete form (aorist) between the stem and the final endings. The
second stem with which the other tenses are formed is that of the aorist in both categories
of verbs: e-ypa"'·a, Tr)A£q>WVI')O-a.
d. The formation of the future tense is simple. By adding the word ea to the present
tense the continuous form is formed : ea ypaq>w, (I shall write, repeatedly, often etc), ea
Tr)A£q>wvw (I shall telephone every day, etc). By adding ea to the second stem ypaq.J-,
Tr)A£q>wvr)o- and using the endings of the present tense we have the complete form: ea
ypa"'w (I shall write), ea Tr)A£q>wv~ow .
e. The verbs £1~a1 and txw have only one form of past and future tense. The past is
~~ouv(a) , ~oouv(a) , ~Tav(£) , ~~aar£, r1oaar£, ~Tav(£) and £1xa, £1x£c;, £ix£, £1xa~£,
£1xaT£, £ixav(£). The future is formed with ea and the present tense: ea £1~a1, ea txw etc.
The use of two stems of a verb to form the past and future tenses, which is a basic
feature of the Greek language, is a common source of mistakes for an English - speaker
learning Greek as English does not normally distinguish these two forms.
The continuing form of the verb yp6.cpw in the past tense typacp-a can be translated
= I was writing or I used to write and the complete form typalJJ-a = I wrote. But in the
future tense the form ea yp6.q>-w denoting that the action of writing will be repeated (every
day, often, always etc.) and the form ea yp6.q.J-w meaning that the action of writing will be
completed are both translated in English = I shall write.
63
.IuvonTIK6 nlva Ka
Present Pas t Fut ure
Contin uous Complete Continuous Complete
Ef~OI TliJOUV(a) ea €l1Jal
f)oouv(a) ea e(om
f)Tav(e) ea e(Val
fJIJaOTe (flllaOTaV) ea e(~-taOTe
f)oaOTe (f)oaOTav) ea efOTe (e(oaOTe)
f)Tav(e) ea e(vm
t xw e(xa
I
eaexw
etxe<:: ea exeu::
e(xe ea exet
erxa~-te ea exo~-te
e(xOTe ea exeTe
elxav(e) ea exouv(e)
At~IA6yiO
1. ~tKaToc;, -11, -o i5ecatos, -i, -o = tenth. Ten is ~tKa (decade, decalogue). At Ka is not declined
(01, TO iStKO) .
2. TO X9£c; to X8es = yesterday
3. To npwf to proi = the morning
4. TO npox9t c; to prox8es (npo = before + X8es) = day before yesterday
5. 11 wpa i 6ra (horoscope) = hour
6. lliJOUatKrl i moosikl (musical) : music
7. yupf~w yirfzo (gyrate, gyroscope) = 1. turn, 2. take a round, 3. come back, 4. return (s.p.
yup1o-a yfrisa)
8. apy6 arya = 1. late, 2. slowly. The adverb of apy6c;, -r1, -6 ary6s, -r, -6 ·(argon , an inert gas in the
atmosphere) = slow. The verb is apyw = be late, proceed slowly, lose time(s.p. 6py11o-a)
65
1. Yesterday I wrote three letters. All the morning I was writing. The day before yesterday I
telephoned you but you were not in the house (at home). I was telephoning one (for an)
hour. I was (at home) but I did not hear because I was listening (to) music (the
imperfect of the irregular verb aKouw ((Lt. V9) is 6Kouya).
2. Always I believed that you are a good friend. I never believed what they said the others.
You did not believe always what you believe now. Did you believe this man? Is it
possible?
3. What time do you return to the house (at home)? Yesterday I came back very late. I was
taking a round from one office to the other and I was late. I am not losing time, I come
at once. Do quickly (hurry) I beg you we are late.
4. I work every day many hours. I have much work. Yesterday I worked much. I was
working all the evening. Many men (people) do not work at all (Note that the feminine
form noM~ of the irregular adjective noAu<; {= much, a great number, many, great), the
masculine plural noMoi and the adverb noAu (L 1, V7) a// sound exactly the same) . What
work do you do? What work will you do there that you go?
5. Tomorrow I will not have time. I will be continuously in my house (at home). I will not be
able tomorrow, I shall be able, however, the day after tomorrow. I will do what I can for
you, I have, however, a little time.
6. I will tell always the truth. I will telephone you tomorrow. I will telephone you many
times. I shall be telephoning you continuously. I shall be working for you all my life. I
shall work hard.
7. Always you did what you wanted. You did not listen (to) nobody (anybody). I listened to
your theories but I did not give significance (paid no heed) [((5e(v) (5(vw, s.p. £(5wcra
('-s.V16 ) = I give, I gave) CJTli.IOcr(a an idiom meaning I pay no heed] . Now you consider
them correct. lt is not correct (right) that that (what) your younger brother did. You, what
did you do then and what are you doing now? I heard you to say (saying).
8. I bring you good news. Where do you find time for all these things? (np6yi.IOTa is the
plural of TO np6y1.1a La. V12). I have much time at my disposal. You are unjust with me.
You do me wrong. I am with all (everybody) just. You show (seem), however, that you
are unjust. I don't think you have (are) right.
9. TO ypacp&lo to yraffo (graphic) = 1. office, 2. desk. From ypacpw (L7,V8) . Note that the ending
-d o (fo) is used for shops: cJ)ap~aK&Io(v) farmakio(n) = chemist shop, drugstore, pharmacy.
From cpapJJOKo(v) (pharmacology) = drug.
10. tpxo~a• erxome = come. An irregular verb, s.p. r1p8a lr9a
11. OJ.Itawc; amesos = 1. immediately, 2. directly. An adverb with the ancient ending -we;
12. ypr1yopa yrfyora = quickly, rapidly. The adverb of ypfjyopoc;, -T') , -o (Gregory from the
Christian name fp'1y6p1o<;) = quick, rapid .
13. ~ouA£uw ~oolevo = work (s.p ~ouMljJ-a ~o61epsa = I worked), see ~ouMt6
14. 11liouA£16 CSoolia = 1. work, 2. profession. From the ancient CSouA.e(a CSoolfa meaning
slavery (the difference lies only on the stress).
15. TO ppaliu to vra<Si = evening
66
1. avr'jp = 6v<Spac; (L5 , V 14), 2. <S(Kmoc; = see No 30, 3. o nA.ouTo<:; (plutocrat) = wealth,
richness, 4. ouK = see l 2, Vs, 5. noTe = never. In modern Greek we would say: o <SIKmoc;
6v<Spac; <Sev txet neTt nA.ouTo.
1. 6yw = lead, drive, 2. npoc; = towards (see prepositions p. 67), 3. TO cpwc; = L2, Ve, 4. 11
aA.r')8eta = La. V3o·
1. see No 20, 2. see No 30, 3. 6v<Spa = see Ls. V 14, 4. <Se(Kvuot = the 3rd person singular of
the ancient verb <SetKvuw = <Selxvw (No 31). The order of the words in the ancient text serves
the metre of the verse. In modern Greek the phrase would be: 116vo o :xp6vo<; <Selxvet Tov
<SIKmo 6VTpa. Note that in ancient Greek as in English the definite article accompanies the
noun less often than in modern Greek.
67
The most commonly used EM11VlKec; (Greek) n po8ecretc; (npo = before + St ate;
(thesis) = position) = prepositions are:
at = to, in, at, an6 =from, IJ& = with, y1a = for,
npoc; = to, towards, xwpfc; = without, IJi XPI = until, aVTi = instead.
The prepositions ot, IJ&, an6 form with adverbs "prepositional phrases": 1-1i oa ot,
(inside), IJO~{ IJ& (together, with) navw 0£ (upon), navw an6 (above) , KOTW an6 (below),
t~w an6 (outside).
The preposition ot looses the final £ before a vowel or before the definite article with
which it forms a single word. Examples: o'6Ao Tov K6cr~o . aro K6cr~o nou ~ou~e (in the
world in which we live).
The preposition ot was derived from the ancient and K form £1<;, the preposition IJ&,
from IJ&nl and the preposition y1a from ~10 . The ancient prepositions £1<; , IJ&T6 and ~16 are
still in use in modern Greek: £1<; uyefa (to the health), 1J&T6 xap6c; (with pleasure), ~16 ~t6c;
(at one go).
The prepositions an6, npo, npoc; and aVTf, as well as the remaining prepositions,
form with verbs and nouns a multitude of combined words the meaning of which,
although different from that of the basic word, is, however, relevant to the meaning of the
preposition. The Greek language has always been rich in such combined words, many of
which have passed into the English vocabulary so that the Engllsh-speaking reader Is
already familiar with almost all Greek prepositions and can easily guess their meaning.
Here is a list of these prepositions with their meaning and some examples of the
combined words they form:
£1<; = to, in, at (the ancient and K form of ot which is still in use) TO enetcr6-
oto{episode) From em + tl<;+oo6c;.
an6 = from, out of: 11 anoKOAUljJY) (apocalypse) , Y) ano8ew011 (apotheosis) .
npo = before, in front of: o npo<p~TTlc; (pro phet), npo<puA.aKTtK6c; (prophylactic).
1J&T6 = with, after (later): o ~eTaf3oA.1cr~6c; (metabolism) , 11 ~eta~6p<pWOl1
(metamorphosis).
npoc; = to, towards: o npOOl1AUTtcr~6c; (proselytism) .
aVTi = instead of, opposite, against: TO avtlooTo (antidote), To avttf3toTtK6 (anti biotic).
~16 = through, acrOSS, thorough: Y) Ot6yVWOl1 (diagnose) , 11 OlOYWVlO<:; (diagonal), 11
otaanop6 (diaspora), 0 OLOAoyoc; (dialogue).
KaT6 = against, downwards, in the direction of: o KataKA.uo~6c; (cataclysm), Y1 KaTa-
otpo<p~ (catastrophe) , 11 K68oooc; (cathode).
n t pf = about, around: 11 nept<pepeta (peri phery), TO neptcrK6mo (periscope), 11
neploooc; (period) (nepl+oo6c;) .
t ni = upon, at, to, besides, in addition: 11 emo11~1a (epidemic}, TO enl8eTo (epithet) .
68
opl~w, (horizon), (-IOIJ6c;, -opia) = 1. put the limits, fix, 2. command, (o op10IJ6c; = defini-
tion, fixing)
npoopl~w = destine (o npoopLcr!J6~ = destination)
~lop(~w = appoint (11 l51op(a = time allowed) (o lS•opLO'IJO~ = appointment)
Ka8op(~w and npoa~1opl~w = designate, fix (o npoa~IOpLO'IJO~ = designation
definition)
n&plopi~w = limit, restrict, confine, (o n&plopLOIJO~ = restriction, limitation, confine-
ment)
&~opi~w = exile (11 &~opla = exile) .
T&Aw = perform, do
anoT£AW = constitute
&KT£AW = execute (11 &KTEMO'Tl = execution)
ouvteAw = contribute to a result, conduce
q>&uyw fevyo (~q>uy~) = go away, leave (11 q>uy~ (fugitive) = flight, running away)
ano<peuyw = avoid (11 ano<puy~ = avoidance)
i51a<peuyw = escape (11 i51a<puy~ = escape)
Kara<peuyw = take refuge, have resource to
Aa1Jj36vw lamvano (-A~!IIIl, -Aal3~, -.Aauo11) in modern Greek Aaj3a fvw = receive
anof..a~~6vw = enjoy (11 an6t..au0'11 (ap61afsi) = enjoyment)
npof..aiJ~dvoo = prevent (l1 np6f..l14Jl1 = prevention)
npot..a~a(vw = catch up with, be or get in time, have enough time for
npooA.a~~avw engage (11 np6oA.11lfJ11 = engagement),
avnA.a~~avo110l = realize, perceive, understand (11 avri"-11liJI1 = perception,
conception) ·
KaraA.aiJ~avw = take hold of, occupy (11 KOTOAI1lfJ11 = the act of taking hold of)
KaraA.aJ3a(vw = understand
n&p•A.a~~avw = include (11 n&piAI1lfJ11 = summary)
ouM.a~~avoo = capture, arrest (11 ouM11liJ11 = arrest)
avaA.a~~avoo = undertake (11 avaA-114111 = resumption)
napaA.a~J3avw = receive (11 napaA.aJ3~ = receipt)
&navaA.all~avw = repeat (en(+ av6 + A.a~~avw) (11 cnavaA.11liJ11 = repetition).
Note: In declining a combined verb if the last letter of the preposition is a vowel it is
omitted before the initial & (e4JLA.ov) of the past tense or another vowel of the irregular verbs:
1-1 cra8e-rw ( = transpose), IJ&Te8ecra i51a<ptpw ( = differ), i51e<pepa
tmMyw (= select), cnet..e~a uno<ptpw (= suffer), une<pepa
The prepositions npo and n&pl do not drop their last letter:
npoMyw (= foretell), npoe(na ncp1~6.Mw (=surround). n&ple~af..a.
The letter K (K6na) of the preposition &K becomes ~ (~l) before the initial & or another
vowel in the past tenses :
&KMyw (= elect), &~tt..e~a &K8€-rw (= expose) , &~e8ecra
The letter v {vt} of the prepositions ouv and &v reappears before the vowels of the
past tenses in the combined verbs which begin with a letter that transforms the v to A
(A.6~~5a): oulliyw (= collect). ouvef..e~a. or to 1J (I-ll) OUIJ~6Mw (= contribute), ouvt~at..a
or toy (ya~a) : ouyyp6<pw (= write (a book etc)) , ouvtypa4Ja.
74
Gr. 101
a. The mood of the verb expressing condition, hypothesis or contingency, the subjunctive,
is formed in Greek by using the words va (to), yu] va (in order to), ac; (let), av or &av (if) ,
6Tav (when) and the first stem of the verb when the act is continuous or more commonly
the second stem if the act is complete, with the endings of the present time:
npeneL va ypatiJ-w eva YPOIJIJO (I must write a letter) but :
npeneL va ypacp-w yp6j..!j..laTa 6A.11 UlV j..!epa (I must write letters all day).
v•a va ypatiJ-eLc; aLJT6 TO ypaj..!j..la npeneL va .. (in order to write this letter you must..) but:
v•a va ypacp-etc; wpa(a ypOIJIJOTa npene1 va .. (in order to write nice letters you must ..)
ac; ypatiJ·OUIJC 6A.OL tva ypOj..!j..la (let us all write a letter)
av (&av) ypatiJ-ete eva YPOIJIJO (if you are going to write a letter)
6Tav ypatiJ-ouv eva ypaj..!j..la (when they are going to write a letter).
b. The subjunctive is also used with the word IJ'l (IJ'lV before vowels) = not, don't when
one wants to tell someone not to do something :
IJ'l ypatiJ-ete autO. TO ypOIJIJOTa (don't write these letters)
IJ'l ypacp-eTe noTe ypOIJj..IOTa (don't ever write letters)
MH KAnNIZETE (don't smoke). M11 Kanvio-etc; Ol)j..!epa Ka66A.ou (don't smoke to-day at all).
Mll is also used on its own to mean: don't.
c. The verbs also have an imperative form which is used when one wants to tell or
order or ask someone to do something. The imperative singular of the verbs of the active
voice is formed by adding the ending-& to the verbs stressed on the second syllable from
the end and the ending -a to the verbs stressed on the last syllable. In both the plural is
formed with the ending ·&T& or ·T&. The first stem of the verb is used when the action is
supposed to be continuous and the second stem when it is to be complete. Examples:
cpwva~-& or cpwva~-&T& (keep speaking loudly) noA.u yLa va o'aKouv but :
cpwva~-& or cpwva~·T& (call) TO nOlof:
IJLA·a or IJlAO-T& (with the meaning of speaking throughout the conversation) ouvaTa
but IJLAT')O·& or IJLArlO'-T& (speak now) ouvat6 (forcefully, loudly).
Another form of imperative is the use of va with the subjunctive:
Na cpwv6~.-etc; ouvaT6, va cpwv6~-etc; TO nmo(
Na j..!lA.-6c; Ka6ap6 (clearly), va npooex-etc;
The verb be has only this form of imperative in modern Greek: va &loa1 npooeKTlK6c;.
The verb have has both forms: tx& and va tx&•c;, tx&T& and va tx&T&.
d. The verbs of the active voice have a participle ending in -oVTac; (-wVTac; for the verbs
that are stressed on the last syllable) . The participle of the active voice is not personal and
is not declined (tx-oVTac; = having, yvwpi~·OVTac;, ~tp-oVTac:; = knowing,, IJIA-wVTac; =
speaking) .
76
1. !To oxoA£(o2 (sxolio) ~-ta8afvou1Je3 6uo ~eve~ y'Awcrcre~4 . na va ~-t68ou~-te ~-t(a ~EV11
y"A.wcrcra npenel va txou~-te unoJJovf)S Kal em~-tovf)6. n6cre~ 7 ~eve~ y'Awcrcre~ ~tpet~;
Tpel~ (tris) eKT6~ an6 Ta EMllVLKaa, Ayy"ALK6., raMLKa Kal repJ..10VLK6. AUTt~ Tl~ TPEI~
yXwcrcre~ Tl~ ~-tl'Aw TtA£La9 (h§lia).
2. Efvm6ucrKO"All 1o y'Awcrcra 'l EMllvtKr'l; Efvm aMa a~f~et 1 1 Tov K6no 12 va Tlllll68et
Kave(~ 6L6n OTllV EMllVlKrl ypa<pT'lKav Ta aptOTOUPYrlllOTa13 (aristooryfmata) Tou
av8pwmvou nveu~-tOTo~1 4 (pnevmatos) Kat o 8e(o~ /\6yo~.
3. na tva, 6~-tw~. Ayy'A6<pwvo 15 TQ EMllVlKO nptnel va e(vOL6UOKOAQ. n·auT6 AeV YIO KOTl
nou 6ev KaTa'Aal3afvouv (katalavenoon) "it's all Greek to me". 'Oxt 6ev elvm 6ucrKo"A.a.
Avn8tTw~ 1 6 e:fvm e:uKo"A.a 6t6TL un6.pxouv 17 x!At6.6e:~ 1 B EMllvtKe~ M~e:~~ OTO Ayy'AIK6
A£~tX6yto. Xpet6.~eTat 1 9 (Xriazete) ~-t6vo 'l KOT0M'l'All2o ~-te8o6o~ yta va ~-t68e:t~ EMllvtK6.
4. Tl e:woef~21 (enofs); 8a crou E~'lYrlOW22 6(VOVTQ~ EVQ nap6.6ElYil023 (para6iyma).
rvwp(~oVTa~ Tl1 0111-lOcria Twv npo8tcre:wv24 ~-tnopf ~~ va KOTa'A6.j3&1~ 25 Tl1 0111-lOO(a TWV
cruv8eTwv26 M~ewv. =:tpOVTQ~ n .x (napa6e(yllOTO~ (para6fymatos) xaptv) 6Tl "aVT("
CJ111lafve:t27 against, opposite, KaTa'Aaj3a(veL~ e:uKoXa2a KOL 8u~-t6crm29 Tll M~ll
aVT(8eTo~30.
5. To (6to31 OUJ..113afvet32 KQl llE Tl1 M~ll cruv8eTO~ 6t6Tl ~epel~ TllV twota33 TOU "ouv". Km
yta va TO 8u~-t6crm cre: 13o'l86e:L34 e:nf011~ 'l M~ll synthetic nou e(vm KOlvf)3S (kini) OTllV
EMllVLKrl Kat T'lv AyyAIKT'l yXwcrcra. AMa Kat TllV (61a Tl1 M~ll "np68e:011" TllV
KaTa'Aal3afveL~ e:uKo'Aa ytOTf ~epe:t~ TllV np68e:Oll''npo" Kat Tll M~ll "8t0'1"·
6. BAtnw ~-te e:vSOUOlQOI-1636 (en8oosiasm6) KQl llE eKn"All~'l37 (ekpliksi) OTl npoxwpw3B
yp~yopa KOL el~-tat no"A.u e:uxaptmtwtvo~39 (efx.aristimenos) nou avaKa'Aumw4o 6TL llE
Tl~ Xfye~ M~et~ KOL <ppacret~4 1 nou €~-ta8a ~-tnopw va KaTa'A613w aK6~-ta Kat Ta X6yta TOU
XptOTou 42 Kat Twv Apxarwv43.
7. np6cre:xe:, 6~-tw~. va ll'l Koupa~e:crm44 no"A.u. np6cre~e en(Oll~ Ta ~-t6Tta4s crou 6Tav
6tal36~et~46 no'Au. Na e:fcrm npocre:KTtK6~. Xpe:ta~e:Tat no"A.u npocroxfl. Na npocrtxe:t~
naVTa.
8 . MllV OV110UXe:f~ 47 (aniSiXiS), EXW llOTlQ KQl j3Atnw Tl y(ve:TOl yupw48 IJOU. 6.e:v e(llOl
TU<pA6~49 . 'EXW KOl OUTl050 (aftia) KQl OKOUW KQI EXW nOVTOTe TO VOU llOU OTO
~-ta8~I.IOT6.5 1 1.10u. Mnopw va Kpfvws2 TL e:(vat crwOT6 Kat TL 6xt (~ TL 6ev efvaL).
/\&~tA6y10
1. &v6t KaToc;, -11, -o en<Sekatos, -i , -o = eleventh (ev+iStKaToc;). The number 11 is t v6£KO or
t VT£KQ
2. TO oxoA£io to sxolfo = school
3. IJaearvw ma9eno = learn. The noun is To 1J08111JO (L1, V2).
4. 11 yAwaaa i .16sa (glossary, glossology, polyglot) = 1. tongue, 2. language
5. 11 unoiJOV~ ipomonl = patience (from un6+1-1evw =stand)
6. 11 &miJOV~ ep1monl = insistence, perseverance, persistence (from en(+!-ltvw)
7. n 6aoc;, -11, -o p6sos , -i, -o (posology the art or science of quantity) =how much, how great,
n6ao1, -£c;, -a = how many
77
1. At (aro is the contracted form of o& TO. See the chapter on prepositions) school we
learn two foreign languages. In order to learn a foreign language we must have great
patience and pesistence. How many foreign languages do you know? Three beside
Greek, English, French and German. These three languages I speak them perfectly.
2. Is it a difficult language Greek? lt is but it is worth the effort (a~(~et Tov K6no : lit. is worth
the toi~ that someone (one) learns it because in Greek were written the masterpieces of
the human spirit and the Divine word.
3. For an English-speaking person, however, Greek must be difficult. That's why they say
for (about) something that they don't understand "it's all Greek to me". No, it is not
difficult. On the contrary, it is easy because there are thousands of Greek words in the
English vocabulary. lt is necessary only the (an) appropriate method to learn Greek.
4. What do you mean? I shall explain to you by giving an example. Knowing the meaning
of the prepositions you can understand the meaning of the combined words. Knowing
for example [napa~e(yiJaToc; (= the genitive of nap6.~ety1Jo) xaptv an ancient
expression, -lit. for the sake of an example] that aVTf means against, opposite, you
understand easily and you remember the word aVTI8£Toc;.
5. The same happens with the word ouv8&TO<; because you know the meaning of "ouv''.
And in order to remember them it helps you also the word synthetic which is common
in Greek and English language. But also (KaJ has the place of also) the word np68&oll
itself you understand it easily because you know the preposition npo and the word
eta.,.
6. I see with enthusiasm and surprise that I advance quicky and I am very pleased that I
(to) discover that with the few words and phrases that I learned I can understand even
the words of Christ and of the Ancients (Ancient Greeks).
7. Take care, however, not to be tired much. Take care also of your eyes when you read
much. Be careful. lt is required much (great) caution. Take care always.
9. Do not worry I have eyes and I see what is going on around me. I am not blind. I have
and (also) ears and I hear and I have always my mind on [txw To vou (L9 Va) IJOU an
expression meaning I have my mind on, I take care, I keep an eye open] my lessons. I
can judge what is correct and what not (or what is not).
8. &AAI1VIK6c;, ·1\, -6 ellnik6s, -i, -o (Hellenistic period) = Greek, the plural of the neuter: EMTJVtK6
(or Ayy"AtK6 etc) is used when one refers to the Greek (or English) language (see also
translation No 8 of L9)
9. TtA&Joc;, -a, -o telios, -a, -o = perfect
10. ~uaKoAoc;, -11, -o ~lskolos, -i, -o = difficult. From ~uc7+K6"Aov (colon = the lower part of the
intestine). The prefix ~ua- is the opposite of tu- (see LQ, V7 )
11. a~l~w aksfzo = 1. be worth, 2. cost, 3. deserve. From 'l a~ra = the value. The adjective is
a~1oc;, -a, -o = worthy, capable (4, V25).
12. o K6noc; o k6pos = toil, effort
13. TO aplaTOUPVI'll..la to aristo6ryima = masterpiece. From 6ptOToc; (aristocrat) (= the best,
excellent) + epyo (ls, V2s)
78
"Ml} Kp(ven 1 '\ va2 JUi Kp1.9e'ite5" Jesus Christ to his disciples
Do not judge In order not to be judged
1. Kp(ven: = the sunbjunctive of Kpfvw No 52, 2. (va = yta va, 3. Kpt8e(n: = the subjunctive
of Kp(VOIJat No 52 (see Gr. 10a)
v
1. nofet = do. The imperative of notw (Lg, 32) . 2. a = those. The ancient aUTo (see the
pronouns p. 94), 3. Kp(vetc; No 52, 4. K6v = a contraction of Kat av (and if) = even if, 5. notwv
= doing. The masculine form of the participle of notw, 6. J.1eMw = to be about to. To IJeMov
=
= the future, 7. a5o~elv be defamed (a+56~a (orthodox) = glory, reputation). 8. q~auAoc;, -
T'J , -o(v) favlos = mean, bad, miserable, 9. yap = because, 10. KptTflc; = see No 52, 11 .
navr6c; = of everything. The genitive of TO nav (le, V1 1) , see Gr. 15b, p. 109, 12. npayiJaToc;,
v
the genitive of TO np6y1Ja = the thing (le. 29 ) , see Gr. 15b, 13. o 6xAoc; = the masses, the
mob.
80
01:0 MnOPEil:
1. Kt' av = Kat av, 2. KOIJ£lC: = K6vetc;, 3. TOlJTO = this. See the pronouns p.94, 4. npo'on6811oe
imperative of npoonaew = try. See Gr. 10c, p.75, p.72 and L13, V42 , S.TouMxtOTov = at least, 6.
e~eUTe:A(~w exettelizo = downgrade, cheapen, lower, 7. 1-1£<; = 1-1toa = inside, in, 8. ouvacpeta sinafia
= contact, association between persons, 9. IJEC: (= 1-1toa) OTec; (instead of OTIC:) = inside the (1Jeoa
oe is a prepositional phrase, see p.67) 10. Ktvf]oetc; (nom. pi.) = movements. See KlVW p.71 , 11.
OIJIAfec; (nom. pi.) = talks, chats, speeches. See Lg V6, 12. ma(voVTac; = rtl1ya(voVTa<; (participle (see
Gr. 10d, p.75) of rtl1ya(vw) = going, Lg V12 , 13. yup(~oVTac; = turning, taking around (participle of
yup(~w. L10, V7) , 14. ouxv6 (adv.) = often, frequently, 15. eK8eToVTa<; = exposing (participle of
eK8€Tw (eK+8eTw = put), see p.71) , 16. 11 oxt011 sxesi = relation, 17. 11 ouvavaOTpocpfl sinanastrofl
= company, social contact (ouv+ava+OTpocpf} (apostrophe) = turning), 18. Ka8rweptv6c;, -f), -6 =
dailly (t<69&+111Jepa = day, LsVs), 19. 11 avo11ofa = nonsense (a+vouc; = mind, Lg, V9), 20. we; nou =
until, 21 . va y(vet = to become. Subjunctive (see Gr 1Ob) of the irregular verb y(vo1Jat (Lg V17) using the
second stem ytv- . See p.86, 22. oa = oav = like, as, 23. ~tvoc;, -11, -o = stranger (L2 V4 ) , 24.
cpopTtK6c;, -f), -6 = boring
The words marked with an asterisk represent a vernacular form that the poet liked to use.
81
lsaoiK~ ypa!JIJOTIK~
a. The verbs of the passive voice (ending in -o!Jal, -ou!Jal, -lt!Jal, -aiJE) form their
imperfect tense (the continuing or repeated form) with the endings -61Jouv(a), -6aouv(a),
-oTav(E), -61JaOTE, -6oaOTe, -oVTav (cpavta~61Jouv(a). cpoJ361louv(a) etc) . Both types, with
or without the final a and£, are used.
For the formation of the complete form in the past tense the last letter or letters of the
stem change, the suffix ·IlK- is added and the endings of the past of the active voice are
used. With the suffix ·IlK· these endings become ·llKa, ·IlK£<;, ·IlK£, -~KaJJE, -~KaT£, -
~KaV(E) .
There are certain rules concerning the changes of the last letter(s) of the stem but
whatever the change the resulting finalletter(s) in most of the cases are: -11e, -e, -OT, -T so
that the complete ending becomes :
-~e.,Ka (cpoJ3 - OIJOI, cpoJ3 - ~e.,Ka)
. e.,Ka (atcr86V - OIJal, atcr86v - e11Ka)
· OT!lKa (cpOVTO~ - OJ.Ial, q>OVTQ- OTilKa)
·TilKa (ypacp - OJ,Jal, ypacp - TllKa)
Some irregular verbs present changes o f their stem too: cpaiv-OIJOl, cpav-
llKO, tpx-o!Jat erxome = I come, ~pea ir8a = I came (see Gr 12) .
b. The continuing or repeated form of the future of the verbs of passive voice is formed
by adding the word ea to the present tense:
ae cpoJ361lat (I am afraid of you) ea cre cpoJ361Jal navra (I will always be afraid of you)
0a Tl1 <paVTO~OIJal nOVTQ vea KQL wpa(a (I will imagine her always young and beautiful)
The complete form of the future is also formed by using the word ea with the stem of
the simple past (cpop~e-'lKO, ypa<pT-IlKa) and the endings of the present tense of the active
voice:
t:..e ea cpop.,e-w -c(noTe = I will not be afraid of nothing (anything)
To 6vo!JO crou ea ypa<pT-d (will be written) 1-1e )(pucra (chrysanthemum = golden)
YPcliJIJOTO.
c. The subjunctive of the passive voice is formed with the stem and the endings of the
present tense when the act is continuous (eav cpavra~-&aa•) and with the second stem and
the endings of the active voice when the act is complete (ll'l cpavracrt-d<;).
d. The participle of the active voice ends in · IJEVO<;, ·11, -o or ·OIJEvoc;, -11, -o. lt has
genders (masculine, feminine and neuter) and is declined like an adjective.
e. The imperative of the passive voice has the ending -ou, or -aou for the second
person singular and -EITE for the plural. For the singular the stem of the past of the active
voice is used in verbs which have both active and passive voice: ypatiJou (from t-ypatiJ-a)
crtouc; KaTaA.6youc; (catal6yoos) = write yourself in the catalogues.
For the plural the stem of the simple past of passive voice is always used: ypa<pTEin;
(from ypa<pT-'lKO) 6A.Ol crac; = write yourself all of you) .
82
1. xee~ 1'0 ~p6.5u2 5ev n£paoa3 Ka86A.ou4 KaA6.. X6peua5 (x6reva) ouvexw~ KQl yta ~(a
01'lY~fJ6 ato86.v811KO (es8an8ika) EVO ~ey6.Ao n6vo 01'0 01'0~0Xl7 KOl <.po~fl811KO noA.u.
<l>aV1'601"1KO 61'Lenaeas K01'l noA.u oo~ap69. Ato8av6~ouva 60Xll~0 1 0 6Ar1111 vuxra 11 .
2. ~e eu~6~at n6011 wpa KOt~fl611K0 1 2. 0 unvo~ 1 3 OIJW~ ~€ ~EKOupaoe 14 Kat IJE
'louxaoe15. =:eKoup601'11KO apKe1'6 Kat 5e )(ptt6.01"1KO va <.pwv6~w 1'0 ytmp616. To npw(
f}~ouv noA.u f}ouxo~17 Kat 5ev moeav6~ouva Ka86A.ou Koupao~evo~. ~e ~e1'6vtwoa 1 s
(metaniosa) Ka86A.ou nou x6pe4Ja 1'6oo noA.u KOl 5taoK£5aoa19. '01'av Kot~6.1Jat SeA.w
an6A.U1112o 'louxfa21. Houxfa napaKaA.w.
3. M'apeoet22 noA.u o xop6~23. eu~6~at 61'av f}~ouva ~lKp6~ n6oo ~ou 6peae va ~Mnw
1'0U~ ~ey6.Aou~ VO XOPEUOUV. n11ya(vw OU)(V6 01'0U~ XOPOU~. Eau nTlYOLVEl~ ;
4. '01'av epxeoat ant1't ~ou va <.pepvet~ n6V1'a ~a~( oou 1'0 ~~~A.(a oou. Kat 61'av <.peuyet~24
(fevy1s) va 1'0 na(pvet~2s ~a~( crou. Eyw cpeuyw aM6 oev na(pvw Kaveva an6 1'0
np6y~m6 ~ou . <l>epvw 6A.a 1'0 ~~~NO ~ou KQl1'0 acpf)vw26 6A.a eow.LQ~ 1'0 acpf)vw yta oa~.
s. b.(vw noM6 A.Ecpt627 yta naA.t628 ~~~Ma aM6 5ev ~p(oKw n6V1'ote aU1'6 nou SeA.w.
Bpf}Ka eva noA.u an6vto29 Kat noA.uTLf..I03o ~~~A.Io. n ou ~eveTe va oa~ to cpepw; Mevw
n6V1'a 01'l1V A8f)va. b.ev 6Ma~a31 5ta~ovfJ32 (KatotK(a33, an(tt}.
6. Bpf}Ke<; K6tt nou o 'apeoet; b.uOTuxw~ 5ev ~pf)Ka~e . 'Hp8a va oou ~tAf}ow aM6. 6e ae
~pf)Ka. rtat( 5ev f}p8aTe npoxeec; nou oa~ nept~£va~e34; Aunou~at nou oa~ £Kava va
nept~evete aM6 efxa oo~apf} oouA.et6.
7. rtat( doat e1'at cpo~to~tVI135 ; 1\Kouoa K6tt nou ~e cp6~110E. M11111~ A€<; 1'0 60Xll ~O ve6..
LUYKlVet1'at36 (singinite) noA.u euKoA.a. LuyKtvfJ811Kav 6A.ot noA.u an'aU1'6 nou 6Kouoav.
8. EA.n(~w37 01'0 teA.o~38 6A.a ea nave KaAO. Emt£A.ouc;39 1'EAE(woe40 aUTT') 11 un68t01141 .
Be~a(w~42 a<.pou (afo6) e<p8aoe43 01'0 TEALK644 m6.5to45. Kavtva~ o'aU1'6V TOV KOO~O
oev elVOl TEAel0~46.
At~1A6y1o
1. ~w~tKaToc;, -11, -o oooekatos, -i, -o = twelfth . The number 12 is ~W~&Ka .
2. TO ppa~u to vraoi = evening
3. n&pvw pern6 = 1. pass, 2. cross, 3. get along. (s.p ntpacr- a , ea m:p6cr-w, imp. ntpacr-&,
m:p6cr-r &). The imperative n &paoT& is used for after you, get in (a car), come in. natpvw
KaA.6 = I have a good time. Do not confuse m:pvw with na(pvw perno = I take (see below).
4. Ka86Aou ka861oo = at all. From KOT6 (which becomes Ka6' before a vowel with rough
breathing) + 6A.ou (the genitive of 6A.o) = all
=
5. xop&uw xorevo (choreography) d ance (s.p. xopeljJ-a)
6. 11 OTIVIJrl i stiyml = moment
7. To OTOIJOXI to stomaxi = stomach
8. naeafvw pa8eno (pathology) = 1. suffer, 2. undergo a mishap or a misfortune. (s.p
t na8a) {Tt t na8ec;; What happened to you)?
9. oopap6c;, -r1, -6 sovar6s, -r, · 6 (severe) = serious, severe
= =
10. aaxmJoc;, -11, -o asx1mos, -i, ·o ugly (lit. unshaped). From a +crxru.Ja (scheme) shape,
form, scheme.
11. 11 vuxra i nl)(ta (noctambulant, nocturnal) ::;;; night
83
1. Yesterday evening I did not have a good time at all. I was dancing continuously and for
a moment I felt a great pain in the stomach and I was much afraid. I imagined (I
though~ that I suffered (na9olvw means it occurs to me a mishap: €na8a &va aTU)(TliJO
= I suffered (I had) an accident) something very serious. I was feeling badly all the
night.
2. I don't remember how much hour (long) I slept. The sleep however, refreshed me and
made me calm . I was relaxed enough and I did not need to call a doctor. In the morning
I was very quiet and I did not feel at all tired. I did not repend that I danced so much and
I had fun. When I sleep I want absolute quiet. Quietness (quiet) please.
3. I like much the dance. I remember when I was small (young) how much I liked to see
the big ones (the grown-ups) to dance. I go often to the dances (dancing). You, do you
go?
4. When you come to my house you should bring always with you your books. And when
you leave you should take them with you. I am leaving but I don't take none (anyone) of
my things. I bring all my books and I leave them all here. I leave them for you (y1a aac;,
is a pleonasm since there is aac; in the phrase. ft is said for emphasis).
5. I give much money for old books but I don't find always those that I want. I found a very
rare and precious book. Where do you live in order to bring it to you? I live always in
Athens. I did not change residence (domicile, house).
6. Did you find something that you like? Unfortunately we did not find. I came to talk to
you but I did not find you. Why you did not come the day before yesterday that we were
expecting you? I am sorry I made you wait but I had a serious business.
7. Why are you so frightened? I heard something that frightened me. Don't tell her the bad
news. She is touched very easily. They were all much moved from (by) what they heard.
8. I hope in the end everything will go well. At last, is (has) finished this case (affair) (the
order of the vords could as well be: teAE:(woe autf] 11 un68e0"1 emt&A.ouc;, or autf] 11
un68£0"1 te:A.efwoe emt&A.ouc; or more close to the English order: emteA.ouc; OUTTl 11
un68£0"1 te:Af:(woe) . Certainly, since it reached the final stage. No one in this world is
not (is) perfect.
12. KOIJ.IOJ.IOI kimame = sleep (s.p. KOl!-.n'I9-11KO). From KOlllOilOL comes TO KOIJ.II"JnlPIO to kimitirio
=the cemetery
13 . 0 unvoc; 0 lpnos (hypnotism) = sleep
14. ~tJ<oupa~w ksekoorazo = give rest to (s.p. ~e:Koupao-a) , ~tKoupa~oJ.Iol ksekoorazome =
rest, relax (s.p. ~e:Koup60T-11KO). (the opposite of Koupa~w and Koupa~OJ.IOI = be fatigued,
be tired) KoupaoJJt voc;, -11, -o is the participle of J<oup6~0J.IOI = fatigued, tired
15. 11ouxa~w isixazo = 1. make calm, 2. be reassured, 3. grow quiet, 4. rest (s.p. nouxao-a).
Hauxo~w is the opposite of av.,auxw (L11 , V47).
16. o y1aTp6c; o yatr6s (pediatric) = doctor
17. ~ouxoc;, -11, -o lsixos, -i, -o = quiet, tranquil, stll, calm, undisturbed . See No 15
18. J.I&TavuAJvw metani6no. From the ancient llE:Tavow (lle:Ta+vow L10 , V22) = 1. repent, 2. change
my mind (s.p. lltT6VOlWC7-a) . '
84
Kt'aM6~aj..le ~wf).
1. 11 Ka~16 = heart (l 13, V47), 2. 11 nvor1 pnof (pneumatic) = breath, animation, verve, 3. o n6eoc;
= desire, 4. TO n69oc; (pathetic) = passion, 5. nr1pa~E s.p. of nalpv(a) = take, No 25, 6. 11 ~w~ =
life (l7, VZJ), 7. TO A6eoc; = mistake (4l, Vzl), 8. aM6.~a~e s.p. of aMal;w = change, No 31 .
85
Gr. 121
a. For an action that took place in the past there are two more tenses. One, the perfect,
denotes that t he action has been perfomed in the past and is complete at the tim e we are
speaking. In both active and passive voices it is formed w ith the verb £x(a) and the third
person of the subjunctive (Gr. 10): txw ypaliJ·&I (I have written), txw ypacpT·&f (I have
been written) .
The second, the pluperfect, refers to an action that had happened in the past. lt is
fo rmed with the past of the verb txw: dxa ypaliJ·£1 (I had written), t fxa ypacpT-Ef (I had been
written).
There is also a future tense expressing an action that will be accomplished in the
future after something else is going to happen. lt is formed with the future of the verb txw:
9a t xw ypaiJJ-£1 (I shall have written), ea txw ypacpT-Ef (I shall have been written) .
b. Some very commonly used verbs are irreg ular and the student should memorize the
stem of their past tense, and in some cases their imperative form. A handfu l of them have
a quite d ifferent second stem which they use for the formation of the simple past (s.p .), the
future (f), the perfect (pf.) and the imperative (imp.), for Instance:
pA£nw = see, s. p &i~a (ii5a), f. ea ~w . pf. txw ~£1 , imp. ~&c;-~£OT& (also ~ElT£)
At(y)w = say, Eina (lpa), ea nw, txw n&l, n&c;-ntOT& (also n&fT£)
Tpww = eat, t cpaya, ea cpaw, txw cpa&t, cpa(y)&· cpaT&
naw or nrwaivw (piyeno) = go, n~ya , ea naw, txw nO&I, n~yaiVE-nr'JYafv&T& or
noli&
t pxo1-101 = come, ~pea , ea (&)pew, txw (e)peet, tAa-&AaT&
c. A few other verbs ending in -alvw and the irregular verb ~ploKw although belonging to
the active voice (ending in -w) form their simple past with the ending -I'JKa, for instance:
ave~afvw aneveno = go up, step up , avt~I'JKa , Sa avt~w, txw av€~&1 , ave~a
ave~&IT&
KaTe~a ivw kateveno = go down or co me down, step down, descend, KaTE~I'JKa ,
Sa KaTe~w . exw KaTe~&:l , KaTt~a-KaTe~&iT&
~Jna(vw ~eno = go in, IJn~Ka , Sa 1Jnw , t xw
IJn&r, IJn&c;- !Jn&fT&
~ya(vw vyeno = go out, ~Y~Ka, Sa ~yw , txw~Y&II, ~yec;- ~y&IT&
~p(crKw vrisko = fi nd, ~p~Ka , Sa ~pw , txw~p&r , ~p&c;-~p&fT&
d. In the majority of irregular verbs, however, the changes concern the last letter(s) of
their stem when forming their second stem, for instance:
cpt pvw ferno = bring, ecp&pa, Sa cptpw, cptpe- cpt pTe
nafpvw perno = take, n~pa, Sa napw, nape-napTe
j.ltvw meno = stay, EJ.I&IVa (emina), ea J.l&ivw, J,~&ive-j.l&iveTe
cp&uyw fevyo = go away, ecpuya, Sa cpuyw, cpuye- cpuye:Te
pa~w vazo = put, e~aAa, Sa paAw, ~aAe:-paATe:
86
Gr. 12j
pya~w vyazo = take out, t pyaAa , ea py6Aw, py6Ae-1Jy6An~
~ivw oino = give, e~woa, ea ~wow, ~woe-~ware
acpr1vw afino = let, 6cpr,oa, ea ocpr1ow, 6cpr,oe or 6oe -acpr1are or aare
nfvw pfno =drink, f}m a (ipia), ea m w (pi6). m ec; (pies) -mtare
Tpw(y)W tr6(y)O = eat, ecpaya, Sa cpaw, cp{Je • cp{JTe
KOTaAaiJa(vw katalaveno = understand , KOT6Aapa,ea KaTaAapw,
KOTOAaiJE· KOTOAOIJETE
~a8afVW maeeno = learn, e~a8a, ea ~08W ~68e-~68eTE
cpa fvo!Jat fenome = seem, I look, cpavTlKa, ea cpavw, cpavou-cpavetTE
xafpOIJOl xerome and xafpw xero = be g lad, be delighted, XOPTlKa, ea xapw,
xafpe -xafpeTe xere, xerete
K68o1Jat kaeome = sit, be seated, Ka8r,oa, ea Ka8r1ow, K68r,oe or KaTo e -Ka8r1are
yfVOIJOl yinome = become, eylva and YlVTlKO, ea yiv w, ylvou-yivETE
The lesson that follows has many examples of the use of the imperative form of the
above irregular verbs in order to enable the reader to become well aquainted with
expressions commonly used in everyday speech.
Give freely the (your) time if you want that a little (some) dignity remains with you
1. l1iv£ (imperative of ~rvw using the first stem ~1v- (instead of ~wa-) to denote a continuous act) =
give(~. V 1 ~ . see also Gr 10c, p. 75, 2. ~wp£6v = freely, gratis, for nothing (from TO ~wpo (pandora)
= =
gift, 3. o xp6voc; = time l10• V'eJJ, 4. 6£c; = 6t A£1c;, see ls, V1o, 5. J.J t vw (s.p. t-JJEIVO) =stay,
remain, seep. 85, 6. Afyoc;, -11, -o = little,~. V3 , 7. 11 o~•onptn£10 axioprepia = dignity (a~•oc;
(axiom) = worthy (ls, V'2B) + npt n£1 = must).
I asked for the least and they punished me with the much.
1. £A6XJOToc;, -11, -o = least, minimum. The superlative of Afyoc;, 2. ~~TI100 = s.p. of ~11TW Lg, V16, 3.
n JJwpw, TIJJWP11a-a = punish, see L14, v:!fj p. 102, 4. noAU = L, V7•
....
88
1. b.ec,2 K6Tt nepiepyo3 (perieryo). nec,4 IJOU Tt ~Mnetc,. Mr']V eicrat nepiepyoc, (perieryos)
va ~Jaeetc,. neiTe (pite) 6A.11 TT'JV aA.fleeta (alieia). neiTe TllC. va net ~J6vo TT'JV aA.rleeta.
<t>6Te5 6A.o To cpayT'JT66 crac,. ntec,7 (pyes) auT6 To noT68 . nteiTe (pyite) OTT'JV uyefa
(iyfa) 6A.wv.
2. Tt K6Vetc,9; Tt yfvecrat 10; nwc, e(oat; Tt KOVeTe; Tt y(vecrre; nwc, elcrre;
3. 'Hpea xeec, aM6 5e cre ~PrlKO. Tt YlvJlKOTe; xaeflKaTe 11 . 'EA.a12 nl>pa, ~pec, 13 KQTL
14
KaAUTepo va netc,. BpdTe ypflyopa IJLO 5LKatoA.oy(a (5ikeoloyia). TL oou e(ne xeec,;
LOU TO e(na aMa TO ~exacrec, 1 5 . To etne KOI TO EKOVe.
4. nflyatve 16 Kat eou IJO~( TT'JC,. 'El-.a e5w. EA.6Te va 50u1Je Tl ea cpa~Je. <t>uye17 ypflyopa
nptv eu~Jwcrw 18 (eim6so). <t>uyeTe an'e5w 6A.OL crac,.
s. KaTe~a1 9 an6 To Kpe~6n20 cre napaKat..w. Ave~a21 OTO enavw n6Tw~Ja22 . Ave~eiTe Kat
cretc, IJO~( TT'JC,. nou ea KOTe~eiTe; ea KOTE~W O'TOV npWTO 6pocpo23 . Mnec,24 ~JEcra Kat
IJT'JIJLAOC,. ByeiTe25 (vyite) 6A.OL e~w crro 5p61JO.
6. AVE~T'JKO Kat KOTE~T'JKO nollic, cpopec, TIC, crKOAeC,26 ~JnJlKO Kat ~YJlKO cre noMa
ypacpe(a KOL O'TO TEAOC, ~pJlKO TO 5tK6 crou. 'HTOV TO T€AeUTa(o27 (telefteo) O'TO
5t65po~Jo 28 . To ~PJlKO OIJWC, KAetcrr629 . D.ev JlTOV avoucr630.
7. <t>epe31 IJOU va 5w Tl exetc, ~wypacp(cret32 (zoyrafisi). nape33 IJO~( crou QUTQ. D.wcrre34
IJOU TOV KOT6A.oyo35 napOKaAW. nap'TO OUTO Kat 56cre TO QMa. napTe TO an'e5w.
8. EmTEAOUC, napTe IJLO an6cpaCJl136 . Mll TO n6petc, 6A.a, 6.cpT'Jcre37 (or acre) KOTI Kat YLO
IJOC,. Acpflcrre Tov auT6v. 'Acre 1-1e flcru)(Tl cre napaKaA.w. AcpflOTe TO nat5t6 va peouv cre
IJEVO.
9. Me(ve38 ecru e5w, 1-1'1 cpuyetc,. D.e ~Jnopw, ea cpuyw, E~Jetva not..u K0Lp6 OTO i5to 1JEpoc,39 .
10. <t>ep'TOV e5w, ~QA'TO eKe(, ~yaf..'TT'JV e~W, n6p'TOUC, an'e5w, 56o'TO cre IJEVO, acr'TQ
K6Tw, 6cr'Touc, flcruxouc,. <t>6.'Ta 6A.a.
11 . 'E~Ja8a noMa KOVTQ crou . KaTOAaj3a Tl OT'JIJOLVeL va exetc, KaAO 56crKaA.o40 . 'E~yat..a TO
cru~Jnepacr~Ja41 (simperasma) 611 npenet Kaveic, va npoonaeef42 cruvexwc,. B6Ae43 cre
napaKaAW vep6 O'TO Kpacr(45 crou KOL ~y6Ae 46 ~Je an6 TT'JV 5ucrKOAT'J eeOT'J. 86A1e TO
44
A&~IA6yiO
1. Look at something strange. Tell me what you see. Don't be curious to learn. Tell all the
truth. Tell her to tell only the truth. Eat all your meal. Drink this drink. Drink to the health
of all (everybody).
2. What are you doing? (here it has the meaning of how are you?) What becomes of
you? (This expression has also the meaning of how are you?) How are you? What are
you doing? What becomes of you? How are you? (The plural is used in formal
conversation. nwc; e(OTe corresponds to the English how do you do).
3. I came yesterday but I did not find you. What became of you? You were lost. Come
now, find something better to say. Find quickly an excuse. What did he (or she) tell
you yesterday? I said it to you but you forgot it. He (or she) said it and he (or she) did it.
4. Go and you (you too) with her. Come here. Come to ( EAa va or eA.aTe va is an
expression corresponding to the English let us) see what we will eat. Go away quickly
before I get angry. Go away (get away) from here all of you.
5. Get down (off) from the bed I beg you (please) . Go up to the upper floor. Go up and
you (you too) with her. Where are you going to get off? I will get off on the first floor.
Get in and don't talk. Get all of you out in the street.
6. I went up and down the staircase many times, I got in and out in many offices and at
the end I found yours. lt was the last in the corridor. I found it, however, closed. lt was
not open.
7. Bring me to (let me) see what you have painted. Take with you these. Give me the list
please. Take these and give the others. Take them from here.
8. At last take a decision. Don't take them all, leave something and for us (for us too) . Let
him (aUT6v is put for emphasis) . Leave me quiet (alone) I beg you (please). Let the
children come to me.
9. You stay here, don't go. I can not, I will go away. I stayed much {a long) time in the
same place.
10. Bring him here, put it there, get her out, take them from here, give them to me, let
them down, leave them quiet (alone) . Eat them all. (In spoken Greek the final-& of the
imperative singular is often omitted when the third person (Tov, lllV, TO etc) of the
personal pronoun follows) .
11. I learned many (it means noMa npayllOTO = many things) near you. I understood
{realized) what it means to have a good teacher. I took out the conclusion (f3y6~w TO
ou11nepao11a an expression meaning I arrive at the conclusion. TL ou11nepao11a
f3ya~eu:~; What conclusion are you arriving at?) that one should try continuously. Put I
beg you (please) water into your wine and get me out of the difficult place (situation).
Put your hand on your heart. Take off (or put on) your clothes.
12. I am very glad (xafpw noA.u is the formal expression for I am pleased to meet you) . I
was very glad. I was glad when I understood (realized) that you were pleased that he
appeared (to be) a worthy student of yours. What are you sitting and say? (Here
K68o11m has the meaning of spend time doing something). Sit (here K68rwe or KOToe
has the meaning of stay) in order to tell you. Sit (stay) to see what is going on.
90
13. Sit (down) I beg (please) (a polite expression corresponding to have a seat. Ka8flate
KOTW is more imperative) . Sit down gentlemen. What happened? lt happened (it took
place) a big incident (scene) between them. lt has not occurred before such a thing.
What is to be done now? (The expressionTL y(veTm means what is going on or what is
to be done. See the verb y(vollat L9, V 17) . What is going on? What is happening? Is
something serious? No, simply they are speaking loudly, they are shouting much (a
lot) and they are making noise. Their talks and their voices are heard much.
14. Try as much as you can to do daily at least one good act.
2. 6tc; - ~drt = look, the imperative of pAtnw (L7, V16 ), s.p. ti6a
3. ntpftpyoc;, -I'J , -o perferyos, -i, -o = 1. curious, 2. strange, 3. inquisitive (nep(+ tpyo) (ls, V25)
4. ntc; - ntlrt = tell, say, imp. of At(y)w (ls, V18), s.p. dna
5. q»6(y)t-cp6(yt)T£ = eat, imp. of rpww , s.p. tq~aya (phagocyte, sarcophagus)
6. cpayi'JT6 fayit6 = 1. meal, dish, 2. food to eat
7. m t c;-n1£1T£ = drink, imp. of n ivw, s.p. ~ma
8. nor6 pot6 (pottage, symposium) = drink, beverage
9. T1 K6Vtlc; = how are you (lit. what do you do)
10. n y fvtaOI = how are you (lit. what becomes of you), y(VOIJOl see Lg, V17
11. XOVW ·OJ.IOI xano-ome = lose, be lost
12. tAa- £A6rt ela-elate =come, imp. of tpxoJJa• (erxome) (L 10, V,o)
13. pptc;- ppdT£ vres-vrite = find , imp. of ppfaKw (L,o, V2a)
14. 11 ~IKOIOAoyfa i 5ikeoloyfa = 1. excuse, 2. justification (see 5(Kaloc;)
15. ~t)(VW, ksexn6 = forget, s.p. ~txaoa
16. n~yOIV£ piyene = go, imp. of ni'Jyaivw or n6w (pi. nTWOlVET€ or non:) (Lg, V12)
17. q»uyt - cpuyat ffye - flyete = leave, go away, escape, fly down, imp. of cptuyw (L12, V24)
18. 8UJ.IWVW 9im6no = get angry
19. Kartpa-Kartpdrt kateva - katevfte =go down or come down or get off, descend, imp. of
KOTtPafvw
20. TO KptPP6n to krevati = bed
21 avtpa-avtPdT£ aneva-anevfte =go up or come up, imp. of avtPafvw
22 TO n6TWJ.IO patoma = floor, storey
23. o 6pocpoc; 6rofos =storey, floor
24. J,~ntc;-JJndT£ bes-bfte =go in, get in, enter, imp. of J,~nafvw
25. pytc;-pydrt vyess-vyite = come out, go out, imp. of pyafvw
26. 11 aK6Aa -tc; = staircase(s), ladder(s)
27. rtAtuTafoc;, -a , -o teletteos, -a, -o = last. lt comes from TO TtAoc; (L12. V3a) =end
28. o 6•6~poJJoc; 5ia5romos = corridor (5la+ 5p61Joc; L7 , V2)
29. KAt1ar6c;, -~ . -6 klist6s, -1, -6 = closed
30. avo•xr6c;, -~. -6 ani)(t6s, -1. -6 = open
31. cptpt-cptpT£ fere-ferte = bring, imp. of cptpvw (L1o. V27)
32. ~wypacpf~w zoyraffzo = paint, (From ~wf] = life + ypaq>w = write), o ~wyp6cpoc; = painter
33. n6pt-n6p(t)Tt pare-par(e)te = take, imp. of nafpvw (L12, V25), s.p n~pa
34. ~wat-~wart 56se-56ste =give, imp. of ~fvw (ls, V1e), s.p. t~waa
35. o Kar6Aoyoc; kataloyos = catalogue, list
36. 11 an6cpaa11 ap6fas1 = decision (ano+q>OOll = phase)
91
37. acp.,at or aac-acp!loTt or OOT& afise, ase-aflste, aste = let, imp. of acp!lvw (L1 2· v 26)
38. ~dvt-J.tdv&Tc mlne-mlnete= stay, imp. of ~tvw , s.p. t-~ttv-a
39. TO ~tpoc; meros (polymeric) = 1. part, 2. place
40. o ~aaKaAoc; ~askalos = teacher
41. To au~ntpaa~a simperasma = conclusion
42. npoanaew prospa96 = try (npoa+naew (pathology) = undergo)
43. paAc-paA(&)Tt vale-val (e)te = 1. put, 2. put on, imp. of pa~w . s.p. tpaAa
44. TO vtp6 ner6 = water
45. To Kpaal krasl = wine
46. pyaAc-pyaA(c)Tc vyale-vyal(e)te = take off, take out, remove, extract, deduct, imp. of pya~w .
s.p. t-pyaA-a
47. 11 Kap~ta kar~ia (cardiology) = heart
48. To pouxo rooxo = cloth
49. xafpw xero = 1 am glad
50. cuxaptan&~at ef)(aristieme. The passive voice of cuxaptarw (ls, V7) = be pleased, enjoy
51. o J.I0911Trl<; ma9itls = pupil, student, disciple. lt comes from 1J09a(vw (L11 , V3) = learn
52. K68o~OI = sit, be seated, s.p K6811aa
53. TO &n&ta6~to epts6~io = 1. episode, incident, 2. scene, 3. row
54. ~avayfVOJ.IOI ksanaylnome (used in the third person ~avayfVCTOI 1 S.p. ~OVOYIV&, f. 80
~avayfvtt} = become or take place or occur again. From ~ova + y(VOIJOL (genesis) = be
come (Lg, V 17) (~ava means again, once more, back)
55. anAwc; apl6s = simply. The adverb of anA6c;, -r\, -6 (haplography) = simple
56. Ka8tW&Ptv6 ka8imerina = daily. Adverb of K0811~tptv6c;, -r\, -6 = daily, every day. (lt comes
from K69e = every + (11)1Jepa = day (ls, V3)
57. TouAaxtaro(v) toolaxisto(n) = at least. A contracted form of TO &Aaxtarov the superlative of Alyo
meaning the least, the minimal
58. 11 np6~11 praxi = deed, act, praxis. From the ancient npaTTw prate = do, act, o npatrnK6c;,
-r\, -6 praktik6s = practical.
1. e~ = from. The preposition &K before a vowel, 2. aMoet~wv =other kind (6Moc; (L1, V17) +
e(~o~ = kind), 3. ~wwv = genitive plural of ~wo Lg, V':!J, 4. 6v8pwnoc; = man (L 1, V6 ) , 5.
eyew fJSn = was born. The ancient simple past ofyewte1Jat Lg, V17 .
92
Plural
Nom. E~&fc; = we &a&fc; = you aurol = they aurtc; = they aura = they
Accus. &~ac; = us &aac; = you aurouc; = them aurtc; = them aura = them
~ac; aac; roue; r1c; (r&c;) Ta
Gen. &~ac; = our, to &aac; = your, to OUTWV = their, to them aurwv = their, to them aurwv = to them
us you roue; roue; rwv, roue;
~ac: aac:
The strong forms £J,Jtva, eatva, auT6v etc, of the personal pronouns are used when
we want to emphasize or distinguish something: eatva et A.w (it is) you I want, auTouc;
ewow, 6Xt eaac:; (it is) them I mean, not you (see grammar 4).
The weak forms J,J£, a£, TOV, TI'JV, TO etc. are more commonly used and they come
before the verb. Ie 8eA.w, I want you, ~ev Tov 8eA.w, I don't want him, TO elne KOl TO eKave,
he said it and he did it.
When the Imperative of a verb is used the personal pronoun comes after the verb.
The final -£ of tihe imperative singular is usually dropped before the weak neuter form of
the personal pronoun and its place is indicated by an apostrophe:
Ao'(e)To = let it, K6v'(e) TO (do it), n 6p'(e) Ta (take them).
Na ~wow (shall I give) TO )(p6vo; T11 8£C7T) ; TO ~~~A.(o IJOu; 11<i.>o 'Tov (To XP6vo),
5WO'Tf1V (TT) 8eC7T)) 5wo 'TO (TO ~l~AlO) .
For the feminine accusative plural the form T£<; (instead of Tic;) is used with the
imperative 5WO'T&c; (give them), <pWVOf;£ T£c; (call them), OUYXWpeo£ (4J, V19) T£c; (forg ive
them) but Tic; ~(vw, Tic; <pwv6~w. Tic; auyxwpw.
94
b. The genitive of the weak forms ~ou, oou, Tou, TI"J«;, ~ac;, oac;, Touc;, are also used as
pronouns to indicate to whom something belongs. They always follow the subject:
0 <ptAO~ ~OU KOl TO nOL~( TOU , 11 8£011 TOU«;, OTO OXOAelO J,lac;.
When ~ou, oou, Tou, TI"J<;, etc. come after a word which is stressed on the third
syllable from the end, the word is given an extra stress on the last syllable:
AUT6 e(vm np6~ATH.16 Tll~. this is her problem, TO yp61JIJOT6 oa~. your letters. The
same occurs with the form TE~ <pwva~t Te~. ouyxwpeot TE~ (see above) :
The genitive weak form ~ou, aou, Tou, TI"J<; etc. is also used to denote to me, to you,
to him, to her, etc. with verbs like <S(vw (give), yp6<pw (write), Myw (say), OIJLAW (speak)
and others. lt then has the place of an indirect object and comes before the verb:
Iou ~(vw TO A6yo IJOU (I give to you my word), Tile; eypalJ)a Tp(a yp61JIJOTO (I wrote
to her three letters), Touc; e(na TT)V aMt'l8tLa (I said to them the truth}, ~tv TOU IJLAW (I don't
to him speak) .
The genitive of the weak forms with the adjective ~IK6c;, -~ . -6, indicates more
exclusively the owner:
To ~1K6 ~ou ~L~A(o (my own book), auT6 e(vOL ~IKO ~ou ~ev e(vOL ~IKO oou (these
are mine they are not yours), efom ZiiK~ ~ou (you are mine (f)).
With the word tauT6c; (eaft6s = self) and the definite article the reciprocal pronouns
are formed, o &auT6c; J.IOU (my self), o tauT6c; oou (yourself) etc.:
AUT6~ OKe<pTETOl 1J6VO TOV &OUT6 TOU (he thinks (minds) only himself), ~EV 8EAel
T(noTe yLa Tov &auT6 Tll<; (she doesn't want nothing (anything) for herself).
c. The demonstrative pronouns are used when we want to indicate or show
something. The pronoun auT6c;, -r), -6 (this) is the same as the third person of the
personal pronoun . lt is used to indicate a person or a thing:
AuT~ 11 Kupfa e(vOL IJO~( IJOU (this lady is with me), ea ae ~w auT6 To ~p6~u (I shall
see you this evening), auTo to e(ne o 1J08Tltt'l~ [this said it (he said this) the pupil], Tt e(vOL
auT6; (what is this?) .
The pronoun {t )Tolhoc;, -11. -o (this) is used to show something that is very close to
us:
(t)TOIJTO E~W TO ~l~ALO (this here book) .
The pronoun &Ktlvoc;, -I"J, -o (tha~ refers to a person or thing that is far:
EKtfvo TO ~p6~u ~LOOKE~6oa1JE [~iaske~asame (L12 , V19}] noAu (that evening we
enjoyed ourselves very much, &Ktlvoc; o 6v8pwno~ (that man).
The pronoun TtToloc;, -a ,-o (tetyos) (such) indicates the quality of the subject:
T&Tola nou e(vOL t( nepLIJtVtl~ (L12 , V34}; Such that she is what do you expect?
'EKave~ T&To1o A68o~ (la. V23); (you made such a mistake?) TtTola npo~MIJaTa EXEL
6Ao~ o K60IJO~ (such problems has the whole world (everybody).
95
The indefinite article tvac:;, IJfa, tva can be used as an indefinite pronoun meaning
someone:
'Evac:; 1-.HAOUO€ ouvexwq (l1o. V,a) (one (someone) was speaking continuously). Mia
cpwv6~et noAu. One (someone) (female person) is shouting much.
The pronoun Kavtvac:; (or the ancient Kav&lc:;), KCIJIO (or the ancient KCIJfa stressed
on ~Q . Kavtva, has two meanings. lt means anyone, someone, somebody in a phrase that
does not contain a negation, but no one, nobody in a negative phrase:
E(vat Kavtvac:; e6w; (is anyone or someone here?) ea pee(q Ka~t6 q>op6; (will you
come some time?) 'Exetq Kavtva KaA6 ~L~A(o; (do you have any good book?). =:epetq
Kavtvav e6w; (do you know anyone or someone here?) But:
b.ev e(vat Kavtvac:; e6w (it is not (there is) no one here). b.e ea peelc:; KCJ.IIO q>opa.
(you will not come no one (any) time). b.ev exetq Kavtva KaA6 ~t~.A(o (you do not have no
one (any) good book). b.ev ~epetq Kavtvav e6w (you don't know no one (anyone) here) .
The pronoun Ka9tvac:;, Ka9&J.IIO (or Ka9&JJia) Ka9tva = everyone, is a combined
word of the indefinite article tvac:;, 1Jia, tva and the indeclinable word K09& which means
every:
(0) Ka9£vac:; EX€L T11 ee011 TOU (everyone has his place) . L€ Ka9&J.IIO an6 oaq (to
everyone of you). re Ka9tva nat6( (to every child).
The word K69& is also used as an adjective meaning every, all:
K69& 6vepwnoq (every man), K09& ~epa (every day), K69& wpa (every hour). K69&
6uo (e)~6o~66eq (every two weeks). K69& is not declined.
The pronouns KOTI (or sometimes KaTaTn , Ka9&TI and TlnoT£ are also indeclinable.
K6Ta and KCTITI mean something and Ka9&Tf everything. TinoT& means nothing in a
negative phrase and something in a phrase without negation:
Tt y(veTat; (what is happening (is going on)?) K6Ta y(veTal (something is happening).
rlveTat TfnoT&j (is something happening?) TfnoT& 6ev y(veTat (nothing doesn't happen
(happens). Ka9&Tf nou y(veTat TO ~aealvw (everything that happens I learn it). =:epetq
TinoT& vea; (do you know any news?) b.ev ~epw TfnoT& (I don't know nothing (anything).
The pronoun K6noaoc:;, -a, -o, means someone:
K6noaoc:; cpwva~e (someone called). ea pew K6noaa ~epa (I will come some day).
Kanoa&c:; eeAouv va oe 6ouv (some (female persons) want to see you).
The pronoun KOJ.moooc;, .,, o means quite a number of or amount of:
K6J,Jnoooa 6vepwnot (quite a number of men (people). El~at KOJJnOOI"J wpa eow (I
am quite a number of hour (time) here) . 'Exet KOIJnooa .AecpT6 (he has quite an amount of
money).
98
Gr. 1~
a. We have seen (Gr.1) that the major category of masculine nouns are those ending in
-oc;. There are also several masculine nouns ending in -l')c; (o nOL'lTrl<:; (ls. V32), o 1108'1Trlc;
L13,V51 ) and a few others ending in -ac; or -t oe;. A small category of common masculine
nouns end in -ac;, -&c;, and -ouc; and form their plural by adding a ~ to their stem before the
endings of the plural.
The masculine nouns ending in -oc; form their genitive singular with the ending -ou and
those stressed on the third syllable from the end move the stress to the second syllable.
In the accusative they lose the -c; and may take an -v, and in the vocative they have an -£.
In the plural the endings are -01 for the nominative and vocative, -wv for the genitive, with a
displacement of the stress, and -ouc; for the accusative:
o Kupt-oc; OL Kupt-OI
TOU KUpt-OU TWV KUpt-WV
TOV KUPL-o(v) Touc; Kupt-ouc;
KUP~£ KUp~OI
All other masculine nouns form their genitive, accusative and vocative case singular
by dropping the final -c; of the nominative. In the plural those ending in -l')c; (nOL'lT-f)c; Lg, V32)
and -ac; (6VTp-ac; Ls. V14) form the nominative, accusative and vocative with the ending -&c;
(OL nOL'lT·f c;, TOU<:; nOL'lT-E<;, OL 6VTp-&c;, TOU<:; 6VTp-&c;), which becomes ·≤ for those
ending in -eac; (o YPOilllOTeac; = the secretary, OL YPOilllOT-Eic;) and -~&c; for those ending
in -ac;, -ec; and -ouc;, which take an additional ~ to their stem in the plural(o nannouc; = the
grandfather, Ol nannou-~&c;) .
All masculine nouns form the genitive plural with the ending -wv (Twv nOL'lTWV, Twv
aVTpwv, Twv YPOilllOTtwv, Twv nannou~wv) , which is a common ending for all three
genders. Those stressed on the third syllable move their stress to the second syllable and
most of those stressed on the second syllable move the stress to the last syllable.
As a general rule the reader should remember that the characteristics of all
masculine nouns are a) the final -c; in the nominative singular which is lost in the other
cases and b) the ending -wv in the genitive plural.
b. The masculine form of most adjectives ends in -oc; and is declined like the nouns
ending in -oc;. Certain adjectives whose masculine form ends in -uc; also have the same
endings. In the genitive singular these adjectives may have the ending -ou or -u: o yA.uKuc;
(glucose) sweet Kaq>tc; = coffee, Tou yA.uKoU or Tou y.AuKu Kaq>t. The feminine form of the
adjectives ending in -u ends in - 10 and the neuter in -u or -o: 'l yA.uKL-16, TO yA.uK-u or TO yA.uK6.
The adjective noAuc; presents two irregularities a) its feminine form is noM-r1 and b)
it is written with a double A in all cases except the nominative and accusative of the
masculine and neuter forms.
There are also a few commonly used adjectives ending in -l')c; that have preserved
the ancient endings -l')c; for the feminine and -&c; for the neuter form. In the genitive
singular the ancient ending -ouc; is used for all three genders.
100
1
flt KOTO TtTOpTO J.1Cl 91"11.10
1. nOL6c;2 (py6s) SeXEt va IJLAf]oet; Kavevac;3; Kavefc;3 5ev e(vat ttoq.JOc;4 vo K6vet 111v
apxf15; 0nOLoo5i]notes (opyos5ipote) J.mope( va n6pet-ro "A6yo. 0 Ko8tvoc;7 1Jnopef vo
net Tfl YVWIJ'l TOU.
2 . Apxf~wa eyw. 'Oxt eoefc; napaKa"Aw, npwl"J1 efvat eKefV11 'l Kupfa 5t6tt t xet oetp69.
not6 Kupla; EKefV11 nou K68e-rat nlow1o ooc; (IJO~( ooc;, 1Jnpoc;11 croc;, 5(n"Aa12 oac;,
KOVT6. 13 00<:;).
3 . K6nOLoc; 14 (kapyos) efne K6tt 1s nou 5ev to 6Kouoa Ka"Aa. MT']v aM6~etc;1s 8e1Ja17 oe
napaKa"Aw. TeXe(woe (telfose) au-r6 nou apxtoec;. nept1Jevw va -reXEtwoetc; yta va oou
anaVTi]ow18. Enava"Aa1Jj36vetc;19-ra (5ta20 Kat-ra (5ta.
4. Ot OIJLAT']Tec;21 e(vm noMoi Kat ot aKpoa-rtc;22 "Afyot. 01JtAT']Ttc;, aKpomtc;,
ouyypacpe(c;23 (sinyraffs), ypOIJIJOtefc;24 (y ramatis) llt"Aouv 6"Aot 110~( Kat 5ev OKOUIJE
ttnOl"E.
5 . To oxt5to25 oou e(vm -rt XEto26 (telio). Efvat -reXEfwc;27 (telios) a5uva-ro va y(vet au-r6
nou ~T']T6c;.
6. not6c; ouyypacptac; oe not6 j3tJ3"A(o yp6cpet KOTL yta otva; K6nou28 -ro e(oa au-r6.
nou8ev629 5ev unapxet K6TL t t -roto. Te-rotoc;3o (tetyos) nou efvat tt nept1Jevetc;;
7 . Au-r6c; e(vat evac; n(vaKac;31 6"AWV TWV ouyypocpewv {sinyrafeon), TWV ypOIJIJOTEWV KOl
l"WV OIJLAT']l"WV.
8. Au-r6c; e(vat ouyyevi]c;32 IJOU KOt oul"i] efvm 11 a5e"Acpf]33 -rou. E(vat no"Au ayevf]c;34 5e
8e"Aw VQ TOV j3AenW (va TOV OW). H Tl1JWp(a35 ev6c; ayevouc; av8pwnou efvat T']
ano1J6vwoi)36 tou.
9. H EKTLIJT']oi)37 IJOU 01"0 np6own6 38 1"'1<:; e(vOL IJEY<i"AT']. :toe; EKTLIJW39 no"Au KQL OEV t xw
T(note npoowmK640 evovt(ov41 ooc;. npot t1Jw42 vo OT01Jol"i]ow43. Ka"Autepo vo
own6.ow44. H otwni] 4SVOIJI~w e(vat KaAu-repJl. :ttwnn napoKa"Aw.
10. Tt e(vm o ye(tov6c;46 oac;; E(vm 'E"A"AT']vac;47; 'Oxt, e(vat 'Ayy"Aoc;48. EKefvot OL epy6tec;49
e(vm 'E"A"AJlvec;; Not, VOIJ(~w 6tt efvat 'E"A"AJlvec;, J..ILAOuv E"A"AJlvtK6. llev ntOl"euwso 6TL M et.
11. M'aptoet o y"AuKuc;s1 Kat e"Aacppuc;s2 Kacptc;53. llev ayanw touc; y"AuKouc; Kat 5uvotouc;
Kacpt5ec;. 0 ouvexflc;54 86puj3oc;ss IJE evoxx.erss Kat IJE Koupa~et, 5ev Tov avttxw. /\6yw
TOU OUVEXOU<:; 8opuj30U EXW XOOELTOV UnVO IJOU Kat 80 XQOW KQl lTlV uye(a57 IJOU.
12. LlliJEPO 0 e8VtK6c;58 xapaKTfJpac;59 K68e -r6nou60 y(VEl"at ne:ptocr6-re:po 5te8vi]c;61. Ot
5te8vefc; opyavtcr1Jo(52 cppoVT(~o uv63 yta 1"1'JV uyefa 6"Aou tou KOOIJOU. 0 opyavtcr1J6C::
-rou avepwnou n pt net va Kpa-rtt-rm64 (5tal"J1pef-rm55) uyti]c;Ss 6"AT'] tau TT'] ~wfl .
13. n a va ~i]OOUIJE EtpT']VtK667 OTO ouy)(povo68 KOOIJO )(pElQ~ETat (Xriazete) oy6nT']69 KOL
EtPtlVTls?. nptnet vo oyon611e o t vac; -rov 6"A"Ao.
I\£~1A6y1o
1. ~tKaToc; Tt TapToc;, -11, -o ~ekatos tetartos, -i, -o = fourteenth. The number 14 is ~tKaTtootpa
2. no1oc;, (py6s), no16 (pya), no1o (py6) = who, which
3. Kav£vac; or Kavtfc;, Ka~fa, Kavt va = no one or someone (see avrwvu1J(ec;)
4. tTOI~oc;, -rJ, -o etimos, -i, -o (etymology)= ready
5. rJ apxr\ i arxl (architect, archetype, oligarchy) = 1. beginning, commencement, 2. origin,
3. principle, 4. authority
6. onoloo~r\noTt (opyosi51pote), onoloiSf]noT&, ono1ooTjnoT& = anyone
101
11 . (&)t.mp6c; embr6s = in front of, forward, ahead (expr. E1Jnp6c; = come in, hallo (telephone)
12. ~fnAa ~fpla = beside
13. KOVTa konda = near
14. Kano•oc; (kapyos), Kano•a (kapya), Kano•o (kapyo) = someone
15. KOTI kati = something
16. aAAa~w alazo = change (s.p. 6Ma~-a)
17. TO 8Et.JO tO 8ema (theme) = 1. SUbject, 2. theme, 3. topic
18. anaVTw apant6 = answer, reply (s. p. an6VTT'lo-a)
19. &navaAaiJPavw epanalamvano = repeat (s.p. enave.\a~-a. f. ea enavaA6~-w) Combined verb
formed with the prepositions em (upon, at) + ava(backwards) and the irregular verb AOIJ~6vw
= receive (s.p. e-.\a~-a f. ea M~·W)
20. o f~1oc;, -a, -o, l~yos , -a, -o (Idiosyncrasy, idiom) = 1. same, own, self, 2. peculiar to oneself.
(e(vat TO (~to np6y1-1a = it is the same thing, eyw o (~toe; = I myself)
21. o OIJIAI'Jnl<; o omilitls = speaker. From OIJIAw = speak (Lg, Vs)
22. o aKpOOTrl<; o akroatls = listener. From the ancient verb aKpOOIJOl = listen, hear
23. o auyypaq>iac; o sinyrafeas =author, writer. From ouv (together)+ypa<pw (la. V8)
24. o ypOIJIJOTta<; o yramateas = secretary. From TO ypaiJIJO = the letter (l_s, V2)
25. TO O')(i~IO to sxe~iO (schedule) = 1. plan, design, sketch, 2. project, SChedule
26. TtA&IO<;, -a, -o teltos, -a, -o = perfect, complete
27. r&Adwc; telfos = completely. The adverb ofTtA&Io<;
28. Kanou kapoo = somewhere
29. nou8&v6 poo8ena = nowhere
30. rtro1oc;, -a, -o tetyos, -a. -o = such, like this
31 . n fvaKa<; o plnakas = 1. table, 2. list, 3. picture (the painting)
32. auyy&vr1c;, -r1c;, -tc; s1ngenls = relative, related. From ouv (together) + yevoc; (genus) = family,
tribe, genus
33. 11 a~&Acpr1, i a~elfl (p. 01 a~e.\<pec;, i a~elfes = sister(s) (see o a~&Aq>6<; in L10, V26. The pi. of
a~e.\<p6c; is 01 a~e.\<po(, phonetically the same as 11 a~EA.<pr1. There is also the neuter expression
TO a~iAcp1a a~elfia (Philadelphia) meaning the siblings, ie. brothers and sisters, the brethren
34. ay&vr1c;, -r1c;, -t<; ayenls, -is, -es = impolite. From the negative prefix a + yevoc;. See ouyyevflc;
(No 31) and euyev1K6<; (l1 , V11)
35. 11 TIIJWpfa timorra = punishment. TI!JWpw timor6 = punish (s.p. TliJWP'10-a)
36. 11 ano1J6VWOI'J apom6nosi = isolation. From ano+1J6voc; = alone (L2 , V4)
37. 11 &KTft.JrJOrJ i ectlmisi = esteem, estimation. See eKTLIJW (No 39)
38. TO np6awno to pr6sopo = 1. person, 2. face
39. &KTIIJW ektim6 = esteem. From eK (out of) +TliJW (timothy) = honour
40. npoawmK6<;, -r1 , -6 prosopik6s, -1, -6 = personal. See npoowno (No 38)
41 . &vaVTfov enandlon = against
42. npOTII-JW protim6 = prefer (s.p npoT(IJI'lO·a). From npo(before)+TliJW = honour
43. OTOIJOTW stamat6 = stop (s.p.OTaiJOTI')O·O)
44. a•wnw siop6 = be silent, keep silent (s.p mwn11o-a and ownao-a)
45. 11 a1wnr1 siopi = silence
46. o ydTovac; o yltonas (m) 11 yt1T6v1aa i yit6nisa (f) = neighbour
47. 0 'EAAI1VO<; elinas (Hellenistic)= Greek pi. Ol 'EM11V€<:;, elines = the Greeks
48. o 'AyyAoc; o angles = Englishman pi. 01 'AyyAo1 angli = Englishmen. H AyyM~a. -&<; anglf~a =
English woman (-en).
49. o &py6TI'Jc; eryatis = worker. From t pyo = work (ls, V2sl
so. mar&uw pistevo = believe (s.p. n(OTellJ·a). H n far11 plsti = faith
103
51. yAuKuc;, (or -6c;). -16, -u (or -6) ylikfs or ylik6s (glucose) = sweet
52. t Aaq>puc;, (or -6c;), -16, -u (or -6) elafrrs or elafr6s = light
53. o Kaq>t c; (pi. Ol Kaq>&~tc;) kafes - kafe~es = coffee(s)
54. ouv&x~c;. -~c;. -tc; sinexrs = continuous. Iuvt xwc; s1nex6s (adv.) = continuously (L1o. V1a)
55. o 86puJ3oc; 86rivos = noise
56. t voxAw enoxl6 = 1. annoy, trouble (s.p. ev6xA-11o-a), 2. molest svoxAouJJat enoxlo6me "" be
annoyed (s.p. evoxA.r)8-11KO)
57. 11 uytla iyla (hygiene) = health
58. t 8VIK6c;, -~. -6 e8nik6s, -1, -o (ethnic) = national. To t evoc; eenos = nation
59. XOPOKT~pac; xaraktfras = character
60. o T6noc; t6pos (topography) = 1. place, site, spot, 2. country
61 . litt8vr1c;, -~c;. -tc; ~ie8nfs -Is, -es = international. From ~la (through) + t8voc; (ethnic) = nation
62. o opyavtoJ,J6c; o oryanism6s = 1. organism, 2. organization
63. q~poVTI~w frontrzo = care, take care, look after (s.p. q>pOVTlo-a)
64. KpantJ,Jat kratieme = be hold (s.p. Kpanl8-11KO). The passive voice of KpaTw krat6 (democrat,
aristocrat) = hold
65. ~IOTI'lPOUJ.IOI ~iatiro6me = be maintained (sp ~l01T)ptl8-11KO). The passive voice of ~IOTilPW
~iatir6 = maintain
66. UYirl<;, -r1c;, -tc; iyils, -Is, -es = healthy. See 11 uye(a (No 57)
67. 11 t iPrlVIl 1rln1 (lrene) = peace. Elpf1VIK6c;, -r1, 6 = innik6s = peaceful, pacific. ElP11VlK6<;
WK&av6c; = Pacific Ocean. Etpf1VIK6 irinica (adv.) = peacefully.
68. ouyxpovoc;, -11, -o srnxronos -i, -o = modern , contemporary, synchronous (From ouv + XP6voc;
= time).
69. 11 ay6n11 ayapi = love. See ayanw L9 , V3 and Vs
0:;
" 'H UfURI) 1 o:!2 ~1).\oi'!.... , ou~ :.OXI)f10Vtl,4 ~~~·u;l'5'ta £mnqc; 6... ou .\oy~nat 7 'tO KaK6v,8
ou' xaipt l 9 t nhij a6lKia ·~ .. n6na11 Dl<n£Ut l! 2 OUV't(l t.\n(~n,l3 n6na {,nop£vel 1 ~.. n Conc;:s
i:Aoic;,16 ay6nl) I 'tU 'tp ia 'tau'ta, 17 pt~Ca>v 1 8 6t 'tOU'tCa>V 19 ~ CxyOIIJ}.I "
An6otoA.oc; nauA.oc; EmotoAf} npoc; Koplv8touc;
St. Paul Epistle to Corinthians
Love is not jealous ... , it does not act in an ugly way, it does not demand her own (rights, interests) ...
it does not think of evil, is not p leased with injustice ... always believes, always hopes, always end ures
... faith, hope, love these three, the greater of these (is) love.
1. 11 ayan11 = No 69, 2. ou or ouK before a word beginning with a vowel = not, see L2, Vs. 3.
~11AW = be jealous (in modern Greek ~11A&uw zilevo}, 4. OOX11f.JOVW = act in an ugly way, see
aO)(Tlf.JO<; L12. V1o. 5. ~11TW =
ask (Lg, V1s). 6. TO eaUTfJc; = the (things, rights, interests) of her
own, see &aUT6c; p. 94, 7. l\oy(~Of.JOl =
think, take into consideration (in modern Greek
ouMoy(~Of.JOl), 8. TO KOK6v = bad, evil, harm, see L1, V13 , 9. xolpw = be pleased, see L 13 ,
V4g, 10. 11 O~lK(a = injustice, see l 1o. V2g, 11. n avra = always, 12. m OT&UW = believe (l g,
V4), 13. eA.n(~w = hope, 14. unof.Jevw = endure, stand, have patience, see p.69 and 70, 15. 11
n fotl<; (niOTll in modern Greek) = faith , 16. 11 el\n(c; = hope, (el\n(~a in modern Greek), 17.
TaLrra tafta = these. The ancient aUT6, see demonstrative pronouns p. 94, 18. f.Jef~wv =
greater. The ancient comparative of f.J&y6Aoc;, 19. TOUTWV = of these gen. plur. of TOUTO, see
p.94.
104
0
TOU
-oc;
-ou
-uc;
·IOU
_,_,
-'le; -ac;
-a
-cac;
-to
-'le;
-ouc;
TOV
-
-o(v)
-t
-u
-u
_, -a
-a
-&a
-&a
•fl
·'l
01 ·01 -101 -cc; -≤ -tic;
TWV -wv ·lWV -wv -tWV -wv
Touc; -ouc; -1ouc; •tc; -tic; -tic;
-01 -101 -tc; -&I<; -≤
nouns in adjectives in
Characteristics of the masculine nouns are a) the final -c; of the nominative singular, b) the
formation of the genitive, accusative and vocative singular by droping the final -c; of the nominative
(with the excemption of those ending in -oc;), c)the ending -wv in the genitive plural.
Note that a) noAuc; is written with double A except in the masculine and neuter singular and b)
the feminine and neuter first person (noM~ , noAU), the masculine first person plural (noMoO and
the adverb noAu ( = much, very) are phonetically the same. Example:
m.iJC; J.mopouv rroM.o{ 6v8pwrrot va ~ouJ..Euouv r6ao rro.Au J.le rro.Au 86pu{3o r7 rroM.ry (tOTTJ r7
TTO.AU KpUO,'
105
a. The majority of feminine nouns end in -a or -11 (Gr.1) and form the genitive singular
by taking an -<; (Gr.6) and the nominative plural with the ending -&<; (Gr.2).
There is a category of feminine nouns ending in -11 in which this ending has replaced
the ancient and Ka8apeuouaa ending -1<;. In modern Greek these nouns have kept in the
nominative plural the ancient ending -&u;: 11 i5UVOIJI1 - 01 i5uv61J&I<; (~. V4), 11 8ea11 - 01
8ea&l<; ('-4, V10 ) , n M~11 - ot M~&l<; (4;, V20), n i5t68eall - ot i5ta8ea&l<; (L9 , V10) , n aKelJJ'l - 01
aKelJj£1<; (Lg, V21), l1 np68ea11 - Ol npo8ea£1<; (p. 67), l1 un68ea11 - Ol uno8ta&l<; (L12• V41).
The ending of the genitive plural of these feminine nouns is -ewv (instead of -wv) : TWV
i5UVOIJ·EWV, TWV 8£a-&WV, TWV Ae~·EWV, etc .
With the ending -1<; and the ending -ewe; for the second person singular these words
are still found in most dictionaries and other texts, signs and streets: Mouae(ov
AKpon6A&w<; (Tl AKp6noA·I<;, Tllc; AKpon6A·&W<;, ....
The ending -1<; has also been preserved in the English words borrowed from the
Greek language (see Gr.1). lt is therefore easy for an English-speaking person to
remember that the nominative plural of these words ends in -£1<; and not in -£<; like the
other feminine nouns ending in -11.
b. Another small category of feminine nouns have in the nominative singular the
masculine ending -o<; and are declined like a masculine noun. We have met 11 oi56c; (L7 ,
V17) and its derivatives (e(aoi5oc;, t~oi5oc;, K68oi5oc;, 6.voi5oc;, nep(oi5oc;, np6oi5oc;). Oi56c;
becomes TTlV oi56, Tllc; oi5ou, ot oi5o(, Ttc; oi5ouc;, Twv oi5wv.
c. A few feminine nouns form the plural by adding a ~ (i5eATa) to their stem 11 ytayt6
yaya (grandmother) - ot ytayta~&<; yayai5es
As a general rule the reader should remember that with the exception of those
ending in -o<; all feminine nouns a) take an -<; in the genitive singular b) have the same
ending for the nominative, accusative and vocative and c) form the genitive plural with the
ending -wv which is the characteristic ending of this case for all three genders.
d. The feminine form of the adjectives ends in -11. -a or -•a and is declined like the
feminine nouns ending in -11 or -a . The adjectives whose stem ends in a vowel usually
have the ending -a in the feminine form (o wpa(oc;, 11 wpa(a) and those endings in - K
(K6na) the ending -1a (o yAuK-6c;, 11 yAuK-t6) . The feminine form of the masculine
adjectives ending in -11<; (o uyt~<;. o i5te8v~<;) has the same ancient endings as the
masculine form:
11 uyt~<; iyifs. Tll~ uytouc;, TflV uyt~, uyt~ , ot uyt&l<;, Twv uytwv, Tlc; uytefc;, uyt&f<;,
11 i5te8v~c;. Tllc; i5te8vouc;, Tfl i5te8v~. i5te8v~ . ot i5te8v&f<;, Twv i5te8vwv, Ttc; i5te8v&i<;,
i5te8v&fc;.
106
1. Tt 8£)\et<; an6 IJEVa; 'O,TL ~TlnlOel<; ea OTO i5WOW 1-1e 1Jey6Al1 euxaplOTTlOl12 (efxaristisi).
E~nf~w3 OTL Kern ea y fvet YL' QUTO TO ee1Ja4. 0Tli5~non: XPeLO~EOQl ~ea XPElQOTelC: va
IJOU TO nEL<;.
2. 'Exw aKouoeL noAAtc; yvWIJE<; KOL unoeeoetc; i5ev txw OIJW<; ano<paofoeLs aK61Jl1 Tl ea
Kavw. OLeKeeoeac;s OTLC: 1-1ey6Aec; n6)\£tc;7 txouv nav-ro-re em-ruxfas. LTTlV nep(mw0l19
Tl1 i5tKL6 oou i5ev efxec; TU)(Tl 10. 'Hoouv 6-ruxoc;11. 'H-rav IJLO 1JEY6Ar"J a-ruxfa1 2.
3. Au-rec; ne; ano<pOOEl<; i5ev TlC: Sewpw OWOTE<;. Me 6oec; i5UVOIJEl<; exw ea ouvex(ow Tl<;
npoonaeeLec;13 1-1ou Km Touc; aywvec;1 4. l:lev ea OTOIJOT~owl s no-re. Ef!Jm
ano<paoLOIJevoc;16 va ~pw TTlV aN1eeLa o' aun1 TTlV un6ee0Tl. Aun1 ano<pao(~El yta -ra
nav-ra (yla 6.>-.a) .
4 . Ot M~EL<; nou XPTlOLIJOnmefc; (xrisimopiis) exouv nav-ro-re Oll!Jaofa. OL KL~oetc; 17 nou
EKOVe ~TQV e~unvec;18. !:le IJnOpouoa va QVTli5p6ow19 CUTE erxa KOlp6 va ETOl1JclOW20
KOTL Katvoupyto21.
5. 'Qoo KQl QV EnLIJEVetc;22 6, Tl KQl VQ )\£<; Ounl OKOneueL23 va q>UyEL. Kaveva<; KOl TtnOTE
i5ev !Jnopd va TTlV Kpan1oet24 r1 va TTlV KOVEL va aM6~El yv<i>IJTl· To EXEL ano<paofoeL.
'Exet oKon62S va <puyet
6 . l:l.e !Jnopw va nept!Jevw ~o. AvayK6~01Jat26 va e~e-r6ow27 6)\£<; TL<; neptmwoetc; yLa
VQ ~pW TTlV aArleElQ o' Ounl TTlV un6ee0Tl. E(!JOL avayKOOIJEV0<;28 VQ TO KQVW.
7. H EM6i5a elVQl IJlO xwpa29 IJE j.1Ey6Ao evi5ta<pepov30, Ot n6MlC: KQl TO xwpt631 TTlC:. l1
Yl132 Tll<;, ot e&aooec;33 Km -ra ~ouv634 TTlC: e(vm 6.>-.a YEIJOTa3s llE q>uatK£c;3s
OJ..10p<ple<;37 KQl lOTOplKec;38 QVOIJ~OElc;39. E(vat evac; xwpoc;40 nou 6~0l OOOl exouv TO
(i5LO li50VlK04 1 j.1e TOU<; OPXOLOU<; 'EMTlVE<; TOV Ol08CVOVTOl i5tK6 TOU<;.
8. H OT60l142 TTlC: i5Leevouc; KOL~<; yv<i>lll'l<; e(vm i5ta<popeTLKfj43 an6 Tl1 i5LKrl 1-10<;. A6yw
Tll<; OUVEXOU<; ent1J0~<;44 TOU nETUXe45 TO OKOn6 TOU.
A£~1A6y1o
1. C5tKaToc;, -11. -o nt~moc;, -11. -o Mkatos, -i, -o pemptos, -i, -o = fifteenth. The number 15 is
C5tKant VT& CSekapente.
2. 11 euxapi<nTJOI1 i efx.arlstisi = pleasure. From eu+xaptc; (lo, Vs) = grace. See also the verb
&UXOPIOTW: I thank (l_o, V7).
3. tAni~w elplzo = hope. H £AnfC5a elpiCSa = the hope
4. TO 9t~a to 8ema (theme) = 1. SUbject, 2. theme, 3. matter
5. anocpaai~w apofaslzo = decide (anoq>60la-a). See an6q>a0Tl (L13, V3s)
6. 11 t K0£0'1 i ekeesi = exposition. From £K (out of) +atOll (thesis) = position, place (4, v,o).
7. 11 n6A11 i p61i, pi. ot n6At 1c; i polis (Acropolis, lndianapolis) = city, town
8. 11 t mruxfa i epitixra = success (en(+TU)(T) = luck) No10
9. 11 nepfmwa11 i perlptosi = 1. case, 2. instance, circumstance
10. 11 nJX'l i tlxi = luck, fortune
11. aruxoc;, -11, -o atixos, -i, -o = unlucky, unfortunate (you recognize the privative a-)
12. 11 aTuxfa i atixra = misfortune, bad luck. The opposite of luck
13. 11 npoan69t la i prospa8ia = effort (npoc;+ naew: npoanaew = I try, l13, V42)
107
1. What do you want from me? Whatever you ask I will give it to you with pleasure (aro
owaw = a& ro owaw) . I hope that something will be done for (about) this subject
(mutter). Anything you need or you will need you should say it to me.
2. I have listened to many opinions and suggestions but I have not yet decided what I will
do (note that the plural of yvw~Tl is yvw~ec;, but the word un69EO'Tl which originally
was un69eO'lc; = hypothesis has preserved the ancient ending in -etc;: uno9£aetc;}. The
expositions (exhibitions) in the big cities have always success. In your own case you
did not have luck. You were unlucky. lt was a great bad luck.
3. These decisions I do not consider them correct. With as many forces as I have I will
continue my efforts and the struggles. I will not stop never (ever). I am decided
(determined) to find the truth in this case. She decides for everything (for all) [Ta
n6VTa is the neuter plural of the ancient adjective o nac;, 11 naoa, TO nav = everyone,
everything (see 4>, v11) . Ta n6VTa is used alternatively with 6Aa).
4. The words that you use have always importance. The movements that he made were
clever. I could not react neither I had time to prepare something new.
5. As much as (however much) you (might) insist whatever you (might) say she intends
to leave (Kat is added for emphasis). No one and nothing can not (can) keep her or
make her change her opinion (mind). She has decided it. She has intention to go away.
6. I can not wait more (OMo has the place of an adverb here) . I am forced to examine all
the circumstances in order to find the truth in this case. I am forced to do it.
7. Greece is a country with great interest. Its towns and villages, its land, the seas and its
mountains are all full with (of) natural beauties and historical recollections (memories).
lt is a place that all as many as (those that) have the same ideals with (as) the ancient
Greeks they feel it (as) theirs.
8. The attitude of the international common (public) opinion is different from that of ours.
Because of (A.6yw is the dative case of A.6yoc, meaning by reason of) his continuous
insistance he succeeded (achieved) his purpose (goal).
14. o aywvac; o ay6nas (agonist)= 1. struggle, 2. contest. Ot OM11J11taKo( aywvec:, = The Olympic games.
15. OTO~OTW stamat6 = stop (s.p. OTOI..UTrT)O-a)
16.. anocpaoto~tvoc;, -I"J, -o apofasismenos, -i, -o = decided, determined. The participle of the
passive voice of anocpaof~w = decide No 5
17. 11 KfVI"JOI"J i kfnissi, (telekinesis, kinesiotherapy, kinetic) = movement, motion
18.. t~unvoc;, -11. -o eksipnos, -i, -o = clever, witty. From e~ (out of) +unvoc:, = sleep (L12 , V 13)
19. aVTtlSpw anti~r6 = react. From avr( (against) +~pw (drastic) = act
20. &TOI~O~W etimazo (etymology) = prepare (s.p. €TO(IJOO'-a). See £TOIIJO<; L14o v4
21. Katvoupytoc;, -a , -o keno6ryos, -a, - o = new, modern
22. &m~tvw epimeno = insist (s.p. eneiJetv-a) From em (upon) + IJevw = stay. See prepositions p. 69
23. oKon&uw skopevo = 1. aim, take aim (s.p. oK6m:uo-a), 2. intend. See o oKon6c:, below
24. Kparw krat6 (democrat, aristocrat) = keep, hold (s.p. KPOTTlo-a). See KpaTLeiJOL (L13, V64)
25. o oKon6c; o skop6s (telescope, microscope, peri scope) = 1. purpose intention, 2. aim , goal,
target, scope
108
Characteristics of the feminine nouns (except those ending in -oc;) are: a) the formation
of the genitive singular by adding an -c; to the nominative, b) the sam e form of the
nom inative, accusative and vocative, c) the end ing -wv is the genitive plural. Those ending
in -oc; are d eclined like the masc uline nouns ending in -oc;.
109
Gr. 15
a. The majority of neuter nouns end in -o or -1 (Gr.1) and form the genitive singular with
the ending -ou (like the masculine nouns) and the nominative plural with the ending -a .
Those ending in -1 move the stress to the last syllable in the genitive case singular and
plural (natoi, nato1ou, natoui)V).
There are a few neuter nouns which have different endings in the nominative and
genitive singular and sometimes the nominative plural.
b. A category of neuter nouns end in -J,Ja. These have preserved the ancient way of
declension by adding a syllable in the genitive singular and in the plural. The additional
ending in the genitive singular is -Toe;, in the nominative and accusative plural -Ta, and in
the genitive -T(a)V:
TO 1J68T)J.IC, TOU 1J08r'JIJO·TO<;, TQ 1J08rl1JC·TO, TWV 1J08111..16-T(a)V (l 1, V2) = the lesson,
TO y p61JJ,JC, TOU yp61JIJC·TO<;, TQ yp61JIJC·TC, TWV YPCIJIJ6·T(a)V (L5 , V2) = the letter,
TO 6VOJ.IC, TOU OV61JO·TO<;, TQ OV61JO·TC, TWV OVOIJcl·T(a)V (l 7, V25) = the name,
TO nap6oe:tyJJa, Tou napaoe:ly1Ja-roc;, Ta n apaoe:ly1Ja-ra, Twv napaoe:ty1J6·T(a)V
= the example (L11. V23).
Note that in the genitive plural the accent moves from the third to the second syllable
from the end: Ta YPOIJIJCTa, Twv YPCIJIJOTwv.
The same additional syllable (-roe;, -ra, -rwv) is taken by a few neuter nouns ending
in -ov, -av, -&v, a small group ending in -oc;, -ac;, -we; after dropping the final -<;, and those
ending in -IJJO after changing the final -o to -a (-aroc;, -aTa, -arwv):
TO K09~K-OV n-av <pW~·I!V V£VOV·6~ Kpt-a~ <p-W~ VTUO'·IIJO
Tou Ka9r1Kov-Toc; nav-T6c; <pwvflev-Toc; yeyov6-Toc; Kpea-roc; <pw-r6c; VTUO'liJ· OTOc;
TO K08rlKOV·TO naV-TO <pwvflev-TO yeyov6-Ta Kpea-Ta <pW-TO VTUO'liJ· OTO
TWV K0811KOV-TWV naV-TWV <pWV'leV-TWV yeyoVO·TWV Kp€0-TWV <j)W·TWV VTUOliJ· OTWV
(Ka8f)Kov = duty, nav = everything (le. V11 ) , q>wvf)&v = vowel, ye:yov6c; = fact, Kpeac;
(pancreas) = meat, q>wc; = light (L2 , V6 ) , VTUOIJ.IO = dress).
c. A small number end in -oc; like the masculine nouns but they are declined differently.
They have the ending -ouc; in the genitive singular and the ending -11 in the nominative
plural:
TO A68-oc;, TOU A68-ouc;, TQ Acl8-I"J (Lg, v 23) = mistake,
TO TEA·O<;, TOU TEA·ouc;, Ta TEA· I"J (L12, V3a) = end.
The same ,endings occur in the neuter form of the masculine adjectives ending in ·I"J<;
(like o ote8v-~c;) which has preserved in the nominative singular the ancient ending -t<;:
TO ote:Sv-t c;. Tou ote:Sv-ouc;, To C5te8v-tc;, C5te8v-tc;,
TQ 01E8V-~, TWV Ol€8V-WV, TQ C5te8v-~, C5te8v-~.
110
,, Gr. 15
The remaining neuter adjectives have the ending -o or -1 and are declined like the
neuter nouns ending in -o or - 1. A few neuter adjectives that end in -u (o yXuKuc;, 11 yXuKt6,
To yXuKu), or -IKO (o ~11Xt6p-11c;, T') ~qXL6p-a, TO ~11Xt6p-1KO = jealous) have the same endings.
d. The mood of the verb expressing a condition or a possibility is formed in Greek with
the word ea and the imperfect or the pluperfect tense of the verb: ea f]eexa = I would like,
ea crou eAE.ya = I would tell you, ea crou elxa net = I would have told you, ea
mcreavOJ.lOUVa = I would feel, ea erxa mcreavee( = I would have felt.
e. Certain verbs are mainly used in the third person singular of the active or passive
voice. These verbs are called impersonal as they do not refer to a specific subject. When
needed, the subject is indicated by the ending of the second verb of the sentence. Such
verds are:
unapx&l iparxi = there is (un6pxw =exist, L1 1. VH)
nptntl va = must, should, it is necessary, it is fitting·
XPtiO~tTOI va xriazete =there is need to {Xpet6~0J.l0l = I need, L11 , V19 )
np6K&nm va pr6kite = is going to (happen)
np6KtiTOI VIO = it is about
ylviTal yinete = is going on, it happens (ylvoJ.Jat = become, take place, L9 , Vn)
OUIJ(Jaivtl va sinveni = it happens that (Note that the 1J before the 13 is pronounced n)
cpaiv&Tm 6TI fenete = it seems that (cpa(voj.lm = seem, look) (la, V6)
AtytTal 6TI leyete = it is said (M(y)w - MyoJ.lOL = say) ('-£, V1 8 )
apKti va arki = it suffices, provided that (apKw = I suffice)
q>9avtl va or q>TOV&I va f8ani or ftani = it is enough, provided that (cp86vw or qm:lvw =
arrive, reach) (IL12. V43)
anoKAti&Tal va apokliete = it is excluded to, it is out of the question that (anoKAE.Iw-
O!lOl = exclude, be excluded)
a~i~&l va aksizi = it is worthwhile to (at;l~w = be worth, deserve) (L11 , V 11 )
~tv n&lpa~tl 5en pirazi = it does not matter, it is of no importance (netp6~w = annoy)
aptotl va aresi with the personal pronouns 1Jt, ot, TOV etc. = lt pleases me, I like to
&mTptn&Tal epitrepete = it is permitted (emTpenw = I permit) (Lg, V 15)
anayoptu&TOI apayorevete = it is forbidden (anayopeuw = I forbid, I prohibit) (L8 , V4)
Here are some common phrases with the above impersonal verbs:
<1>9av&l, 5ev unapx&• OMT') AUO'T') (it is enough, there is no other solution) .
Ynapxtl A.uO'T') , cp9av&l va ~epetc; (there is solution, provided that you know).
nptntl va n pooexouJ.lE 6XOL J.JO<:; (we must all of us take care). Xp&IO~&Tal npocroxfl (there
is need (for) caution). XptiO~tTal va npocrexouJ.le (there is need that we take care) .
<l>aiv&Tal 6TI KOTL np6K&ITaJ va y(vet (it seems that something is going to happen). 'Onwc;
cpalv&Tm 5ev np6K&ITOI va p8et (as it seems he is not going to come). np6K&ITaJ y1a
creva (it is about you).
111
in -o in -1 in -u in -oc; in -£c;
Ka6f)Ko-v yeyov6-<;
(&vrp-o (nmO..Q (~ae-u) vtUO-IJ.IO (A6.9-oc;) (owex-tc;)
n6-v Kpea-c;
JJtydA-o) 6vo-J.IO
cpwvf)e-v cpw-<;
Characteristics of the neuter nouns are: a) the same form of the nominative, accusative and
vocative in both singular and plural, b) the ending -wv in the genitive plural, c) the move of the stress
to the last syllable in the genitive of those ending in -1 d) the move of the stress to the second
syllable from the end in the genitive plural in those taking an additional syllable in the plural (-To, -Twv).
112
1. ea crou £A£ya noMa IJUO'TLKa2 QV cre: 8e:wpoucra q>LAO IJOU. Av f)~e:pe:~ KCrn ea IJOU TO
ELXE~ nEl. 0a moeav61JOUVQ neptoo6repo3 EUTUXlOj.leV0~4 EQV tlOOUV KOVTQ IJOU (OV
cre: e:lxa 5(nA.a IJOU). Av IJ'ayanouoe:~ ea TO e:fxa moeavee:L
2. Mou E~tlY110E TO A.aen nou eKOVQ OTQ ypaj.lj.IOTQ nou TOU EOTEl.Aa5 . LTO TEAO~ TOU
IJOef)IJOTO~ ea OOU TO nw. ea OOU TO eA£ya X8E~ OTO Tl1Aeq>WVO aM6. 6EV ElXO KOlp6.
3. H 6uva1Jl1 TOU nVEUIJaTO~ (pnevmatos) KOl TOU VOU ELVOl IJEYaAUTEP11 an6 Tl1 6uva1Jl1
TOU OWIJOToc;B. To IJUaA6 (mial6) TOU E:LVOl e:6w aM6. ll 4JUXT'J1 TOU aMou8 (alo6). 'EXE:L
IJEYOAr) OWIJOTLK(J9 6uva1Jll aMa IJLKPrl 4JUXLKf) aVToxf1 10. Euxaptarr1811Ka (efxaristi8ika)
IJE: Tll ltJUxtl iJOU (IJ€ 6Al1 TOU Tl1 4Juxfl) .
4. Ot Apxafot (arxei) e"A.eyav: "Nouc; uvu1c; ev OWIJOTL uytec;". LWIJOTLe:(vm 'l 50TLKf] 11 TOU
crwiJaTo~. T11 5oTLKrl ot ApxaiOL Tl1 XP'lOLIJonotoucrav cre: an6VT'l0'112 Tl'l~ e:pWTI10'1~ 1 3
OE nOL6V. ITa vea EMnvtK6. ea XP'lOLIJOnOLOUOaiJE: (Xrisimopio6same) Tr)V QlTLaTLKf]14 :
oe: OWIJO uyt&c;.
s. To 56ooc;1s elvm ~wf) . n pene:t vo ayan61Je: To 6eVTpa16. /1e:v apKe:(17, 61Jwc;1s, 1-16vo va
TO ayan6.1JE:, XPE:la~E:TOL 1 9 VQ TO ne:ptnOLOUIJE:ea20 KOLVO TO npOOTOTE:UOUIJE:21.
6. Tt np6KE:LTm22 va K6.ve:t~ Twpa; /1e: <pa(ve:Tm va un6pxe:t23 A.u01124 . /1e:v l!.mapxe:t KaiJ(a
e:A.nf6a2s. 11e:v np6Ke:LTOL va <po~11ew Km va unoxwpflcrw2B. ea npoxwpt'lcrw27 KOL 6Tt
e:fvm va yfve:t2B a~ yfve:t28. Xwpfc; e:A.nfba o 6v8pwnoc; be: ~e:t.
7 . IuyvWIJ'l 29 (siyn6mi), eKava A.69o~. Ia~ ~TlTW ouyvWIJ'l yta To e6puJ3o. Me: ouyxwpe(Te:
(sinxorite) eeA.w VQ ne:paow. /1e: 9a OE OUYXWPrlOW noTe YL' OUTO nou EKOVE:<:;.
8. Tt OUIJJ3a(ve:L (sinveni) IJ€ oeva; rtaTI apye(~; /1e: ea 1-Jnopoucre:c:; va KOVetc; mo
ypf]yopa; 11e:v unapxe:LTp6noc; va TE:Ae:twoe:t auTf] n tarop(a; Nm, auTf) e(vm 11 apxfl
TOU T&A.ouc;. EmT&A.ou~. xacraiJE: T6oo XP6Vo. Kp(1Ja30. XaiJEVO~ XP6VO~.
9. ea IJnopoucra va efxa K6.ve:t aUT6 nou ee:~ (SeAe:t~) e:6v e:lxa ne:ptoo6n:po Katp6
(XP6vo) . /1e:v ne:tp6.~e:t3 1 apKe:f nou To crKe<p811KE~32. E6v e:fxa TO 86ppoc; ea crou
~l1Toucra IJ(a npoowmKfj x6.Pl1· n a(pvw TO eappoc;33 va oou ~nTflow IJ(a OUIJJ3ouA.f)34.
/\&~1A6y10
1. ~tKaToc; t KToc; Mkatos ektos = sixteenth. The number 16 is ~tKa £~1
2. TO J.IU<mK6 mistik6 (mystic) = secret
3. n &piC7C76T&po peris6tero = more
4. &urux•aJJt voc;, -11, -o eftixismenos, -i, -o = happy. From eu + TU)(Tl = luck {~, V7 )
5. CJTtAvw stelno (Anc. CJTt Uw stelo) ;;:: send. (s.p. t CJT&IAa). From em+crreMw comes 11
tmCJToAri epistoli {epistle) = letter, written message or communicatiQn and from
ano+crreMw comes 11 anoCJToArj apostolf= mission and o an6CJToAoc; (apostle) = the
missionary
6. TO C7WIJO s6ma (somatic, chromosome) = body
7. 'lliJUXrl psixr (psychiatrist, psychoanalysis) =soul
8. aUou aloe = elsewhere. From 6Moc; (allegory) {l1, V17 )
9. C7WIJOTIK6c;, -ri, -6 somatik6s, -i, -6 = physical. See OWIJO above
10. f'l aVToxri i antoxr ;;:: endurance. Fro m aVT(+exw = aVTexw
11. f'l ~OTJKrl i ~otikl = dative case
113
1. I would tell you many secrets if I considered you my friend. If you knew something you
would have said it to me. I would feel more happy (happier) if you were near me (if I
had you beside me) . If you loved me I would have felt it.
2. He explained to me the mistakes I made in the letters that I sent him. At the end of the
lesson I will say them to you. I would have said them to you yesterday at the telephone
but I had no time.
3. The force of the spirit and the mind is greater than the force of the body. His brain
(mind) is here but his soul elsewhere. He (or she} has great physical force but small
psychical endurance. I was pleased with my soul (with all my soul) (an expression of
full con ten~.
4. The Ancients {01 Apxafm with a capital A is an expression referring to the ancient
Greeks) said: sound mind in sound body (meaning that a defective body may have an
impact on the soundness of the mind) . LWIJOTl is the dative of the {word) body. The
dative the Ancients they used it in answer to the question to whom. In modern Greek
we would use the accusative: in (a) sound body.
s. The forest is life. We must love the trees. lt is not sufficient, however, only to love them.
lt is necessary to take good care of them and protect them.
6. What are you going to do now? lt does not seem to exist (a) solution. There is not no
one (any) hope. I am not going to be frightened and to retreat. I will go forward
(proceed) and whatever is to be done let it be done. Without hope (the) man does not
live (= ~El, Lg, V 1g).
7. Pardon, I made (a) mistake. I ask (beg) you (your) pardon for the noise. Forgive
(excuse) me I want to pass. I wll not forgive you never (ever) for this that you did (what
you did). (Note: ouyvWIJ'l, oac:; ~'1TW ouyvww1 and IJE ouyxwpefTe (L9 , V19) are
expressions for apologizing).
8. What is the matter with you? Why are you slow? Couldn't you do more quickly? There
is no way that this story (matter) finishes? Yes, this is the beginning of the end. At last,
we lost so much time. Pity. Lost time.
9. I could have done that that you want (Sec; is the contracted form of 8eA£tc:;) if I had
more time. lt does not matter, it is sufficient that you thought (of) it. If I had the courage
(liberty) I would (have) ask you a personal favour. I take the courage to ask you an
advice.
12. rJ anDVTrJO'l i apantisi = answer. From the verb anaVTw = answer reply (Lg, V8)
13. rJ tpWTrJOrJ i er6tisi pi. 01 tp(I)T~attt; = question(s) . From the verb (t)pwrw (e)rot6 ;;;;;: ask
(Lg, Vy)
14. rJ amanK~ etiatiki = accusative case. From 11 aiTia (etiology) ;;;;;: the cause, the reason
15. ro ~aao<; Msos ;;;;;: forest
16. TO ~tVTpo 5endro (rhododendron, dendroid) ;;;;;: tree
17. apKti arkl ;;;;;: is sufficient, is enough, provided that. The third person of the verb apKw = suffice
18. 6~(1)<; 6mos = however
114
19. XP£IO~&Tal xriazete = is needed, t here is need. The third person of the verb XP£t6~0IJOl =
need (l 11 , V19)
20. n tpmoiOUIJOI peripio6me = 1. tak e good care of, 2. attend courteously, 3. treat kindly. From
ne:pt (about) + notOUIJOl, the passive voice of n01w = do, make (see the verb XP110l!JOnotw in
~. V:!l.)
21 . npoOTaT£uw prostatevo = protect. 0 npoOT61T)c; = the protector, he who stands before. The
prostate gland took this name because it is situated before the bladder.
22. np6 K£1TOI pr6kite = is going to
23. una pxe1 iparxi = it exists, there is. The third person of the verb un 6 pxw = exist (L,,, V17 )
24. 11 Auo11 llsi (dialysis, analysis) = so lution
25. 11 tAnl~a elpf5a = hope
=
26. unoxwpw ipoxor6 1. retreat, 2. withdraw, 3. yield. From un o (under) + xwpw = march, go
forward
27. npoxwpw proxor6 = 1. go forward , 2. advance, 3. proceed . From npo (in front of)+ x wpw
28. va y fv t 1, ac; y fvtl = let it be done, the subjunctive of y fVOIJOI = become (~. V17)
29. 11 ouyvWIJI1 i siyn6mi = pardon, excuse. From o uv (plus, with) +YVWIJ11 = opinion (~.Vv. The
final v of ouv becom es y before a y , x or K (see the preposition ouv p. 68)
30. KpfiJa krlma = pity
=
3 1. ne1p6~£1 pirazi = it matters. The third person of the verb ne1p6~w 1. tease, 2. annoy, 3. vex
(5 ev ne:tp6~e:t = it does not matter, it is of no importance).
32. oKtq>TOIJOI skeftome = 1. think, 2. reflect. H oKt tiJI1 (sceptical) = the thought (~. V21)
33. TO 86ppoc; earos = courage
34. 11 ouiJpouA~ simvooll = advice
The philosopher En(Koupo~ (Epic urus), born in Samos in 341 BC, taught that pleasure
is the supreme good and the basis of morality:
"Tqv ~oovqv 1 apxqv2 Ken ttA<M;S At yopev4 ia.va\ tOU paKap((a)c;5 ~ei'v6"
We say the pleasure is the beginning and the end of happily living.
but he specified that:
"•.• <itav 7Atyopev Jioovqv..• ou s tac; t(;)v ao(J)t6JV9 qoovac; Aeyopev ••. aAAa to
Jllin 10 aAye'iv ll K<na l2o(;)pa 15 pqte 10 tapuneo9al l4 K<na 1pUXJ1V 15 "
.... when we say pleasure ... we say not the pleasures of the prodigal ... but the neither feeling pain In
the body nor being disturbed In the soul .
"UEpi 1••• lOU Oc.JJlcnoc;2 EDlJlEAElav! 6lnac;4 E~pov 5 imlOlljJlac;6 oi aV9p6)DOl tljv
9
icnpuafv7 KO( tljV fUJlVOOllKJ}V S... ti;;v tijc; tpuxijc; app(OO'ti)Jlclt(I)V IOKa( ua96iv llq
cp1Aoaocpia 12J16VIJ cpappaKov15em( 14"
nAo(Jrapxoc:. Henca
Plutarch. Ethics
About •. the care of the body people found double sciences (the) medicine and (the) gymnastics ...
of (for) the diseases and sufferlngs of the soul philosophy alone Is the drug.
=
1. nep( about (prepositions p. 67), 2. TOU OWIJOTO~ genitive oho crwtJa= body, No 6, 3. ll
Ent1JeA€ta = care, 4. <5tTT6~ = double, 5. eupov = ~pf)Kav (p. 85), 6. emOT{)IJa~ =
sciences,
=
7. TT)V taTptKf)v (pediatrics) medicine (ace.) 8. TT)V YUIJVOOTLKf)v = gymnastics (ace.) 9. Tll~
tJJuxflc; = No 7, 10. TO appwatf)IJaTa, -wv (Anc.) = diseases (in modern Greek ot appwottec;),
=
11 . TO n68o~, TO n68T'], -WV (pathology) sutferings (in modern Greek n68o~ = passion), 12.
=
Tl cp!Aocrocp(a = philosophy, 13. TO cp6p1JOKov (pharmacology) drug , 14. eat( = dvat.
~ ·~ ·.
-·... ~~~1
-~~U~/
H 0e6 (= godess. See o 0e:6~ Lg, V2) Yyda iyia hygiene (= health . L 14, V5 7)
117
1. The Hellenistic period is marked by the prevalence of the Attic-based KOLvtl which
replaced the local dialects in Greece and became an international language.
After the Roman conquest of Greece the KOLvtl remained an international language
spoken throughout the Roman Empire and was the main language of the peoples of its
eastern part, that included Greece, the Middle East and Egypt, where the first Christian
centres were founded. lt is therefore natural that the earliest Christian literature, such as the
Gospels, the letters of St. Paul and the writings of the Fathers of the Church were written in
the KOLVf) .
To suit the great variety of peoples who had to learn and use it, the KOLvtl went through
a process of simplifications which affected not only the form of the words but also their
pronunciation. In the same period the Alexandrian grammarians introduced the accents to
indicate to foreign people learning Greek the correct pronunciation of the words.
Early Christian literature amply documents these changes, but more revealing of the
pronunciation of the Greek letters at that time are the documents and letters of ordinary
and presumably not well-schooled people. The spelling errors and the alternative use of
one vowel or combination of vowels instead of another leaves no doubt that both had the
same sound.
This is well illustrated in the following example taken from Professor Babiniotis
"XuvorrrtKrJ (= concise, synopt1c) taropfa TT7~ EMryvtKrJ~ yAwaaa~" (1986):
...
118
Letter of eep1Jouo6.c; to his mother (2nd century AD) : "8~ppou66c;... TTJ pf}rpt rrJ..iara
xtptv K~ 6ta rravrtc; uy~vtv. 'EAaf3a...(~UYTJ efKoat Kt KoMoupta 6tKa (~uyTJ... Kat rr6c; ~xt
pou o rrarf}p .. 11
eep1Jouo6.c; uses the simplest way of expressing the sound of the letters writing ~
instead of at, t instead of eLand o instead of w, rrMara instead of nA.Efata (= many, much),
xtptv instead of xa(petv, KC instead of Kat, uytvtv in the place of uyLa(veLv and rr6c; instead
of nwc;. Even the common verb txet is spelt ext.
So the student of modern Greek can be reassured that the way he pronounces the
Greek leters is no different from the sound these letters had at the time of Jesus Christ.
Besides the phonetical, many morphological changes of modern Greek have their
origin in the modifications that the Kotvf] brought to the Attic dialect.
2. The second important phase was Early Byzantine Times, during which the main
features of modern Greek had taken shape. Although the written documents of this period
are scarce it has been established that the fundamental changes in the structure of
modern Greek belong to the period of transition from the ancient world to the middle ages,
so that by AD 1,000 spoken Greek had already assumed most of the characteristics of
modern Greek.
3. The third period starts with the birth of the Greek state in 1827 and is marked by
a) the definition of an official language, b) the elimitation of a large number of Turkish and
other loan-words, and c) the immense lexical enrichment of the language necessitated by
scientific, social, political and cultural develpments. The new words were mainly formed
from the rich lexical stock of the Greek language of all times.
The definition of a national language for the new Greek state was not an easy task.
The language of the people, the majority of whom had remained illiterate during the
Turkish occupation, was considered insufficient for the needs of a modern state. The
Orthodox hierarchy communicated in the traditional learned Byzantine Greek and the
educated Greeks of the diaspora wrote in a language that was a mixture of learned and
spoken Greek of their choice and therefore by no means uniform. There was also a
tendency to restore the Attic dialect as the national language. Finally, a form of purified
language the Ka8apeuouaa was adopted as the official language of the state.
Ka8apeuaouaa was up to 1975 the language of education, of scientific and technical
writing and, in slightly modified form, of the newspapers.
However, alongside the Ka8apeucrouaa the spoken language 11 0111JOTtKft was used
in everyday speech and in the majority of literary texts, leading to a state of diglossy that
took serious political and social dimensions until 1975 when a form of 6111JOTtKft, ft
veoM11VtKft (modern Greek), was adopted as the national language.
A speaker of modern Greek, however, following a long tradition Is by no means
Impeded from making use of words or linguistic forms from earlier periods if he
considers them appropriate to his writing or speech.
119
The main changes that took place over the centuries can be summarized as
follows:
1. The great majority of changes concern morphological and phonological
modifications of the word, the meaning of which remains identical with that of Classical
times. For instance, the child in Classical and hellenistic Greek is o na(~, accusative Tov
na(oa and the dimunitive TO nmo(ov and TO nmi56ptov (= small child) . In modern Greek
the child is TO nmi5( and the small child To nati56Kt.
4. Another type of change is the maintenance of the form of the word, but the loss or
alteration of its original meaning. For instance the verb q>LAW in ancient meant I like, I love
(ov 8eo( cplAOUOl 8vf]oKeL veoc; = 6nOLOV Ol eeo( aya1110UV ne8a(vet (= dies) veoc;). In
modern Greek cptA.w has only one meaning = I kiss. The ancient word for "I marry" has
become a vulgar verb which creates a great embarassment to priests reading the Gospels
in which this verb is often mentioned with its ancient meaning of course! (lt would also be
catastrophic if someone said to a Greek girl/ want to marry you in ancient Greek).
5. A large series of new words have been formed from earlier existing words, roots or
stems by derivation or composition, a process that continues down to the present day. For
instance to form the word hotel the words ~evoc; (stranger, foreigner ~.V4 ) and i5oxeCo
(receptacle, pot, vase) were combined: ~evoi5oxefo. The word for football is noi56ocpmpo
= =
(from n6i5t foot (~. V10) and ocpa(pa ball, sphere). Airport is aepoi5p61JLO from aepa =
air and i5p61Jo<; = street(~. V14) .
A great many scientific terms were first formed from Greek roots in a language other
than Greek and then reintroduced into modern Greek such as T11Mcpwvo (telephone),
IJLKpooK6mo (microscope), Kapi5toA.oy(a (cardiology) etc.
120
In spite of the above changes a great part of the ancient Greek lexical stock has
remained unaltered in meaning and form. This is illustrated in the vocabulary of a method of
ancient Greek (A new introduction to Greek, Third Edition, by A. Hurd Chase, and H. Phi/lips,
Jr., Harvard University Press 1961) the first page of which is shown on the next page:
Of the 55 words on this page 5 are no longer in use in modern Greek (the words
6yav, ay&lpw, a&l, aA&KTpuwv and 6Mo9&v}.
The verbs 6yw and a1ptw are used only in combined forms: nap6yw (napa+ayw) =
I produce, &~ayw (e~+ayw) = I export, l5JaJpw (l>ta+OLpw) = I divide.
The stem -9u1J- of the words a9u1J&W and a9u1JrJTto~ is used in the words 9u1J6~ =
anger, np69u1Jo<; = eager, and others.
The words aywvJOIJO, aM6rp1o<;, aypoiKo<; and aya96~ have retained a specific or
distorted version of their original meaning: aywviOIJO now means the athletic game,
aM6rp1o<; other people's, aypoiKo<; (agriculture) means rude and aya96c;, which had the
meaning of noble, brave and good and was the epithet that enclosed the virtues admired
by ancient Greeks, means kind-hearted and sometimes simple-minded in modern Greek.
The remaining 41 words of this vocabulary of ancient Greek are identical in meaning
and form to the words used today, and many of them have already been presented in this
method and should be familiar to the reader such us al5&Acp6<; (lsV26) , 6l5JKO<; (L10V30) , aJo96-
VOIJOI (la.v,,), aKouw (~,V9 }, aA~9&Ja (la. V30) , aAAa (L,), 6Moc; (L, ,Vn}, 6MoT& (L) etc.
lt is therefore clear that an understanding of the processes of evolution of the
language mentioned above is necessary to the student in order to appreciate the great
and subtle range of registers and the remarkable flexibility of expression that are
provided by modern Greek.
lt is also clear that the student who has a good command of modern Greek can
appreciate without much effort the aesthetic qualities inherent in the original texts of
Greek letters of all time.
121
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
, 1 ,2 r\ t 3
H yuvaiKtla JJOP<PI'l OTf1V EMf1VIK. 1 T XV'l ava roue; a1wvtc;.
, 4 , 5
1. ruvan<£foc;, -o, ~ = feminine, see Tl ywafKa L1 , V9 2. 11 J.IOP<Prl (morphology) =form, face, figure
3. 11 Tt)(VIl ~echnical) = art, craft, skill, 4. av6 = through, 5. o a1wvcx; = age, see Dialogue 6, V18.
123
XptjoipOI ~u:lAoyo1
1
0&Aw tva ~WIJ6TIO •
1. ITO T11Atcpwvo: n apaKaAW ea fleeA.a va Kk(ow2 (tl KpaTf)ow) eva OWIJOTLO OTO
~evoooxe£o (ksenoooxio) aac;. nalpvw (or lTJAe<pwvw) an6 Aeflva.
3
ea pew TTJV TeTOPTTJ Kal ea <puyw TTJV LleUTepa. na neVTe IJEpec; an6 TTJV TeTOPTTJ
8
IJEXPl Km lTJV KuptaKfl (fl IJEXPL TTJ ileUTepa To npwO. na IJ(a (e)f3oo1J6<5a. na eva
1-JtlVa.
5. Ll'lAO<Sft 6<pl~'l TeTOPTTJ OTl<; E~l TOU IJ'lV6<; Kal avaxwPl0'1 LlEUTepa OTlc:; evoeKa
10 11 12
H TLIJtl TOU e(vat ..... OpOXIJE<;20 (l'J TO OWIJOTLO KOVEL..... OpaXIJe<;) xwp(<;21 TO npwtv62 .
23
Ta 1JnpOOTlV0 OWIJOTlQ nou f3Mnouv OTil e6Aaoaa exouv (ft KOVOUV) ...... opawec:;
4
en£nMoif (ft neptaa6Tepo). n apaKC1Aw nftTe (f] ntOTe) IJa<; To 6vo1-16 aac;. Ie noLo
6V01Ja napaKaAW KOl TO lTJAe<pWV6 oac;; A<pftOTe IJa<; KOl eva lTJAe<pWVO napaKaAW.
4>8CVOVTac; OTO ~&VO~OX&io:
8. KaA111JEpa aac;. n apaKaAW exw Kk(aet (ft Kpmftoet) eva OWIJOTLO.
25
- XafpeTe. To 6vo1J6 aac; napaKaA.w. iluOTu'fwc; oev f3Mnw KpOTTJ0'1 OTO 6vo1J6 oac:;.
2
Aunou!Jm noA.u Kupte, ef1.100Te nA.ftpetc; •
27
- n wc:; e(vat ouvaT6v. 'EKava T'lV KPOTTJOillTJAecpwvtKwc:; . TllAe<J>WV'laa eyw o (otoc:;.
- AI M6AtOTa. Me auyxwpe(Te noA.u. Eow e(vm 11 KpOT'laTJ oac:;. Iac; ~'lTW ouyvWIJ'l· Tt
OWIJOTlO eeA.eTe napaKaA.W;
9. To otaf3aTftpto (f] TTJV TaUT6lTjTa ~ aac; napaKaAW. Mou o(veTe TO OLOf3a:nplO (f] TTJV
28 2
TaUT6~Ta) aac; nag aKaAW (av exeTe lTJV KaAWOUV'1 ) . LUIJnA'lPWOTe3 OUT6 TO
29
3
oeA.T(o (f] eVTuno ) napaKC1Aw. B<lATe IJ(a unoypa<pf]33 (ft unoyp6lJJTe33) eow
2
napaKaA.w. EuxaptOTW.
- To OWIJC1Tl6 aac; e(vm TO TptaK6ma34 EVTeKa OTOV Tp(To 6po<po. OpfOTe35 TO KA.eto~ 6
aac:;.
125
10. ea neeA.a va Kaeflow (fl va 11efvw) IJeptK€<; (fl 6uo, Tpet~ ....) IJEpec; aK61lf"l·
37
38
- noA.u euxafslotwc; To 6w1Jano efvm eA.eueepo • Aun61JOL noA.u To 6w1J6Tto elvm
KA.eto1Jevo (Tl mao1Jevo ) . Mnopw 611w~ va oac; 6waw (fl va ~<lAw oe) 6Mo
9 40
6WIJOTIO.
11. npoc; TI"JV TI"JAEq>WVJlTpla4 1: n apaKaAW (fl IJnOpe(Te napOKaAW) auplO TO npw( va IJe
~unvfloeTe OTL~ €~1 TO npwl; n apaKaA.w eTOLIJOOTe TO A.oyaptOOIJ6 loyaryasm6 IJOU.
42 43
- 'Exet ~eat6 vep6; 'Exet IJnavto; 'Exet vtouc;; Ynapxet oto an(TLTllMq>wvo; Mnopw va
47
6w TO Ow1J6TLo; Mnopw va To 6w; Mnopou11e va TO emoKeq>eou1Je ;.
- Evta~et, TO na(pvou1Je yta an6~e. Opa(a, To voLKt6~ou1Je (fl To KpaTOUIJe) yta Tpet~
IJEpe<; Kat QV ~Ja<; aptoel ea KaefloOUIJe (Tl ea 1Je(VOU1Je neplOOOTepo Tl
neptoo6Tepe~ t11Jepe~) .
1. ~w~ano, TO ~omatio (domestic) = room. From the Anc. ~w~a which in Latin became domus
2. KAtfvw kllno = 1. close, shut (t-t<Aeto-a) , 2. turn off (switch, tap), 3. block (road, view), 4. book
(room, seats). IO.&IOTO<;, -~, -6 klist6s = closed
3. ~cvo~oxtfo, To ksenoooxro = hotel (~evoc:; (xenophobia)+ooxero = receptacle)
4. ~~nwc; mfpos (adv.) = I wonder if, is there a possibility that
5. TtTOpTJ'I, 11 tetarti = Wednesday. (lit. fourth day)
6. ~~vac;, o minas (menopause) (Anc . + K o ~11v (menses) = month
7. ~txp•(c;) mexri(s) = up to,until, as far as
8. lltuTt pa, 11 ~ettera = Monday. (lit. second day)
9. KuplaK~, 11 kiriakf = Sunday (day of the Lord = KUptoc:; ~V2)
10. ~11Aa~~ oilaor = that is, namely
11. 6cp1~11. 11 afixi = arrival
12. avaxwpf10f1, ., anax6risi = departure
13. ~fKAIVO, TO ofklino = two bed (Mo+KAlVTl (clinic)= bed in Anc. +K)
14. ~mA6c;, -~. -6 C5ipl6s = double
15. ~ov6KA1vo, TO mon6klino = one (single) bed (IJOVO+KA(VTl), TO TpfKA1vo, = three bed
(Tp(a + KAlVTl)
16. ~n6v1o, TO ban1o = bathroom
17. vrouc;, TO do6s = shower
18. et a, ., eea {theatre) = view
19. ~6A10Ta malista (adv.) = 1. yes, 2. indeed, of course, 3. especially, 4. even
20. ~pax~~. 11 oraxmr = drachma (the Greek currency)
21. xwpfc; xorls (adv.) = without, not counting
22. npw'iv6c;, -~, -6 proin6s = of the morning, rising early. To npw1v6 proin6 = breakfast. See TO
npw( L 10V3
127
free. I am sorry (= Aun61JOl La. V24) the room is closed (booked) (or caught=
occupied). But I can give you (or put you in) another room.
11. To the operator: Please (or can you please) tomorrow (= aupto L 10, V16 ) morning wake
me up at six o' clock in the morning? Please prepare (= &TOliJ6~w L15 , V20} my bill. I
am leaving (= q>euyw L12 , V24) (checking out) in a short time (or immediately or in half
an hour(= wpa L1o. Vs).
At the resort or in the small towns where there are many signs rooms to let and even more
ROOM TO LET(!) (See La. V27) .
12. Have you (~~nwc; = has the meaning of I wonder if, is there a possibility that, is there
a chance that) any free room? Is there (a) room? How much has (or makes or costs)
the room the (by) day (or the (by) night)? Has it hot water? Has it bath? Has it shower?
Is there in the house (= on(n La. V28) (a) telephone (line)? Can I see it? Can we visit it?
All right, we take it for tonight. Good, we rent it (or keep it) for 3 days and if we like it
we will sit (or we will stay more or more days).
23. ~npoanv6c;, -r1, -6 brost1n6s = in front (from (t)~npoc; = ahead, in front (L 14 , V4)
24. nAtov pleon (adv.) = more. Enl nAtov = in addition
25. KPOT11al1, 11 kratisi = reservation (from KpCTw L 15.V2A)
26. nAr1PI1<;, -11<;, -£<; pllris = full, complete
27. TllAtcpwvrKwc; tilefonik6s (adv.) = by telephone. See 4;,V8
28. ~roPoTr1pro, To ~iavatlrio = passport (From ~to (through) + ~a(vw = go)
29. KoAoauv11, 11 kaloslni = kindness, goodness. See KaMc; L 1, V 10
30. au~nA11pwvw sinplir6no = 1. complete, 2. fill in (ouv+ rtMpnc; = full, see No 26)
31 . ~tATfo, To ~eltfo = 1. form , 2. bulletin, report (~tATfo tr~r1atwv = news bulletin), 3. card
(~tATfo TOUT6TI1TO«; = identity card)
32. tvruno, TO entipo = 1. form, 2. printed matter (ev+Tunoc; = type, print)
33. unoypocpr1, 11 ipoyrafi = signature. Ynoypacpw ipoyrafo = sign (uno (under)+ ypaq>w = write).
See 4;, V8 and p. 69
34. TproK6aro triak6sia = three hundred. See numbers p. 142
35. opfaTt orfste = imperative of op(~w (horizon) = fix, delimit, it has several meanings depending
on the context: a) here you are, b) yes sir, c) I beg you pardon
36. KAtr~f, TO kli~i = key. See I<Ae(vw No 2.
37. ~tprK6«;, -r1, -6 merik6s = an amount of, a part of, some. See pronouns p. 98
38. tAtuetpoc;, -11, -o elef9eros = free. H tAtuetpfa elef9erla = freedom
39. KAtra~tvoc;, -11, -o khsmenos = be closed (participle of passive voice of I<Ae(vw No 2)
40. nraa~tvoc;, -11, -o piasmenos = occupied (participle of passive voice of mavw = catch, hold of,
occupy)
41. T11Atcpwvr1Tpra, 11 tilefonltria = telephone operator. See TT)Mcpwvo 4; V8
42. ~unvw ksipn6 = wake up (~unvno-a) . From ~e+unvoc; (hypnosis) = sleep
43. Aoyapraa~6c;, o loyaryasm6s = 1. bill, 2. account
44. t~oxr1, 11 eksoxr = 1. countryside, 2.rural spot or resort. E~oxrK6<;, -r1, -6= of the country, rural
=
45. tnrypacpr1, 11 epiyrafl (epigraph) 1. inscription, 2. shop-sign, 3. heading
46. ppa~ra , 11 vra~ya = evening, night
47. tnraKtmo~or episkeptome =visit (emoKeq>9-nKa). H tnfaKtiJII1 eplskepsi = the visit
...
128
H KOTOIKlO 1
~ OIK6nE~0
2 3
Xwpo«;
u
~ J.IOVOKOTOIKIC
4 5
aniTI
~ noAUKOTOIKia ~ ~IOIJ£p10J.IO ~WIJOno
6 20
~
12
dao~oc;
7 13 21
Tap6Taa n 6 pTa
14 22
~~6~p01JO~
8
2oc; 6pocpoc; Tofxo•
8 23
1oc; 6pocpoc; K09IOTIKO ROTWJ.10
Tpant~aBfa
9 15
IOOV£10 nap68upo:M
10
un6y&lo KOU~VO aK6Aa25
yKap6~
11
unvo~WIJOTIO
18
19
KptPPaTOKOIJapa
1. KOTOIKfa , 11 = dwelling-place, home, (11 OIKfa (ecology) = house la, VZT), 2. XWpoc;, 0 = land,
space, area, L15 ,V,4(Jo 3. OIK6nt~o. TO = plot, building land, 4. anln , TO = house La. V-;p.,
5. J.IOVOKOTOIKfa , 11 = private (detached) house (~ovo = alone+KOTOIKta), 6. n oAuKaTOIKfa , 11 =
appartment building (noM=many), 7. Tap6Taa, 11 (Fr.) = flat roof, 8. 6 pocpoc;, o = floor, storey L13 ,
V-z3, 9. •a6y&Jo, TO = ground floor (too (= equal) + Y'l (geography) = earth), 10. un6yt 1o, TO =
basement (un6 (=under)+YI'l), 11. yKapa~, TO (Fr.)= garage, 12. ~laiJtplaJ.Ia , TO = appartment,
flat, 13. dao~oc;, 11 = entrance (L7, V15), 14. ~~6~po1Joc;, o = corridor L13 , V2JJ (~ta +~p6~oc;) , 15.
Ka8JanK6, TO = living-room (from K6.8o1JOL = sit L13 , V51.), 16. Tpam:~apia , 11 = diningroom (from
Tpant~L see ~. V9 , 17. Kou~va , 11 (Fr.) = kitchen, 18. unvo~wJJano, TO = bed-room (unvoc; =
sleep +5w~6.Tto) , 19. Kpt PPaTOKOIJOpa, 11 = bed-room (Kpe~~6.Tt (= bed L13 , V'l!J) + K6.~apa (lt.) =
room, 20. ~w1.16no, TO = room (.6,. V1), 21 . n6pTa , 11 (Fr.) = door, 22. Tofxoc;, o = wall, 23. naTWIJO,
TO = floor, L13, V22, 24. nap68upo, TO = window (.62 Vw . 25. aK6Aa, 11 = staircase, ladder (13, V26J.
When we want to refer to a time of the year we use the accusative of the definite
article o, f'J, TO and the name of the season, month or day of the week:
Tov XELIJWVa Kave:l Kpuo, TO KaAoKa(pL Kave:l ~eOTTl
TI"JV avoL~ll 6A.a e:(vm wpa(a, Sa pSw TOV Anp(A.to,
ea cre: i5w Tf'J 6.e:uTepa, TI"JV KupLaKf] 6A.a elVQL KAELO'Tcl
When we want to refer to the date of an event we form the phrase as follows:
a) I m:; ... and the number of the day as an adjective in the accusative of its feminine form
because 11 J,~tpa is a feminine noun,
b) The genitive of the month without the definite article,
c) rou .... and the number of the year (Tou (= of the) because TO tToc; is a neuter noun).
Examples:
am; <Suo lavouap(ou TOu 1996 anc; e:m6. <l>e:~pouap(ou TOu 1996
anc; Tp&lc; MapT(Ou TOU 1996 O'Tic; i5e:Katptic; AnplA.(ou TOU 1996
anc; ELKOOLTp&lc; Mai ou TOU ... O'Tic; iSe:KaTeOOEplc; IOUVlOU TOU ....
anc; ELKOOLTEOOEplc; IOUALOU TOU ... O'Tic; TpLaVTaJJiO LEmEj..i~p(ou TOU ...
For the first day of the month the feminine form of the adjective np~Toc; is used:
Tf'JV npWTf'J Maiou, Tf'JV npWTf'J AnplA.(ou, Tf'JV npWTf'J TOU 1JllV6c;
Tou J.lf'Jv6c; is the genitive of the Ancient and KaSapeuouaa word o JJI'JV = the month
(o JJ~vac; in modern Greek): Other expressions using this ancient form are:
ar•c; iSeKa.Tou J.lf'Jv6c; Sa naiJe OTo ....
n6oe:c; Tou J.lf'JV6c; exouj..ie:; how many (days) of the month do we have?
'Exouj..ie: ({) e:(vm) t ecrcreptc; Tou J.lf'Jv6c;.
130
Xprjo1p01 ~10Aoyo1
13
2. 0 eA.w EVQ ElO'LTf}pLO12(isitirio) OEpOnOplK0 (r'J IJE· TO TpOlVO 14 , IJE TO AeWq>OpElO 15
(leoforio) yta T11 eeooaAOVlK11 (r'J YLO TO B6A.o). n 6cro KOVEL napaKaA.w; n6cro KOVEL TO
ELOLTf}pLO YLO Tl1 ...;
3. 0a q>uyw (r'J Sa avaxwpf}ow 16) oTJIJEpa (r'J TO IJEO'l11JEPL17, TO an6yEUIJO 18 (ap6yevma),
TO l3p66u aupto) OTl~ TpEl~ 11 wpa. TL wpa q>EUYEL TO Tpa(vo (TO nA.o(o 19, TO
aeponA.avo 13) YLO Tl1 ... ; LTLe; IJLO KQL 5EKOnEVTE (r'J KQL TeTapTo20) OKpLI3wc;21 .
AvaxwPLO'l1 OTL~ neVTE napa ElKOO'l, 6cpL~11 OTl~ oeKa KQL IJloTJ. n60'11 wpa KOVEt;
16 22
4. Eyw Ta~t5euw n6VTOTE IJE nA.o(o (r'J IJE Tpa(vo r'J OL5T)poopOIJLKW~ , r'J IJE aeponA.6vo r'J
14
aeponoptKw~ . r'J IJE OUTOKLV11TO). To Ta~(5L dvm n6VTOTE wpa(o apKe( va IJT)V exet noA.u
K60'1l0 KOl VQ exel~ KaNl 8€011. ea r'}SeA.a IJLO 8€0'11 KOVTO OTO nap68upo • LlUOTUXW~
23
5ev unapxet 8€0'11. 'OA.e~ Ol SeOEL~ elVQL nLOO'IJEVE~ (pyasmenes) (r'J KQTElA111JIJ€VE~
24
katilimenes).
5. To nA.o(o avaxwpe[1 6 evt6~25 oA.(ywv A.emwv26. napaKaA.ouVTaL oL emcrKeme~27 va
e~eA.8ou~ . Avax<l>P110'11 16 OIJO~oOTotxfa~
8 29
(amaxostixias) EVT6~ ouo A.emwv.
napaKaA.ouVTOL ot emi36Te~ va napa1Je(vouv OTL~ Secret~ Tou~. Sa yfveL eA£yxo~32
30 31
(elenxos) ELO'LT11PLWV. Ta ELO'LTf}pt6 00~ napOKaAW. To ELO'LTf}pt6 IJOU elVQL yLa OUO
33
OTOIJ0 .
34
6. rtaT( apye( VQ cpuyEL TO nA.o(o; Yn6pXEL K08UOTEP110'11 ( ka8isteris~ A.6yw35 TOU
ea y(VEL KQVOVLK6. ; Eyw 5ev ~epw , pwTr'}OTE OTL~
36 37
Katpou. To 5pOIJOAOVL0
38
nA.11pOcpop(e~ . nou ElVQL Ol nAilpocpop(e~ napaKaA.w; K6.8e n6Te exel nA.o(o YLO Tl1 ... ;
K6.8e 1Jepa exet 5uo 5po1JoA.6yta OTL~ em6 TO npw( Kat OTl~ ouo TO IJEO'lliJEpt.
7. re napaKaA.w nou dvm 11 OT60'11 Tou A.ewcpopdou ( leoforioo) (r'J o OT081J6~39 TOU
Tpa(vou) ; E(vOLIJOKpt6.40 ; Not, npeneL va n6.peTe Ta~(41 (r'J To A.ewcpopdo 15). noLo~ e(vm
o en61Jevo~ OT081J6~ (r'J nma e(vm 11 en61JEVI1 OT6.0'11) napaKaA.w; n6cro IJOKpt6 dvm;
42
43
nep(nou neVTaK6ma IJETpa an6 e5w, nep(nou 5eKa A.em6 IJE Ta n65ta. ea npenet
VQ KQT£13etTE IJETO 5uo OTQO'ELc:;.
/\&~1A6y1o
1. Ta~ll>tuw taxi~evo = travel. To Ta~ll>l taxl~i = journey, voyage, trip. Ta~1l)1wnK6c;, -~. -6
taxi~yotik6s = of travel, travelling
131
Useful dialogues
I travel in Greece
1. All Greek cities (= n 6Al1 L15 , V7) and great regions are of feminine gender and end in
-a or -rr
Athens, Macedonia, Thessaloniki, Crete, or in -oc:; like the Aegean islands
(Rhodes, Myconos, Paros), Cyprus, Peloponnese, Epirus. Exceptions are Piraeus and
Volos which are of masculine gender. (Note that the names of the cities or great
territorial regions are acompanied by the definite article).
At the travel agency (= ypa<pe(o L 10, V9) (or agency of travels or at the ticket agency)
2. 1 want an air ticket (or with (by) train, with (by) bus) for Thessaloniki (or for Volos) . How
much does it make (costs) please? How much makes (costs) the ticket for ... ?
3. I will leave (= <peuyw L12 , V24) (or will depart) today (= oillJepa Ls. V5) (or at noon, in the
afternoon, in the evening, tomorrow = auplo L10 , V6 ) at three o'clock (= wpa L10 , V5 ).
What hour (time) does the train (or boat or aeroplane) leave for ... ? At one (hour) and
fifteen (or and quarter = quarter past one). And what hour (time) does it arrive? Departure
at twenty to five arrival at ten and a half. How much hour (how long) does it make (take)?
4. I travel always with (by) boat (or with (by) train or by rail road or with (by) aeroplane, or
by air, or with (by) car = OUTOKLVTlTO Lg, V34) . The journey is always nice provided that
it has not (there is not) many people, and that you have a good place (seat) . I would
like a place near (== KOVT6) the window. Unfortunately (= ouOTuxw~ 4;, V7 ) there is no
place. All the places are caught (taken) (or occupied).
5. The ship departs in a few minutes. The visitors are requested to go out (leave).
Departure of the train in two minutes. The passengers are requested to remain in their
seats, there will be control (check) of the tickets. Your tickets please. My ticket is for
two persons.
6. Why the ship is late( = apyw L 10 , V8 ) to leave? There is a delay because of the weather
(= Kmp6c; L10 , V17) . The itinerary will be mad e (= y(VOIJOl Lg, Vd (carried out)
regularly? I don't know, ask (at) the informations. Where are the informations please?
Every when it has (there is) (a) ship for.. ? Every day it has (there are) two itineraries, at
7 in the morning and at 2 at noon.
7. Please where is the bus stop (or train station)? Is i t far? Yes you have to take (a) taxi
(or the bus) . Which is the next station (or which is the next bus stop) . (Note that for
OT081J6c; which is masculine the pronoun n016c; and the adjective e:n61Je:vo~ are in the
masculine form while for the crraCJll the same words are in the feminine form: nota,
e:n61Je:vn). How far is it? About 500 meters from here, about ten minutes with feet (on
foot) . You will have to get down (= KaTe~afvw L13 , V19) (off) after two stations.
2. EAAO~a, '1 elc!l5a = Greece, ('1 EAAa~ in Anc. +K). 0 'EM11vac:; elinas = Greek (man), '1
EMrwf~a elinl5a = Greek (woman). EM11VIK6c;, -1'\, -6 elinik6s = greek. Ta EAA11v1K6 elinika =
Greek language
3. m:p•oxr\, 11 perioxl = 1. region , 2. area, 3. district
4. yt voc;, TO yenos (genocide) = 1. gender, 2. genus
5. =
9'1AUKO<;, -~, -6 9ilik6s female, fem inine
132
'6. =
Ar1yw lryo 1. end (grammar) (e-Ar)~-a), 2. expire
7. V'laf, TO (pi. TO V'la•a) nisl-nisya (polynesia) = island(s)
8. &~afp&a'l, 11 ekseresi = exeption (e~+afpean = heresY)
9. =
anoT&Aw apote16 1. constitute (anoTtA£oiJ-a), 2. form
10. apa&v1K6<;, -r1, -6 arsenik6s = male, masculine, See Gr. 1a
11. npaKToptio, TO praktorio = 1. agency, 2. ticket-agency
12. £101TrlPIO, TO ISitfno = ticket
13. a&ponop1K6<;, -r1, -6 = aeroporik6s = pertaining to aviation. A&ponopiKwc; (adv.) = by air. To
=
atponA6vo aeroplane aeroplane
14. Tptvo, To treno = train. 0 a1~11P6~po~o<; si~ir6~romos = railway (of~'lPO = iron+~POIJO<: =
=
road) . I•~I"JPO~po~IKW<; sioirooromik6s by railway
15. Atwcpoptfo,To leoforio = bus
16. avaxwpw anaxor6 = depart, set out, leave (avaxwp'lo-a). H avaxwpi"JO'l anax6risl = departure
17. ~&a.,~&pi,TO mes1meri =noon (!Jean(= middle)+IJepa (=day)
18. an6y&u~a , To ap6yevma = afternoon (an6+yeu1Ja = luncheon)
19. nAofo, To plfo = ship
20. TtTapTo, TO tetarto = quarter (Lit. one fourth. See ~v 1)
21 . aKplpwc; akriv6s (adv.) = precisely. AKp•13r1<;,· -r1c;, -tc;, akrivls = precise, exact, punctual,
accurate, correct
22. 6cp1~11. 11 af1xi = arrival
23. nap69upo, TO para8iro = window (napa+8upa =door)
24. KOT&IAI'UJ~tvoc;, -11, -o katihmenos = occupied. (Anc. passive participle of KOTaAOIJ~6vw =
occupy)
25. &VT6c; end6s (adv.) = 1. within, 2. inside
26. Atm6c;, -r1, -6 lept6s = 1. thin, slim. To Atm6 lept6 = minute. To Atm6 lepta = 1. minutes, 2.
money (for money also Ta AtcpT6)
27. tmoK&m.,c;, o eplskeptis (f. 11 tmaKtmp1a episkeptria) = visitor. EmoKtmo~at episkeptome
=visit
28. &~tpxo~OI ekserxome (irr.) = go or come out (t~w (= out)+tpxo1Jm (= come)
29. a~a~oOTotxfa, 11 amaxostixia = train
30. &mJ36T'lc;, o epivatis = passenger
31 . napa~tvw parameno = remain or stay close to (nap6+1Jevw = stay)
32. tA&yxoc;, o elenxos = 1. control, 2. checking, 3. testing, 4. verification
33. OTO~O, TO atomo (atomiC) = 1. person, 2. atom
34. Ka9uOTtp'la'l, 11 ka8isterisi = 1. delay, 2. time-lag
35. A6yw 16yo = because of (Myw is the dative of o Myoc, Ls. V21)
36. ~po~oA6yto,To ~romol6yio = 1. itinerary, 2. time-table
37. KavovtK6c;, -r1, -6 kanonik6s (canonical) = 1. regular, 2. normal
38. nA11pocpopfa, 11 pliroforia = information
39. OTa9~6c;, o sta8m6s = 1. station, stopping-place, 2. landmark (in history etc)
40. ~aKp16 (and ~aKpu6) makria (adv.) = 1. far, 2. at a great distance
41. Ta~f, TO taxi = taxi
42. &m)~&vo<;, ·I"J, -o ep6menos = 1. next, 2. following, 3. forthcoming. H &no~tvi"J epomeni = the
next day
43. n£VTOK60IOI, ·£<;, ·0 pentak6Sil = five hundred. n&VTOK60t0 = 500
133
Xptja1po' L11aAoyo'
1
ITrJV ayopa •
1. KaA.r)l.lepa2 crac;, op(crre napaKaAW. Tt 6ef.£Te; 0a r')Se~a (tl 6e~w) jllO OOKO~OT03 ,
Tpetc; jlnupec; , eva (l.lnOUK~l5) y~a 6 , Tecrcreptc; jley~ec; VTOjlOTec; jl(a OWO€K0008
4 7
auy6 . Mou o(veTe (tl iSwcrre llou) jlta jlnupa, eva (tll.ltcr6 ) Kt~6 naT6Tec;12, jleptKec;
9 10 1 1
(tl Myec;) VTOjlOTec; KQl A(ya (flllePLKO) lltl~O13• Mflnwc; exeT€ (tl exeTe) auy6; ee~w an'
OUT6 TO Tupe 4 , an' OUTec; Ttc; VTOjlOTec;, an' OUTO TO <ppOLrrO15 . 'EXETE ljJOplO 16
<ppecrKa17 ; E(vat <ppEOKO TO ljJOpLa oac;;
2. n6oec; VTOjlOTec;; n6oa lltl~O; nooo 6E~T€; no~u euxap(crrwc; efxaristos. Op(crre TO
auya crac; KOl Ol naT6Tec; crac;. ~ucrruxwc; oistix6s oev exoul-1€. ea <pepOUI-lE (tl exoul-le)
OUPlO (fl TO an6yeUIJO). E(VOl 0~0 <ppecrKO, CJTll-l€PlV0 • ~taMyeTe KOl na(pveTe.
18 19
naKeTo32 crac;) .
5. n ocro KOvouv; Tt ocpe(~w33 ; napaKaAW KOVTe TO ~oyaptOOjlO. napaKaAW, xfA.tec;34 (ouo
x~t6oec; , otaK6atec; ) opaXIJec;36 . Eu~aptcrrw no~u. Ta cppouTa oac; oev efvat
34 35
Ka66~ou <pTllVO. ~ucrruxwc; oev exw t1J~6 . 'Exw Xl~t6ptK0 (r'J neVTOX~lapo38) . 'ExeTe
34
Eyw npoTLI-lW va ljJwvf~w OTTlV unepayop6 • Ta ~p(crKetc; 6~a eKe( mo <PTTlVO. nou
40 41
6.
elvm To KpeaTa napaKaA.w; LTO i5et;t6 otoopo1-1o crro ~oeoc;45 • ~et;to crro npwTo
42 43 44
p6.<pt . Aptcrrepa crro ~oeoc; e(vm To ljJuyefo • Tt wpa avofyeTe4 9 TO npw'l (tl TO
46 48
an6yeujla) ; Tt wpa KA.e(veTe; LTtc; OKTW KOljllcnl. LTl<"; ewea OKpl~Wc;. :re 1-llrnl wpa. :re
eva TETOPTO. :re ~(ya ~mo.
7. !fll..!epa eKQVQ noM6ljJWVl040 01:'1 A.a'iKr')50 ayop6. LTI') ~a'LKrl ayop6 ~p(oKetc; OTl eet..etc;
Kat cre <pTTlvec; Tll.lec;. Ta npo'(6VTa51 epxoVTat KoT'eu6e(ay52 an6 Tov napaywy653 crrov
KaTava~wTr') • Mnopdc; va ljJwvfoetc; yta 6~'1 TTl (v) (e) ~OOI.lOOa. Eyw ayop6~w To
54 1
noVTa ... an6 TTl ~a·(Kr') ayopa. Me et;unllPE:Tef (exipireti) ytaTf y(veTm O'TTl yetTovt656
5
57
I-IOU, KOVTO OTO ontTll.lOU. To KOUr3aAW 0€ EVO KaA06t58 (tl Ol.lOt;6Kt59) .
A&~1A6y10
1. ayopa, 11 ayora (agoraphobia) = 1. market. Ayopa~w = buy
2. KaArwtpa, '1 kalimera = good morning (KaM (= good)+1Jepa = day)
3. aoKoAOta, '1 sokolata = chocolate
4. IJnupa, 11 blra = beer
5. IJnOUKOAI , TO bookali = bottle
135
Useful dialogues
At the market
1. Good morning to you, yes please (op(crre has several meanings depending on the
context. Here it means: yes sir). What do you want? I would like (or I want) one
chocolate, 3 beers, one (bottle) milk, 4 big tomatoes and a dozen eggs (note that the
gender of the numbers eva, Tp(a Tecrcrepa is the same as that of the noun they
accompany). You give me (or give me) one beer, one (or half a) kilo potatoes, a
number of (or a few) tomatoes and a few (or a number of) apples. I wonder if you have
(or do you have) eggs? I want from (of) this cheese, from (of) these tomatoes, from (of)
these fruits. Do you have fresh fishes (fish) ? Are your fishes (fish) fresh?
2. How many tomatoes? How many apples? How much (many) do you want? Very gladly
{= euxap(atwc; see Ls V7, Le V1 5 , Le V17) . Here are your eggs and your potatoes.
Unfortunately we don't have. We will bring {= cpepvw L10 , V27) (get) (or will have)
tomorrow (or in the afternoon). They are all fresh, today's. You choose and you take
(= na(pvw L12, V25) (buy) . Choose whatever (or that which) you like (onoto or 6nOLa
depending on the gender and number of the item in question).
3. Please, how much it makes (or has, or costs) the beer, (or the beers). the cheese ?
How much they make the potatoes and the apples? The bananas are very expensive.
The fruits I want them ripe. These are unripe. They will be not tasty. These are good
(ones) thank you.
4. The figs are most tasty. They are and (also) cheap. Taste. Shall we put one kilo? half a
kilo? a quarter(= TeTapTo 4. V1) ? Attention (be careful) not to get dirty. Please (here
is) your plastic bag (or your parcel).
5. How much do they make? What do I owe? Please, make the calculation (=
A.oyaptacr1J6<; 1::.1, V43} (bill). Please, one thousand (X(A.tec; is in the feminine plural form
because 11 6poX1Jft is a feminine noun) (two thousand, two hundred) drachmas. Thank
you very much. The fruits are not at all cheap. Unfortunately I have not small change. I
have a thousand-drachma note (or a five thousand-drachma note). Do you have
change? Of course I have, here are your change. Thank you very much.
6. I prefer (eyw is put for emphasis) to shop at the super market. You find them all there
more cheap. Where are the meats, please? (Ta Kpeata in the plural means the
different kinds of mea~. In the right corridor at the end. To the right on the first shelf.
To the left at the end is the refrigerator. At what time you open in the morning (or in the
afternoon)? At what time you close (= KA.dvw !::.1. V2)? At half past eight. At nine o'
clock precisely. In half an hour. In a quarter (of an hour). In a few minutes.
7. Today I made many purchases at the street-market. At the street-market you find
whatever you want and at cheap prices. The products come directly from the producer
to the consumer. You can buy for the whole week. I buy everything (= n6VTa Le. V11)
at (or from) the street-market. lt serves me because it takes place (= y(vOIJOl Lg, V17) in
my neighbourhood near my house {= an(Tt L8, V28). I carry the purchases in a basket
(or trailer).
136
50. AaiK6~, -~. -6 laik6s (laical) = of the people. 0 Aa6~ la6s = people
51 . npo'i 6v, TO proi6n = product
52. KaT' euedav kat' ef8fan (adv.) = directly, straight (KaT<i+eu9e(a ef9ia = straight line)
53. napaywy6<;, o parayoy6s = producer
54. Karava.A.wn\c;, o katanalotfs = consumer
55. t~unl")ptrw exipiret6 = serve, be of service to (e~um"}piTT)cr-a)
56. Y£1TOVIO, 11 yitonia = neighbourhood. See 0 y£1Tova~ L 14• v 46
57. Koupa.A.w kooval6 = carry (Kouf36A.11cr-a)
58. Ka.A.681, TO kala8i = basket
59. a~a~OKI, ro amaksaki = trailer
H XPUml (= golden, chrysanthemum) 8flK'l (= case) 11e TO 60Tpo (= star, astronomy) T'lc;
Bepy(vac;. E(Xe TQ OO'T<l (= bones, osteoporosis) TOU <bli.(nnou, nmepa (ls, V3 ) TOU
Mey6Aou (L,, Va) Me~av6pou . APXOlOAOYlK6 Mouoe(o eeoaaAOVlK'lc;.
138
01 api9J,Ioi (numbers)
The numbers as adjectives are Indeclinable except the number tva which has
different forms for each gender: tvac;, J,~la, tva and the numbers Tpla and Ttooepa which
become TP£1<; and Ttootpl<; in the masculine and feminine form .
The hundreds from 200 to 900 and the number xiA1a are also used as plural
adjectives: <StaK6mo• 6v9pwnm, <StaK6mec; <Spa)(J.lec;, <StaK6ma nm<Sl6 etc., XlALOI, xV..ttc;,
xwa.
The number 1, 3, 4, 200-900 and 1.000 that are declined as adjectives have a
genitive case to answer to questions like:
n 6owv fH..IEpwv ELVQL TO auya;
~.uac; ~epac;
n 6crwv XPQvwv (fl ETwv) e:(vm To nat<Si;
tv6<; eTouc;
<5EKOTplWV ETWV (fl XPOVWV)
<5EKOTEcrcrapwv XPOVWV (fl eTc.l>v)
or in phrases like:
Ta~(<St Tpt6VTa Tptwv 11~e:pwv
~apoc::; 5taKocriwv KLA.wv
9ep~oKpacr(a e~aKocr(wv f3a9~wv
a~(a XtAfwv 5pa)(J.lwv etc.
Prometheus, describing the gifts he had bestowed on mortals (men) in the tragedy
Prometheus Bound by Aeschylus (525-456 BC), says:
"...and the number, the excellent of the devices, I invented for them..."
140
Xprjotpot ~taAoyot
1
ITO &OTIOT6p10 •
1. An6~e ea q>OIJE e~w. ea n6~e oe eva KaA.6 ecrnaT6pto (estiat6rio). ea aa~ now oe
2
!JtO Ta(3epva nou txet KaA.6 Q>OY'1T6. I:mTtK6 q>OY'1T6 Km v6att!Jou~ 1-1e~e6e~ . ea
3 4 5
(efxaristiels).
3. E(!Jaate Teooepetc;, nou !Jnopou!Je va Kaefloouj.le; 'ExeTe KpaTfloet Tpane~t9 ; 'Oxt, TO
11
anoq>ao(oai-Je TrlV TeA.eUTa(a OTLYI-Irl 10• 'Eva A.em6 napaKaA.w va 5w nou !Jnopw va
aa~ (36Aw. n epame napaKaA.w. Mou 5(veTe napaKaA.w Tov (f] evav) KOT6Aoyo.
Mnopw va txw TOV (rl evav) KOT6Aoyo napaKaA.w; AIJEOW~ KUple. Op(ate KUple.
4. ea n6pw (fJ ea f]eeA.a) !JlO ~WplOTlK'1 oaA.6Ta IJLO IJOKapov6oa (fl IJlO !JEf>lOO15
12 13 14
14 6
IJOKap6vta ) KOl EVQ q>tAETO (fl eva oou(3A.OKl 17
n eva KOT6nouA.o 18 ax6pa~ 1 j . ea
eeA.OTe en(OT')~ EVQ (f} KOtl) opeKTlK6 ;
20
5. llev Tpww Kpea~. npoTliJWTO A.aoep621 . Eyw ett...w KOTl eA.aq>pu22 KOl uytetv623 (iyiin6).
Mf]nw~ EXETOl ~apt; YnapxeL q>pEOKO liJclpt; Tl ~6.pl0 EXETe;
6. Ynapxet wpa(o ~apt aM6. efvm KOTa4Juy!Jevo24 (katapsiymeno). ea aa~ ouvtatouoa25
en£011~ TO ... nou e(vm 11 anemaA.tT€ IJO~. E(vm TO m6To27 T'1~ '11-JEpa~. Ynapxouv
26
en(OT')~ 5tclq>Op0l IJE~e5e~ KOl q>OY'1Tcl IJOYElpEUT0 KOl Trl~ wpa~ O,Tl eet...eTe.
28 29
n epame QV ett...eTe OTTlV KOU~(va va OlaM~eTe. <l>t pTe 1-10~ IJEPlKOU~ IJE~t5e~ KQl IJlO
30
42 43 44
OK01J'1 KapeKAa ; eet...eTe EVO E!JQ>laAWIJEV0 (emfialomemo) vep636;
8. rKapo6v TO A.oyaptOOIJO (loyaryasm6) napaKaAW.
/\£~1A6y1o
Useful dialogues
At the restaurant
1. This evening we will eat (= Tpww L13, V5) (dine) out (= t~w L7, V13). We will go to a
nice restaurant. I will take you to a tavern that (which) has nice food (= <payT'JT6 L13,
V6), home-made food and tasty(= v6atq..toc; ll;), Vd appetizers. I would prefer that we
would go to a fish-tavern.
2. I have a hunger! ('Exw ne(va is an expression meaning I am hungry). Where shall we
go to eat (dine) this evening? Let us go somewhere near our neighbourhood (=
yeLTOVl6 ll3, Vd . What would you like that we eat (txw 6pe~'l (= appetite) va ...
corresponds to I would like to ...). what do you like that we eat? I want that you are
pleased { = euxaplatlEIJOl L111 V39).
3. We are four where can we sit {= K68o~-tm L13, V52)? Have you kept (reserved) a table?
No, we decided (= ano<pao(~w L15, V5) the last (= TEAEUTa(oc; L13, V27) moment. One
minute please to see where I can put you. Pass please (nep6ate the imperative of
nepvw {L12 , V3), has the meaning of please come or go in). You give me please the (or
a) catalogue (menu) . Can I have the (or a) catalogue please? Immediately(= a~-ttowc; ,
L10 , V11) , sir. Here you are, sir.
4. I will take (have)(or I would want) a peasant's (Greek) salad, a plate of macaroni (or a
portion of macaroni) and a fillet steak (or a meat in skewer or a chicken on the grill).
Would you want also an (or something) appetizing {hors-d'oeuvres).
5. I don't eat meat (= Kptac; ll3, V42). I prefer food cooked in oil. I want something light
and healthy. Do you have fish (= lJj6pL!l3, V16)? Is there fresh fish? What (kind of) fish
do you have?
6. There is nice fish but it is frozen. I would recommend you also... which is our
speciality. lt is the dish of the day. There are also different appetizers and cooked food
and a la minute, whatever you want. Pass if you want to the kitchen to choose (=
6LaMyw ~. V19). Bring us a few appetizers and a portion (of) ... Good appetite.
7. What will you drink (= n(vw L12, Vn) please? Will you drink something? I would want
(like) to taste (= 6oKL~-t6~w ll3, V29) your own wine(= Kpao( L13, V45). I prefer the white
wine. I would want (like) a white wine for the fish. To me it pleases me the red wine.
Me, I want a glass of beer. Bring me a bottle (of) beer, please. Waiter, a bottle of water
please. Waiter, can I have a little water (or a little bread, a spoon, a fork, a knife, the
salt) and also a chair ? Do you want bottled (mineral) water?
8. Waiter, the bill please.
•
143
An6 TO tpyo (ls, V26) 0 xop6c; (L,2, V23) TOU A.ciiKOU (= of the people, naive)
~wyp6.cpou (.ils, V32) ee6cplA.ou.
144
EnayytAJ,JaTa 1 •
1. 'Epxo1Jat yta npc.I>Til c.popa O'TTlV EM66a, 6e yvwp(~w Kaveva Kat etf-w va ouvavtflaw2
Kat va yvwp(ow K60IJO. No K<lvw c.pl'-ouc;. Kata npot(IJ'1CJ113 t ou enayyei-1Jat6c; IJOU.
4 5
2. BMnw 6tt IJtAOTe KaAQ (6pt<rra , 6.matata ) TO EM11VlKQ. l!.e ea 6UOKOAeUTe(te6
(6iskoleftite~ Kae61-ou. No oac; napoumaow tov Kupto .. No oac; ouo-nlow Tl1
7
6eonotv(6a ...
3. Xafpw noXu. ea xapw noXu va yvwpfow tov natepa (a6e!-c.p6, 6.v6pa, ou~uy6 ) oac;.
9
'Exw aKouoet noMa KaAa yt' aut6v Kat napaKol-ouew 1-1e 1-1ey6Ao ev6tac.pepov 11 Kat
10
BMnete 6ev OKOAouelloe TO en6yyeA!Ja TOU natepa TOU, eytve '1eonot6c; (ieopi6s).
7. Ac; oxe6t600U1Je sxe6iasoome (fl opyavWOOU1Je o~an6soome) IJO~( 1'0 ~~-~eptv6
35 36
26
(fl anoyeUIJOTtv6 apoyevmatin6, anoljJtv6 , auptav6 9 avrian6) np6ypOIJIJO 7 IJO<;.
28
Useful dialogues
Professions
1. I come(= tpxoiJOL L 10 V10) for the first time to Greece, I don't know(= yvwpf~w ~. V8 )
nobody (anybody) and I want to meet and know people. To make friends. By
preference (preferably) of my profession.
2. I see that you speak well (excellently, fluently) Greek. You will not be found in difficulty
at all. Let me present you Mister... Let me introduce(= ouO"t'ftvw At V25) you Miss.....
3. I am very glad (Xa(pw noA.u corresponds to the English how do you do). I wiil be glad
to know (meet) your father (le, V3) (brother (L10, V26), man (~. V14) , husband), I have
heard (= aKouw, ~. V9 ) many good (things) for (about) him and I follow with great
interest and I know very well his works.
4. Mr... is an architect, Mrs.... is a doctor. The gentleman back there (~69o~ = depth, has
also the meaning of background, b.3 , V4 5) is a lawyer and the lady at his side is a
politician. You see that and (also) the women (L1 , V9) have the microbe of politics. In
here Mr ... and Mrs ... are (both) your colleagues (Kal Ol <Suo and the two means both).
5. Very well (wonderfully, superbly). We have common interests (= KOLv6~ L11 , V35) and I
would add and (also) common concerns (interests) and so we can understand each
other better.
6. Come at about noon (in the afternoon, in the evening, this evering, tomorrow) to my
house you will meet and (also) other friends. There wiil be and (also) my son with his
own friends who are all artists, painters, musicians, actors. You see, he did not follow
the profession of his father, he became (an) actor.
7. Let us plan (organize) together today's (= OT)1Jeptv6~. ~. V18) (the afternoon's, the
evening's, this evening's, tomorrow's) programme of ours. First we will visit the
exposition which is found in the centre of the city. After (or afterwards) we will walk a
little and we will see (visit) the Museum. lt is a few steps (metres) more (farther) down.
8. To-morrow we will go with (by) the car to the suburbs. There we (can) circulate easily.
At the factory will receive us the director and the superintendents of the sections who
will give us information (= nA.Ilpo<pop(a b.2 , V38) for (about) the employees and the
workers. What personnel do you have? Over (or more) than (a) hundred persons.
17. noAmK6c;, o politik6s = politician. H noAITtKrl politiki = politics (From 11 noA.n = city L15 , V5)
18. ~1Kp6Jl•o, TO mikr6vio = microbe (IJlKpo (= small)+~(oc; (biography) = life)
19. ouv6~tAcpoc;, o sina~elfos =colleague (ouv+a~eA.cpoc; = brother L10, V213)
20. 8au~6o1a eavmasia (adv.) = wonderfully, marvellously. To 8au~a eavma = miracle, wonder.
0au~6~w eavmazo =admire, wonder at (9au1Jao-a)
21. untpoxoc;, -11, -o iperoxos = superb. Yntpoxa iperoxa =superbly. Yntptxw iperexo = excel,
exceed(untp (=hyper)+txw = have)
22. npoo8tTw proseeto (prosthetic) = add (np6o9eo-a) (npoc;+9eTw (epithet) = put)
23. ou~cptpov, To sinferon = interest, advantage, concern
24. ouvtvvoou~at sinenoo6me = 1. understand each other, 2. reach an understanding
(ouvewOT'l911K·a)
25. ~t011~tp1 , TO mesimeri = about noon, mid-day (12.00-15.00 hrs, 6 2 , V 17) (IJEOTl+iJepa).
Mtomn:ptav6c;, -~, -6 mesimerian6s = noon
26. an6ytu~a, TO ap6yevma = early afternoon {17.00-19.00 hrs, fl2,V18). Anoytu~anv6c;, -~, -6
apoyevmatin6s = afternoon
27. Jlp6~u, TO vrMi = evening(> 19.00 hrs). Bpa~uv6c;, -~, -6 vra~in6s =evening (L 10, V 15}
28. an6t1Jt ap6pse = this evening, tonight. Anot1Jtv6c;, -~, -6 apopsinos =this evening, tonight's
29. aup1o, TO avrio = tomorrow (L10 , V6). Aup1av6c;, -~. -6 avrian6s = tomorrow's,
30. y16c;, o yes = son
3 1. KaM1Tt xv11c;, o kalitexnis = artist (KaMn (= nice) + TE)(Vll (technology) = art)
32. ~wypacpoc;, o zoyrafos = painter (~w~ (=life)+yp6cpw = write))
33. ~oumK6c;, o moosik6s = musician. H ~ouoiKrl moosikl = music
34. 118ono16<;, o i9opi6s = actor (~9oc; (ethics)+notw = make) . See Lg, V-:r2.
35. O)(t~•a~w sxe~iazo = 1. plan, 2. design, 3. intend, 4. sketch , draw
36. opyavwvw oryan6no = organize
37. np6ypa~~a , TO pr6yrama = programme (npo+ypaiJIJO= Ietter)
38. npwTa pr6ta (adv.) = firstly. See npwTo<; L1, V1•
39. tK8tOI1, 11 ek9esi = exposition, exhibition (eK+9ton (thesis) = position)
40. KCVTpo, TO kendro = centre
41 . UOTtpa lstera = afterwards
42. ntpnaTw perpat6 = walk
43. ~ouotio, TO mooslo = museum
44. Jlr1~a , TO vlma = step
45. ~tTpo , TO metro = metre
46. npoaOTtlo, To proastio = suburb (npo + 60Tu = city)
47. KuKAocpopw kiklofor6 = circulate
48. 6vtTa aneta (adv.) = in comfort, comfortably, easily. ~vtToc;, -11, -o anetos = comfortable,
convenient
49. tpyoOT6o•o, TO eryostasio = factory
50. uno~txo~a• i po~exome = receive (unoMxe-nKa). H uno~oxr1 ipo~oxl = reception
51 . ~•tu8uVTr1c;,o ~ief9ind ls = director . .lutu8uvw ~ietelno = direct (~1eueuv-a)
52. npo"iOT6~tvoc; , o proistamenos = superintendent, foreman
53. ~r1~a, TO tmfma = 1. section, 2. portion, segment. To aOTuVOIJlKO TIJ~IJa = police station
54. un6M11Aoc;, o ipalilos = employee
55. npoowmK6, TO prosopik6 = personnel
56. n6vw pane = above, over, upstairs
57. tKaT6 ekat6 (hecatomb) = one hundred
147
OXOM(Q 12 e:(vat TO ill"}IJOTlKO 13' 6nou 14 '1 e:Kna(i5e:U011 i5tapKe:l E~l )(pOVlQ KQl TO ru~-tv6ato
1 16
6Ma Tp(a XP6vta. Me:T6 TO ru~-tv6ow Ta nati5t6 1-1nopouv va n6v(e:) aro 1\uKe:to yta Tp(o
17
lsocrates (436-339 BC) in his panegyric states that the name of the Greeks is not a result of:
Greeks should be called those partaking our education rather than a common nature.
1. ~aMov = rather, 2. KaAcfoeaa = infinitive of KaAou~aa = be called, 3. Touc; ... ~atxoVTtc; = the
(those) partaking (ace. plural of the participle of ~atxw = partake, share in common with others
(JJ&Ta + txw), 4. fl naf~tuoac; pe~efsis TTJ«; naa~tuotwc; = education {In modern Greek the word
exists as fl tKnaf~tUOfl meaning education and training. Its etymology is the education of children
= naa~fa), 5. fl~tT&poc;, -a, -o = our own, 6. Koav6c;, -~, -6 = (coenobitic) = common (L 11 , V~). 7. 'l
cpuoac; (physiological) TTJ«; cpuo&wc; = nature ('l cpuofl in Modern Greek).
AEW<pope(o ~TO Tp6A.eu 7 ElVat rno yp~yopa. AKOIJ'l KaAUTepa TO IJETp6 . nou e(vat '1
8
OTclO'l TOU AEW<pOpEtOU (leoforioo) (~ 0 OTa81-16~ TOU IJETp6) napaKaAW; n ooo EXELTO
EIO'lT~plO (isitirio)?
3. H npwTrJ en(oKeliJ'l a<pou tva yupo9 OTo KeVTpo ~Tav TO ap~atoA.oytK6 10 1Jouoe(o. EKe(
8aUIJaOa TO ~a81-16 nOAITIOIJOU 12 Kat TllV KaAAlTE)(VlK~ 3 TEAEIOTrJTa 14 nou e(xav
11
XptOTou atwva18 aM6 Kat Twv npo'iOToptKwv19 XP6vwv IJEXPL Kat oeKantVTe atwve~
n.x. (npo XptOTou20) . Ta ay6A1JaTa Kat Ta 6Ma t pya TEXV11~ 21 f]Tav IJOvaotK622 •
4. na TrJV enOIJEVIl npoypa1JIJOTLOa23 en(OKEliJ'l OTO Bu~aVTLV624 Mouod o. H Bu~aVTI~
auToKpaTop(a yta xrAta XP6vta Kuptapxouoe26 OTrJV voTtoavaToAtKf] Eu~wn11 28 , TTl
25 27
29
M€011 AvaTOA~ KQL TTl Meo6yeto (mes6yio). noA.ue8VIK~ OTrJ ouv8e011 2 IJE KUPIQ
30 31
011KW8'1K0 Kat nf]ya OTO TQ~UOPOIJEL0 va p(~w tva YPcliJIJO. rpaiJIJaTOOll1J0 yta
47 48 4 50
eva ypOIJIJO yta TO E~WTeptK6 napaKOAW. nota xwpa napaKaAw; AnA.6 rl OUOTlliJEVO;
1
Kuptec;. EKa1'6 i5oM6pLa npo~ .. .. opawe~ TO eva KQVOUV ..... opawt~. EuxaptOTW,
IJnOpe(Te va IJOU XaAOOETE62 napaKaAW eva XlAlclPLKO; Euxap(OTw~. op(OTe 1'Q AE<pT6
oa~ . xapTovo1JtOIJaTa Kat Kep1JaTa .
63 64
8. EUTuxw~ nou 6Ma~a Ta A.E<pi6 IJOU Kat x6Aaoa yta va txw liJ!Aa. Ato86vo1Jat mo
6veTa ytai( 1-1nopw va lJ)wv(ow euKoA.a Kat 1JLKponp6y1JOTa65 IJE Ta liJtA.6. Na tva
nep(mepo66 . ea ayopaow IJ(a e<p'liJEp(oa Kat t va neptootK667 •
151
Useful dialogues
Visit (Ll 1, V47) to the city (L 15, Vs)
1. Today I decided (= anocpao(~w. L15 , V5 ) to get aquainted with the city. I will go around
{= yup(~w Ls, V8) all the (in the entire) centre and I shall visit its main monuments and
places{= 1-1tpoc; L13• V38) . I shall go alone, I don't need (= )(Pet6.~0IJOl L11 , V19) a guide.
Please do you have a plan of the city?
2. Luckily that I did not get a car. lt has (there is) such a traffic-flow (= K(V110Tl L15 , Vp)
that the circulation (circulating) is difficult. You need much time to arrive (= cp86.vw L, 2 ,
V43) from one point (place) to another. The bus or the trolley are quicker {= ypf)yopoc;
L10 , V12) . Still better the subway. Where is the bus-stop (or the station of the subway)
please? How much it has (costs) the ticket?
3. The first visit after I made a round in the centre was the archaeological museum. There
I admired {= 8au1-16.~w ~. V20) the level of civilization and of artistic perfection that they
had developed the Ancients (Greeks) of not only the classical period of the fifth
century before Christ but also of the prehistoric times up to15 centuries BC (before
Christ) . The statues and the other works of art were unique.
4. The next (= en61-1evoc; ll2 , V4 ) day I planned (a) visit to the Byzantine museum. The
Byzantine Empire for (a) thousand years(= )(P6vta L10, V20) dominated in southeastern
Europe, the Middle East and the Mediterranean. International in composition with the
main nationality the Greeks and official and common language the Greek, it created
masterpieces of art that are found in the Byzantine museums. Special interest have
(present) the icons which consitute (are) a superb mixture of high artistic competence
and profound reverence of the painter.
s. Tired (= Koupao1Jevoc; L12 , V14) from the visit I stopped at a coffee-shop in the square
to drink a coffee. The shade under the trees (= 6evrpo L, ,, V29) was pleasant. After a
little (time) I got up and went to the post-office to throw (post) a letter. Stamps for a
letter for abroad (foreign country) please. Which country please? Simple or registered
(= OUOTTliJEVO ~ . V25)? Simple but urgent please. And for domestic (destination) what
stamps are needed?
6. Then (OTTl ouvexeta, lit. in the continuation, is an expression meaning then, after that) I
remembered (= 8u1J6.1Jat L11 , V29) that I should pass from (by) a bank to change (=
aM6.~w L12 V3 ,) the foreign money that I had. Luckily very near I found a bank.
7. How much has (is) today please the dollar (the English pound, the franc, the mark)?
Can you change me (a) hundred dollars? Here is your money, sir. One hundred
dollars at ..... drachmas the one (each) make .... drachmas. Thank you, can you
change me a thousand drachmas note? (X<lAw also has the meaning of change
money into smaller change)? With pleasure, here is your money, banknotes and coins.
8. Luckily that I changed my money and changed into small change to have small
change (= 4JtA.6. ~. V37). I feel more comfortable (= 6.veTa ll5 , V48) because I can buy
easily small things with the small change. Here is a kiosk. I shall buy a newspaper (=
ecprwep(6a Ls. V4) and a magazine.
152
TOlxoypacp(a (=fresco, o To(xo~ =wall + ypacpf) = writing) an6 T11 9f)pa (Iavrop(VTJ)
16°<: atwva~ (see N° 18) n .X. (= npo XptOTou)
154
2 3
11 v•ayla 0 nannouc;
8 4
11 8£fa 11 IJI1Ttpa o naTt pac;5 o 8tfoc;
7
10 8 8 11
11 avtqm1 11 K6P11 o v•6c; 0 OVttJII6<;
11 a~tAcp~ TO a~tAcp1a
12 14
11 t~a~tAcpl1
15
o a~tAcp6c;
13
o t~a~tAcpoc;
18
17
11 t yyovr1 o t yyov6c; 18
TO na1~f
111 21
TO 1JWp6
1. OIKoyt vt la, 11 ikoyen1a = fami ly (ofKoc; (ecology= house)+yt voc; = genus), 2. v•ay16, 11 yaya =
grand-mother, 3. nannouc;, o papo6s = grand-father, 4. IJI1Ttpa, 11 = mother (le, V4 ), 5. naTt pac;, o
= father (le, V;J, 6. 8£fa , 11 era = aunt, 7. 8£foc;, 0 eros =
uncle, 8. K6pl1, 11 = daughter (the
dimunitive of K6PI1 is TO KopfTal =
the girl), 9. y16c;, o yos =
son (u•6c; i6s in Anc. and K), 10.
avtl&ua, 11 anepsia = niece, 11. avt tJu6c;, o, anepsi6s = nephew, 12. a~tAcp~, 11 = sister (L 10, V'lfj).
13. a~tAcp6c;, o = brother (L 10 , V2fj), 14. Ta a~tAq>1a a<Selfia (Philadelphia) = brothers, brethnen, L 14 ,
V33 , 15. t~a~tAcp11, 11 = cousin (f.), 16. t~a~tAcpoc;, o =cousin (m.), 17. t yyovr1, 11 engonl = grand-
daughter, 18. t yyov6c;, o engon6s = grand-son, 19. na1~f, TO = child (L1, V4) , 20. nai~OKI , TO =
little child, 21 . 1JWp6, TO = baby (sophomore).
Map~6plva (= marble) £l<5W~la 1<S6fia (= figurines. From TO e(<SwA.o = idol ) 2,800 -2,300 n .X.
Mouoe(o KuKA.a<SlKtl<; Texv11c;, A8f)va
155
0 :t\yto~ (= saint hagiography) IJE Ta nat~t6 (L11 V14} . MwocitK6 (= mosaic) (7o~ atci>va~
IJ.X.). EKKAllO(a (= church ecclesiastical) (~. V1 8) Ay(ou llll!JllTPfou 9eooaA.ov(K11~·
156
XpciJIJOTO
The Greek word for hair of the head is the plural of the word TO IJOMf meaning wool.
Accordingly, the adjective denoting the colour of IJOMia as well as of IJOTIO is put in the
plural of the neuter form.
1. To IJCITI, TO IJOTLO matya = eye-s L,b V~ and N° 6 next page, 2. mavw - maVOIJOl pyanome =
catch - be caught, be caught hold of, be captivated, 3. TO xefAo~. TO xe!An or To xelA.to xflia = lip-s,
see N° 10 next page, 4. KOTe~o(vw =descend, go or get down, see Gr. 12c and L13, V19, 5. 11
Kop~t6 kardya = heart, L13, V47 and N° 25 next page, 6. pt~wvw = become rooted, grounded, fixed.
From 11 p(~a = root, 7. ~ya(vw, vyeno = go out, come out, Gr 12c and L13 , V25.
1
To uwpa
2
KECI»AAI
4
~trwno
5
cppu~1a
11
~ana
11
aun6
~UTfl
7
I
~6youAa
10
xtiAia
~6vna
12
yAwaaa 13
11
ar6~a
A
A
I 14
M
0
I
1. aw~a, TO = body (L 16, V~. 2. K£cp6AI, To = head, 3. ~aAA16, Ta = hair (of head), ro ~aAAf = wool,
4. ~trwno, TO = forehead, 5. cppu~•. TO = eyebrow, 6. ~6n, TO = eye (L 11, V~. 7. ~UTI'), 11 =nose, 8.
~ayouAo, TO = cheek, 9. aun, TO =ear (l 11 , Voo), 10. X£1Aoc;, TO = lip, 11. ar61Ja, TO = mouth, 12.
~6vn , TO = tooth, 13. yAwaoa, 11 = tongue (L11 , V4 ) , 14. A01~6c;, o = neck, 15. Kop~6c;, o = trunc,
16. an;eoc;, TO (stethoscope) = chest, 17. ~tO'I'l, 11 (mesozoic) = waist, middle, 18. Ko1A16, 11 = belly,
abdomen, 19. 6Kpo, TO (acrobat) =extremity, 20. xtpl, TO = hand (l3, Vg), 21. n~l, TO = foot (l3. V1o).
22. ~aKTUAo, TO = finger, 23. £aWT£PIK6c;, -~. -6 (esoteric) = internal (~. V~ . 24. 6pyavo, TO =
organ, 25. Kap~t6, 11 (cardiology) = heart, L 13, V47, 26. nv£u~ovac;, o (pneumonia) = lung, 27.
OTO~ax•, TO = stomach, 28. tVT£po, TO (dysentery) = intestine, 29. auKwn, TO = liver
-
158
Ev~upaTcl
1
Pouxa -
KOnt Ao3
4
naAT6 K01Jnapvrlva5
7 8
KOOTOUIJI cp6p&1J0
1Jn.\ou~a
10
OOKOKI9
nOUKOIJIOO11 cpouma 12
navT&A6vl 13
14
&owpouxa
KOAT0£<;15
yOVTI0 16
IJOVT~.\1
17
nanOUTOIO 18
navrcScpA&c;19
1. pouxo, TO = cloth, garment, L13 , V48 2. t vl5u1Ja, TO = dress, garment. H &vl5u1Jaofa = suit, dress,
3. Kant Ao, TO = hat, 4. naAT6, TO = overcoat, 5. KOIJnapvrlva, 11 = gabardine, 6. alS16ppoxo, TO =
raincoat, 7. KOOTOUIJI, To =man's suit, 8. cpouOTav•, TO =woman's dress, 9. oaK6KI, TO =jacket,
10. JJn.\ou~a , 11 =blouse, 11. nouK61JIOo, To = shirt, 12. cpouOTa, '1 =skirt, 13. navrt A6v1, To =
trousers, 14. &owpouxo, To = underclothes (eow + pouxo), 15. KOAToa, '1 = sock, stocking,
16. y6vn, TO = glove, 17. IJOvnlAI, TO = handkerchief, 18. nanouTol, TO = shoe, 19. navr6cpAa, '1
=slipper.
159
Good wishes
A general response to many of these w ishes is: &uxap•arw, £nfol')c; = thanks, like-
wise (same to you).
161
0 IJOp1J6.ptvo~ (= marble) 8p6vo~ (= thron) OTov T6.q>o (= tomb epitaph) TT')~ EuptOtKT')~
evrioikis, IJ'lTepa~ (le. V4 ) Tou n aTepa (le. V3) Tou Mey6.Aou (L 1, V8 ) AAE~avopou ,
<l>tAfnnou . Bepy(va, MaKeoov(a.
162
X8&c:; = yesterday
npoxe£c:; = the day before
n£pual = last year
np•v = before
npoTOU = before (an event)
:AMoT& = formally, in the past,
another time
KanoT& =sometimes
T6T& =then
NwpiT&pa = earlier
Apy6Ttpa = later
Mno = after
'YaT&pa an6 = after (en event)
'0TOV = when
Aup10 = tomorrow
Mteaup•o = the day after tomorrow
Tou xp6vou = next year
nouo;
=> K6~mooo4 => p£pJK65 => apKn66 => ooo~~noTe
1 2 3
Ka86Aou => £A6XJOT0 => Aiyo
=> noAu8 => napa noAu8
1. Ka86Aou = at all, not at all, 2. £A6XJaToc:;, -11, -o = minimal, 3. Alyoc:;, -11, o = few Lt. V3 (Aiyo = a
few, a little), 4. KOJJnoaoc:;, ·I"J, -o = quite a number or amount of. See p. 97, 5. JJ&PIKOI, -&c:;, -a = a
certain number (or quantity or amount) of, some, certain. See p. 98, 6. apKn6c:;, -11, -o = sufficient,
see apKw and apKd L16 , V17 and p. 110, 7. oaoalS~noT&, oa.,lS~noT&, oaolS~noT& = however
much, greater or many. See Table p. 98, 8. noAu = much L1, V7 , 9. napa noAu = very much.
163
. nou;
BOPEIA17
B
A
'
avw
(t)navw 11
!
E&i)1 ~ ~ EK
(thmp6c; 3 ~ ~ nfaw4
~npoar6 3 ~&aa 9
A 19
ll20
ap1ar£p6 6
~
A N
y ~ Z5~J6 5
A
T
T d 0
I
K
A
Kovr6 7 ~ ~~ "I
K
an&va A
nA6J,4
~ ~ .
Z5in Aa 13 OVTIKP
y
K6Tw12
~w1o
'
2
'
N
NOTIA
18
•
165
Commented References
For the reader who wishes to find out more about the Greek language or to have a deeper insight
into its history, grammar and stucture, the following list of books is given with a brief comment on
their contents.
1. Hardy D.A: Greek language and People, BBC books, London 1991, pp. 287.
The BBC language series book and its audio cassettes. lt contains 20 chapters of dialogues on a
variety of topics of everyday life. Each chapter is accompanied by photographs and a text
describing the way of life in Greece and the customs of the Greek people. lt is designed to be used
as an introduction to Greek for complete beginners. For a student of the present method only the
audio cassettes, if they are available, would be of help in pronouncing correct ly the Greek words he
is already familiar with.
This manual of modern Greek, written by the Professor of Linguistics at the University of Athens,
G. Babiniotis and his team, is mainly intended for Greeks of the diaspora who have an elementary
knowledge of Greek and speak it as a second language. lt serves also as a guide to those teaching
Greek to such persons. lt comprises 20 chapters with texts, dialogues, exercises, grammatical notes
and a rich vocabulary on topics covering all aspects of modern life. Because of its didactic value it is
recommended as a complement to the present method.
166
3. Mackrldge P. The modern Greek language. Oxford University Press, 1987, pp.387.
An excellent analysis of the modern Greek language describing systematically its stucture and
every other aspect of its present-day usage with a great variety of examples drawn from spoken,
written and literary sources. lt is a comprehensive survey intended for scholars or those who wish to
study in depth modern Greek. Mackridge states "lt is quite astounding not only how little
the spoken Greek language had altered from Classical to modern times but that it
should have survived despite ... incursions .. and conquests".
4. Moleas W. The development of the Greek language. Bristol Classical Press, 1991, pp. 118.
Wendy Moleas, a teacher of Classics, describes in a simple, concise but full way the historical
development of the Greek language from its origin in the Bronze Age to its present form. Her book is
recommended as an introductory guide to those seeking an understanding of the structure of
modern Greek. Moleas is of the opinion that "... modern Greek is accessible and rewarding
to classicists ... whom she wan ts to encourage to study the modern language .. "
5. Browning R. Medieval and modern Greek, Cambridge University Press, 1989, pp. 158.
This outstanding book, written by an eminent scholar, traces comprehensively the history and
development of the Greek language from the Hellenistic period to the present time. lt is an
invaluable source of information for those wishing to have an authoritative view on the subject.
Professor Browning believes that "Greek is one lang uage .. that has enjoyed a continuous
tradition fro m the Homeric poems down to the present day .. " and that "it is this
in tellectual con t inuity which makes the study of Greek both rewardin g and
difficult".
6. Prlng J. T. The Oxford dictionary of modern Greek. Oxford University Press, 1986, pp.380.
A compact and up-to-date Greek-English and English-Greek dictionary containing 66,500 words
and 82,000 translations. Its great value for an English-speaking reader is that it gives all the
meanings of Greek words as well as many examples of their idiomatic uses. An essential companion
for every student of modern Greek.
EM'lVlOTlK6 avriypacpo (= copy, avri + ypacpw. Seep. 72) tpyou (4, V26) Tou
n oA.ui<AE(TOU. ApxmoA.oylKO Mouoeio, AS~va
169
The vocabulary Is designed to be a didactic complement to this method. Its aim is to give the student
the principal and the secondary meaning of the more common Greek words, their idiomatic use or expressions
and at the same time to be a guide to pronunciation and grammar (the pronunciation of y, ~. 8 and x is
indicated by these letters).
In the case of adjectives (adj.) the feminine (f) and neuter (n) endings are indicated after the masculine (m)
form. The verbs are listed In the first person singular of the present tense. To indicate the second stem with
which certain tenses and cases are formed the first person singular of the active and the passive voice aorist
(simple past s.p.) is given. The future of the verbs combined with prepositions and the participle of the active
voice are also listed.
The etymology of combined words is given to furnish the key to understanding and memorizing them from
the meaning of the combining forms, which is often familiar to the reader.
On many occasions the derivatives of a word (adjectives, verbs, nouns) are grouped together to help the
reader remember their meaning from the phonological resemblance to the word from which they have originated.
Finally, to remind the Engl/s h-speaklng reader once again of how familiar Greek should be to him, an
English word deri ved from or that has Its roots In the corresponding Greek word Is added In red.
A a =
-11. -o ayapimenos loved, beloved, favourite
=
ayan11T6c;, -~ . -6 ayapit6s dear
apao•~oc;, -11. -o avasimos = groundless (a + ~6011 ayyeAia, 11 angelia = announcement (f.IIKpt<; ayy£·
= base). Opp. of pao• ~oc; vasimos = well-founded, ~fee; = advertisements). AyytAw angelo (Anc.) =
sound. announce. From ayyt~w comes o ayy&Aoc; angelos
apy6 (or auy6), TO avy6 = egg, (nwavtt6 a~y6 = fried = angel, messenger.
eggs). From the ancient 'TO w6v (o6n) double o, oocyte) ayyAIK6c;, -r\, -6 anglik6s = English. Ta AyyAIKO
6yaA~a . TO llyalma = statue. anglika = the English language.
aya96c;, -~. -6 aya96s = kind·hearted, kind, naive. 'AyyAoc;, o angles = Englishman. H AyyAf~a angli6a
=
To aya96 aya9a the possessions. = Englishwoman.
aya~oc; , -11. ayamos = unmarried (a + y6J.Io<; ay&vr\c;, -~c;. -tc; ayenls = impolite. Opp. c:uyc:vr\C:
(bigamous): marriage) =
efyenls (eugenic) polite. H aytvc1a ayenia impo- =
ayavaKTw ayanakt6 = be exasperated (ayav6trn10·a, liteness, rudeness.
ayavatmof.1tvoc;) av•oc;, -a, -o ayios (hagiography) = saint, holy, sac-
ayan11, 11 ayllpi = love. Ayanw ayap6 = love red (Ayfa rpa<pr'J = Holy Bible).
(ay6nno-a, ayam'l9·nKa, ayannf.ltvoc;) . Ayan11~tvoc;, ayKaAia~w angaliazo = embrace (ayK~tao-a, ayKa-
170
=
a•Tfa, 11 etia (aetiology) cause, reason a.UI\Aou·c; allloos (pron. ace. pi.) = one another, each
atwvac;, o e6nas (Anc. + K atwv, e6n) = 1. century, 2. other (Ayan6TE aM~Xouc; = love each other)
age, 3. era. Atwvtoc;, -a, -o e6nios (eonian) = eternal a.U•wc; ali6s (adv.) = otherwise, differently
aKa6111.1fa, 11 akai5imia = academy. AKa6rUJa'iK6c;, • 6.Uoc;, ·I\, -o alos (allochromatic) = 1. other (6Xt
~. -6 akai5imaik6s = academic aUT6, TO 6Aho = not this, the other), 2. else (T(not&
aKaTallrJAoc;, -:1') , •o akatallilos = unsuitable (a + 6Mo; = any1hing else?, Tt 6Mo; = what else?), 3.
KaT6MrtXoc:; = suitable) next (o 6.Moc; napaKaAW = the next please, TllV 6M11
OKOTOV61'JTOc;, · I'J, -o akatan6itos = incomprehensible cpop6 = next time), 4. different (aUT6 Elv01 6Mo
(opp. KOTQVOrtT6<;) npayj.la = this is a different thing), 5. more (6M&c;
aKMSuvac;, ·11, -o akini5inos = not dangerous, 25uo 1Jnup&c:; = two more beers, Kl 6Mo = some
without danger (a + K(v6uvoc; = danger) more)
aKiVI1Toc;, ·11, -o akinitos = immovable (a + KlVrtT6c:; allOT& alate (adv.) = formerly, at another time
(kinetics) = movable). To aKiVI)TO, aklnito = 1. item a.Uou alo6 (adv.) = elsewhere (expr. aMou aUTo =
of real estate, 2. building, 3. property don't tell me that)
aKoAouew akoloo86 follow (aKoAoue.,a-a , 6.Uwar& aloste (adv.) = besides
aKOAOU9~9-11Ka}, (expr. aKOAOU9E( = to be aAIJup6c;, -r1. -6 almir6s = salted
continued) aAuaf6a, I\ alisii5a = chain
aK61.10 ak6ma or a1<61.111. ak6mi (adv.) still, yet, aAcp6PI1TO, To alfavito = alphabet
more (aK6~a eva = one more). AK61Ja Kat = even OIJO ama (adv.) = 1. as soon as, when (OIJO q>96cre•c;
aKouw ako6o (acoustics) = 1. hear, listen (to), = as soon as you arrive), 2. if (61Ja 9tA&tc; &cru = if
(6Koucr-a}, 2. obey. AKOUOIJOI ako6ome = be heard you want)
(aKOUOT·I'jKO) OJ.IO~I, To amaxi = 1. horse-cab, 2. motor car
al<pl), 11 akri (acropolis) = 1. end, edge, 2. tip, aJ.Ia~oarotxfa, 11 amaxostixla = train
summit, 3. corner. To aKpov akron (acrobat) = end, CJ.IapTia, 'l amartia = sin
extremity. To clKpO akra = 1. limits, 2. extremes AJ.ItptKav6c;, -1\ amerikan6s or AIJ&ptKavoc;, -a
aKpipr:ta, 11 akrivia = 1. exactness, precision, 2. amerikanos = American (m. or f.) . AJ.I&p1KCVIK6c;, -1\,
constliness, high price(s), expense -6 amerikanik6s or OI.I£PtK6VtKoc; = american,
OKPIP~c;, -ljc;, -tc;, akrivis = exact correct, punctual, AJ.ItpiKI\, 11 ameriki = America
AKptpwc; akriv6s (adv.) = exactly, precisely Ol.l&aoc;, ·I\, -o amesos = direct, immediate. A11tawc;
aKptp6c;, -1\, -6 akriv6s = 1. expensive, 2. dear. loved amesos (adv.) = immediately, at once
aKTrl, 11 akti= coast OJ.II09oc;, -11, -o amls9os = unpaid (a + ~tcr96<; =
aKupwvw akir6no = cancel, nullify (aKupwcr-a). wages, salary)
'AKupoc;, ·11, · 0 akiros = invalid, void OI.IIJOc;, 11 amos = sand. AI.IIJOUlila, 11 am oo~ya =
aAcln, TO alati (K = ro 6Aac; alas) = salt. sandy beach
AAaTia!Jtvoc;, -11. -o alatismenos = salted CJ.IVI1afa, 11 amnisia (amnesia) = loss of memory,
6.\yoc;, TO alyos (analgesic) = pain, grief amnesia
aAr:nou, 11 alepo6 = fox OIJVI\OTfa, 11 amnistla = amnesty
aAr:upt, TO alevri = flour =
OIJOtJ31\, 11 amlvi 1. reward, 2. recompense
aA~8r:1a, 11 ali9ia = 1. truth, 2. (adv.) really, indeed, OJ.16pcp(I)Toc;, ·11, -o am6rfotos = uneducated (the
by the way. .AAI)9~c;. -~c;. -tc; ali8is = true, real. opposite of IJOP<PW!Jtvoc;) (from a + ~opq>!l
=
.AAI'J9•v6c;, -1\, -6 ali9in6s genuine, true (morphology) = form)
a.Ua, ala = but oJ.Icpl· amfi· ;;::; prefix denoting both, on both skies, of
allal;w alazo (Anc. and K aM6crw, alaso) = change both kinds
(6Aha~-a. aM6)(T-11Ka, aMa-yj.ltvoc;). H a.Uay~ alay l aJJcptpa.Uw amfivalo (irr.) = doubt, (aiJq>eJ3aX-a, &xw
= the change a1Jcp•J36X-Et, ea a1Jq>tJ36A-w) H OIJcptpoAfa amfivolla =
a.U11Aoypacpfa, 'l aliloy rafia = correspondence doubt (a~q>t + J36Mw (ballistics) = throw
(aMflAO (parallel) = each other + ypacpw (telegraph) a1Jcpl9tarpo, To amfi8eatro = amphitheater
= write OJ.IcplaJ311TW amfisvit6 ;;::; dispute, call in question
172
(a~-tq>toj3frn1o-a, a~-tq>tol3rrnl9-nKa) avartllw anatelo (irr.) = rise (of sun) (avtre:IA-a, exw
OJ.upoT£pot, -tc;, -a amf6teri = both (exists only in avme!A-et, ea avme!A-w). H avaroA~ anatoli = 1.
plural) rising (of sun etc.), 2. east, orient (Mt o11 AvaroA~ =
av- an- (the privative prefix a before a vowel) = un-, Middle East) AvaroAIKoc;, -1\, -6 anatolik6s ;:;;; eastern,
in-, -less AvaroAtKwc; anatollk6s (adv.) = to the east
av or tav elm = if avaxwpw anaxor6 = depart (ova + xwpw =
ava- ana- = prefix, denoting upon, up, backwards, advance). H avaxwPI1011 anax6risi = departure
again, Intensification avcpa~w anevazo = 1. carry or lift up (avtj3ao-a), 2.
ava ana (Anc. + K) (prep.) = along, over, put up (price), 3. put on (play)
throughout, across (ava ~(wpo = every two hours) avt!Jalvw anevlmo = 1. come or go up (avtl3-f1Ka,
avapallw anavalo (irr.) = postpone, put off (avej3a'A.- avej3a-o1-1evoc;), 2. ascend, mount, rise (in level)
a, txw avaj36A-et, ea avaj36A-w) (ava + j36Aw avtJJOc;, o anemos (anemone) wind =
(ballistics) = throw, strike). H avapo,\r\, anavoli = 6vtpyoc;, ~'1, -a aneryos = out of work, unemployed
postponement (av + tpyo = work). H avtpyfa aneryia =
avapw anavo = 1. light (fire etc.) (6valjJ-a), 2. turn on unemployment
(light etc), 3. inflame, provoke, 4. take fire avtor'l, '1 anesi = relaxation, comfort, ease. :c\vtroc;, -
avayytAw anangelo = announce (av6yyeiA-a) (av6 11. -o, anetos = comfortable, convenient. :c\vtro aneta
+ ayyt'A.w (angel)= anounce) or avtrwc; anetos (adv.) = easilly, without constraint,
avayKa~w anangazo = compel, oblige, force in comfort
(avayKao-a). H avayK11 anangi = need, necessity. av&u anef (Anc. + K) = without (prep. with gen.)
AvayKa<7TIKoc;, -~. -6 anangastik6s = compulsory, OV&U opwv = unconditionally
obligatory avt1Jn6c;, o anepsi6s = nephew. H avtljJta anepsia
ava10811ola, 11 aneseisla = 1. anaesthesia, =niece
unconsciousness, 2. insensibility, heartlessness. avf\Kw aniko = belong (avflK-a)
Avafa911TO<;, · 11. -a aneseitos (anaesthetic). 1' avr'lauxw anisix6 = be worried, disquiet (OV110U)(T10-
unconcious, 2. indifferent, without feelings a). H av11auxfa anisixia = uneasiness, worry (the
avaKaAumw anakalipto = discover (avaK6AuljJ-a) opposite of 11ouxfa). Avf\auxoc;, -'1, -o anisixos =
(ova + KC1At.irnw = cover). H avaKaAu\1111 anakalipsi uneasy, restless, worried, anxious
(apocalypse) = discovery 6v9oc;, TO aneos (anthology) = flower. 0 av8onwA11c;
avaKOivwvw anakin6no = announce (avaKo{vwa-a). = flower-seller, florist. To av9onwA&Io(v) = florist's
H avaKofvwo11 anaklnosi = announcement. To shop
avaKolvwetv anakinoeen = communique avepwnoc;, o aneropos (philanthropy)= 1. man, 2.
avaAuOI'), 11 analisi = analysis person, 3. human being. Av9pwmvoc;, -'1, -o
av6JJtoa anamesa (adv.) = in between. Av61Jtoa o& aner6pinos = human (av9pwmva ~IKOIWJJaTa =
(prep.) = among, between, avaJJ&oa ano = from human rights). H av9pwnOTI"JTa anerop6tita =
between mankind. 0 av9pwmoJJ6c; aneropism6s humanism =
avaJJtvw anameno (Anc. + K irr.) = wait for, expect avfKavoc;, -11, -o anikanos = 1. incapable,
(ave~-te:tv-a, ea OVO~-t&fv-w) (ava + I-IEVW = stay). H incompetent, unfit. 2. impotent (a(v) + tKav6c; =
avaiJovf\ anamoni = waiting, expectation, Al9ouoa capable)
avaiJovf\c; = waiting room 6vo~c;. '1 anooos = 1. ascent, 2. anode
ava~toc;, -a , -o anaxios = unworthy, unfit, avor(ola, 11 anoisla = nonsence, foolishness.
Incompetent (av + 6~10<; (axiom)= worthy) =
AVOflTOc;, ·11, -o an6itos foolish, silly
avanauoJJal anapavome = rest (avanaliT-IlKO) avolyw aniyo = 1. open (6vot~-a. avofxr·flKO,
avanvtw anapneo (or avaoalvw anaseno) = breathe avotv~-tevoc;) , cut open, 2. turn on (light, tap), 3. cut,
(av6nveuo-a or avaoaw-a) (ava + nvtw (pneumatic) dig (road, well etc.) (Expr. avo(yw TO ~p61-1o = clear
= blow). H avanvol\ anapnol =breath, breathing the way)
avano~c;. ..,, -o anapo~os = 1. the wrong way avotKT6c;, -1\, -6 anikt6s = 1. open, 2. light in colour,
round, 2. difficult, perverse 3. affable, open-handed
173
ano also forms adverbial phrases: ono ~taa = from anocpcuyw apofevyo (irr.) = avoid, (ant q>Uy-a, ea
inside, ano ~w = over here, an' &~w Kt' e~np6c; = anocpuy-w) (ono+ cpeuyw = go away)
from now on anoxa•ptrw apoxeret6 = say goodbye to
ano- apo- = in combined words denotes source, (anoxatptTno-a) (ano + xatp&Tc.i> = salute, greet)
restoration, completion, separation, cessation, the ano"'t ap6pse (adv.) = this evening, to-night
countrary AnpfAtoc;, o aprilios or AnpfAJlc;, o aprilis = April
anoy&u;,vo~a• apoyi6nome = take off (anoyetwe- apa ara (conj.) = consequently, so
llKO). H anoytiwo11 apoylosi = take off (ono + Yll apyw ary6 = 1. be late (6PY'10-a), 2. loose time, 3.
(geology) = earth) not to be working, be closed. H apyfa aryia =
anoy&UIJO, TO ap6yevma = afternoon (ono + Y£U~JO holiday, closing day. Apy6c;, -1\, -6 ary6s = slow, idle.
= dinner). Anoycu~artv6c;, -1\, -6 apoyevmatin6s = Apya arya (adv.) = slowly, late. Apyorcpa ary6tera
of the afternoon (adv.) = later on
=
an6l5t t~l"' . 11 ap6~h<i 1. proof, 2. receipt (ono + aptow areso = 1. please (6peo-o), 2. give pleasure
o££xvw = show) (Expr. trot 1,1' apto&t = so I like it, that's the way I
ano91\t<rl, 11 apoeiki = a place for storage, want it)
warehouse, store house (ono + e~Kil = case) 6p9po(v), TO arero = 1. article, 2. clause
anoi<A&Iw apokllo = exclude, cut off (antKM:to-o, ea =
ap191J6c;, o ari9m6s (arithmetic) number
anoKM:io-w, anoKM:{OT-IlKO) . AnoKA&ftrat apokliete apt91JI"'TIKI\, 11 ariemitiki = arithmetic
= it is an impossibility, it is out of the question aptaroc;, -Jl, -o aristos (aristocracy) = best, excellent
an6Aauafl, 11 ap61afsi = enjoyment (the supperlative of good). :Aptara arista (adv.) =
an6Auroc;, -11, -o ap61itos = absolute. AnoAurwc; excellently
apolitos (adv.) =absolutely =
aptarcp6c;, -1\, -6 arister6s 1. left, 2. left-handed, 3.
anoAuw apolio = 1. release (antXuo-o , ea anoMo-w), left-wing follower. H ap1artp6 arlstera = left-wing.
2. let loose, 3. dismiss (ono + Mw = untie, set free). Aptartpa aristera (adv.) = to the left, on the left
AnoAuo~a• apollome = be dismissed (onoMe-llKO, (optOT£p6 napoKaAc.i> = to the left please)
anoXu- ~tvoc;) aptaroKparfa, 11 aristokratia = aristocracy (6ptOTo +
anopw apor6 = 1. wonder, 2. be at a loss (an6p11o-a Kpotc.i> = rule, hold, keep)
(ano + opc.i> = see). H anopia aporia = 1. doubt, aptoroupyru..ta, ro aristo6ryima = masterpiece
uncertainty or perplexity about, 2. indigence (aptOTO + t pyo = piece of work)
anoaraa.,, '1 ap6stasi = distance (ono+ ara011 = apKw ark6 :::: suffice, be enough (apK£( va :::: it
stopping place) suffices that, provided that). ApKOUIJOI arko6me 1. =
an6aroAoc;, o ap6stolos = apostle (CD'lo + O"lt)..w = send) be content (opKEOT-IlKO), 2. confine oneself
anor&Aw apotel6 = form , constitute (anor tAE:o-a). apvou~a• arno6me = refuse, deny (apvf)9-11Ka). H
AnoT£AOu1Jal apotelo6me (irr.) = consist (anor&Mor- 6pVf10Jl arnisi = refusal, denial
11KO, anOTEAOU·IJ&VO<:;) apnal;w arpazo = 1. seize, snatch, carry off (6pna~
anoro~oc;, -11. -o ap6tomos = 1. sudden, abrupt, 2. a), 2. catch (cold, fire)
=
steep, sheer. Anoro~a ap6toma (adv.) suddenly appajJwvtal;oiJal aravoniazome = get engaged
anoruxfa, 11 apotixia = failure, lack of success (ono (appo~wvt60T-I1KO) AppajJwvtaOTtK-6c;, -16 (f)
+ tu)(ll = luck) the opposite of 11 tmruxfa (em + aravoniastikos = fiance
tU)(Il = success =
appwaralvw arosteno fall ill, make ill (appc.i>O'Tilo-
=
anocpaofl;w apofasizo 1. decide on (onocpamo-o), o). H appwarta ar6stya = illness, disease.
2. make up my mind (of the passive voice the 3rd =
:c\ppworoc;, •fl, -o arostos ill
person and the participle are in use: anocpaail;trat = apa&vtK6c;, -1\, -6 arsenik6s (arsenic) = male,
is decided, anocpaafarJlK& = it was decided etc., masculine (gender)
anocpootO'}.Itvoc;, -Jl, -o apofasismenos = determined =
apTflpla, 11 artiria artery
an6cpo0fl, 11 ap6fasi = 1. decision, resolve, 2. verdict =
aproc;, o artos (Anc. + K) bread. To apronOitio(v)
(Expr. to naipvw an6cpaOTJ = I accept the inevitable, I artopilo(n) = bakery. To apronwA&io(v) artopolio(n)
make up my mind) = baker-shop
175
...
178
ytyov6c;, TO yeyon6s = event, fact y1aTi yati = why (adv.), because (y1a (= for) + 11 (=
yt16, 11 ya = health. Comes from 11 uytfa iyia what)
(hygiene)= health, and is used only in certain y1aTp6c;, o yatr6s (pediatrics) = doctor, physician
expressions: re16 oac; = hallo (greating), l.l& ye16 oou (also laTp6c; iatros)
= good wish to a friend having something new (suit yiyac;, 0 yiyas = giant. rlyOVTIOc;, · 0 , -o = gigantic
etc.) yivoiJOI (lrr.) yinome = 1. become, (t-y1v-a) 2. be
ydTovac;, o yitonas = neighbour. H y&ITOVI6 yitonia done or produced, 3. be finished or ready. (Expr. T1
= neighbourhood. rtiTOVIK6c;, -~. -6 = neighbouring yiv£aa•; how are you? (lit. what you become). ' Ey1vt
y&A6l5a , 11 yeiMa = cow = consider it done (lit. it became).
ycA1o, TO yelio = laughter, laugh. r&Aw yel6 = 1. YIOPT~, '1 yorti (or &opT" eorti) = 1. festival, holiday,
laugh, 2. cheat, take in (ytXao-a) ytA•t~al yelieme = 2. name-day
be mistaken, be deceived (ye:MOT-IlKO) y16c;, o y6s (or u16c; i6s) son =
y&Aoioc;, -a, -o yellos = ridiculous yu.;,Ta, ro y6ta = the letter I, 1
y&Ao•oypacpia, 11 yelioyrafia = cartoon, caricature yKapo~, To garaz = garage
(from yeXoloc; + ypacpw = write) yKapa6v, TO gars6n = waiter
yt1Ji~w yemizo = 1. fill, 2. cover (with), 3. make or =
yKocpa, 11 gafa blunder
become full (with) 4. fill out (ye~ouo-a , Y£1.l(OT-I1KO) yKpf~oc;, -a , -o grizos =grey
(Expr. YEI.liOS TO = fill it up (motor)). rt~6Toc;, •.,, · 0 =
yAtvr1, TO ylendi 1. party, 2. merry making, rA£vrw
yematos = full, covered (with), loaded ylend6 = make merry (YMVII10·a). have a good lime,
=
ytvl6, 11 yenia (or ytvt6 yenea) generation, race enjoy or amuse oneself with food, music, dance
yt v&la, TO yenia = beard (acpr')vw ytve1a = grow a yAuK6c;, -16, -6 (or -u) ylik6s (glucose) = sweet. To
beard) yAuK6 ylika = pastries, confenctionary
y&VIK6c;, -" · -6 yenik6s :;:: general yAum11c;, o yliptis =sculptor. H yAumiK~ yliptiki =
ytvvafoc;, -a, -o yeneos = brave sculpture
ytvvw yen6 (genesis) = 1. give birth (to) , bear, lay yAwaaa, 11 yl6sa (glossary) = 1. tongue, 2. language,
eggs, 2. cause, engender (YEVVIlO-a). ytv1t~a1 3. sole (fish)
yenieme = be born (yevvf)S-nKa) yvw~11 . 11 yn6mi (physiognomy)= 1. opinion, 2. view
ytvoc;, To yenos = gender, race, genus. (Expr. ev yvwpi~w ynorizo = 1. know (yvwpLa-a), 2. recognize,
ytve1 = in genenal) 3. be or get acquainted with, 4. make known, 5.
y&p6c;, -"· -6 yer6s = 1. strong, sturdy, 2. healthy, Introduce (Na aac; yvwp(ow TTJV Kupla... let me
hale, 3. undamaged, whole. rcp6 yera (adv.) = introduce you Mrs...) H yvwo11 yn6si = knowledge,
strongly, hard, steadily (Kp6Ta yepa = hold steadily) learning. H yvwpiiJiO, ynorimia = acquaintance.
ytpoc;, o yeros (gerontology) = old man. H yp16 yria yvwar6c;, -" , -6 ynost6s (agnostic) = 1. known, 2. an
= old woman. rcpvw yern6 :;:: grow old (ytpao-a), acquaintance
(Expr. CS& ea yep6oe1 noTt = he (she, it) will never YOI1T£UTIK6c;, -"· -6 yoiteftik6s = charming. H
grow old) =
YOilT&ia, yoitia charm
y£u~a. To yevma = meal, luncheon. H ytuo11 yefsi :;:: youva, 11 yo6na = fur
taste, flavour. tasting =
youaro, To yo6sto 1. taste, 2. fun
=
ytcpupa, 11 yefira bridge ypo~~a . TO yrama (grammatical) = letter. To
ytwypacpia, 11 yeoyrafia = geography. (From Yl'l ypa~IJOTOKIIJWTIO yrammatokiv6tio = letter box. H
(earth) + ypacpw = write) ypa~IJOTIK~ yrammatiki = grammar
ytw~apia , I"J yeometria = geometry. (From Yl1 + ypa1J~OT60I"JIJO, TO yrammat6simo = stamp (YPOI.ll.lO
l.l&TPW = measure) =
+ ofu.la (semantics) sign)
Y'l. 11 yi (geography, apogee) = earth. r"1voc;, -11. -o ypa~~aTtac;, o and 11 yrammateas = secretary. H
yiinos= terrestrial ypa~~an:ia yrammatla = secretariat
v•a ya = for ypaiJ~"· 11 yrammi (grammophone) = line
v•ayl6, '1 yaya = grandmother ypocpw yrafo, (graph) = write (t-ypa~J.r- a) . rpacpo~a•
YIOOUpTI, TO yao6rti = yogurt yrafome = be written (yp6cpT-11KO). rpa~~tvoc;, -11, -o
179
yramenos = written. H ypacp~ yrafi = writting. Ayia = identity card), 3. bulletin, report (i5tA.t(o £ti5f)oewv
rpacp~ = Holy Bible. To ypacptlo yrafio = 1. bureau, = news bulletin)
office, 2. desk, 3. study ~t._.a , TO i5ema = 1. parcel, 2. bundle
ypacptiOKpaT(a, 11 yrafiokratia = burocracy, red tape ~tv~po, TO Mn<Sro (or ~tvrpo, i5endro
(ypa<ptlo + Kpatw (beurocrat) = hold) (rhododendron) = tree
ypacpo._.11xav~, 11 yrafomlxani = typerwriter (ypaq>w =
~tvw i5eno tie (up), bind, bandage (e-i5eo-a)
=
+ llllXOVI'l, (mechanics) machine) ~t~a... tvrj, 11 i5exameni = reservoir
ypqyopac;, -11, -o yriyoros (Gregorius) = quick. 6&~•6<:, -6 , -6 i5exi6s (dexter) = 1. right, 2. right-wing.
=
rpqyapa yrlyora (adv.) quickly H ~t~16 i5exia = the right-wing. At~la i5exia (adv.) =
=
yp16, '1 (or yp116) yria old woman to the right, on the right (i5t~l6 napaKaA.w = to the
yuaM, TO yalf = glass. Ta yuaA16 yalia = glasses, right please)
spectacles 6t~lci)OI1, 11 i5exiosi = reception
yu ...voc;, -~. ·6 yimn6s (gymnasium) = naked, bare. ~tp._.a, TO 6erma (dermatology) = 1. skin, 2. leather.
H yu... vaOTIK~ yimnastiki = gymnastics Atp._.6Tivoc;, ·fJ, -o i5ermatinos = of leather
yuvaiKa, '1 yineka (gynaecology) ;;:: 1. woman, 2. wife ~tpvw i5erno = beat (t-i5etp-a)
yupiz;w yirizo (gyrate) ;;:: 1. turn (yupto-a), 2. return, ~tano1vf~a. '1 i5espinii5a (or ~tano1vic; i5espinls) =
take back, 3. take or escort around (9a at yuplow Miss, young lady
0111 n6A.11 ;;:: I will take you around the city). 0 yupoc; ~tanOTFJc;, o i5esp6tis (despot) = 1. ruler. 2. bishop.
yiros (gyroscope) = 1. circle, circuit, circumference, ~tuT&poc;, ·11. ·O Mfteros (deuterium) ;;:: second. H
2. turn, 3. walk, stroll around AtuTtpa ISeftera = Monday (lit. the second). To
ywvia, '1 yonia (trigonometry) ;;:: 1. angle, 2. corner ~tuTtp6Atmo i5efter6iepto ;;:: second (of time)
~txo~o~a• Mxome = 1. receive, 2. accept (<SExr-'lKO)
~q9tv i519en (adv.) = 1. as if, 2. supposedly, 3. so-
called
~11Aa~q i5ilai5i = 1. that is, 2. namely
MKTuAo, To Mktilo (or MxruAo M)(tilo) ;;:: finger. ~FJAFJrqp•o, TO i5ilitirio (deleterious) = poison
AaKTuAoyp6cpoc; 6aktiloyrafos = typist (MKTuA.o + ~11Awvw i5i16no (or li11Aw) = declare (61'1Awo-a). H
yp6q>w = write) ~qAwofJ i5ilosi = 1. statement, 2. declaration
~avtlz;w 6anizo ;;:: lent (Mvtto-a). To Mvtlo 6fmio ;;:: ~r;...oc;, o <Simos (democracy) = municipality (in Anc.
loan. Aav1K6c;, - ~. -6 6anik6s (adj.) = lent. Ta = the people) . 0 ~q...apxoc: i5fmarxos = mayor. From
~avtiK6 6anika ;;:: money borrowed 6rn..toc; + apxl'l (monarchy) = authority. To i511...0PXtlo
~6oKaAoc;, o i5askalos = 1. teacher, 2. schoolmaster i5imarxio = town hall. AI1...0TIKOC:, -r;, -6 i5imotik6s =
(primary). H ~aoK6Aa i5askala = schoolm1lstress municipal. H ~111JOTIK~ i5imotiki = spoken language.
~6ooc;, ro i5asos = 1. forest, 2. wood. AaoiKOc;, -q, - A11._.6o1oc;, -a , -o i5im6sios = public (pertaining to
=
6 i5asik6s pertaining to the forest 61'1J..IO<;). A11._.6o1oc; un6AA11Aoc; = civil servant. To
~tfy._.a, TO i5iyma (paradigm) = 1. sample, specimen, ~'1._.6o1o(v) i5im6sio == the state, the public.
2. token, proof A•wooiwc; <Simosios or i5rw6ola ~im6sia (adv.) = in
=
~t1A6c;, -ri, -6 6il6s coward public
~tfnvo, TO i5ipno =dinner, super 611._.001tuw ~imosilwo = publish (i511J..IOO(t uo-a). H
~tfxvw <Sixno (Anc. ~tiKvuw <Siknio) = 1. show (t- ~rwooltuofJ i5imosiefsi = publication. 0
6tt~-a. 2. indicate, show how to do (with va) , point 611._.0o1oyp6cpoc; 6imosioyrafos = journalist
(at), 3. seem, appear (i5'1~J6oto<; + ypacpw = write)
~tKa 6eka (decade) = ten, (num.) H 6tKatTfa ~•wocp•Ar\c;, -~<:. -tc; ISimofilfs = popular (i5l'JJ..IOC: +
=
<Sekaetla decade. AtKaToc;, -11, -o i5ekatos tenth = <p(l.oc; (bibliophile) ;;:: friend)
AtKtiJJlp•oc;, o i5ekemvrios (or AtKt._.llP11c; ~16 ~la = 1. for (i5ta l3fou = for life), 2. because of, by
=
6ekemvris) December means of (i5ta TllC: l3fac:; = by force) . ~•a- = in
6t Ara, To 6elta (delta of Nile) = the letter A, 6 combined words denotes passing through (diagonal),
15tATio, To 6eltio =1.form, card (6tA:r(o TOUT6tT)ta<; separation (diaspora), intensification
180
~1al36~w i5iavazo = 1. read (i5ui~ao-a), 2. study 6taAt yw i5ialeyo = choose, select (i5t6At~·a)
~16j3ao11, 11 <Siavasi = 1. passage, 2. crossing, 3. pass 6t6At~'l. '1 i5ialexi = lecture (l5ta + M~11 (lexicon) =
(l5ta + ~6on = base). 0 ~taj36TrJ<; i5iavatis = passer- word)
by 6t6AtKToc;, 11 <Sialekt6s = dialect
~taj3~TI1<;. o i51avitis = diabetes lMAoyoc;, o i51c~loyos = dialogue (i5ta + Myoc:; =
~16j3oAoc;, o l5iavolos = devil. .tuapoAtK6<;, -~. -6 speech)
i5iavolik6s = diabolic, devilish 6taAuw i5ialio = 1. dissolve (i5ttAuo-a, ea i5taMo-w),
~t6yvworJ , '1 <Siaynosi = diagnosis (i5ta + yvwon = 2. break off, disband, liguidate (i5ta + Mw = loose).
knowledge) H 6t6Auo11 i5ialisi = 1. solution, 2. dissolution, 3.
~1ayp6cpw i5iay rafo = 1. trace, outline, describe dialysis
(l5teypaljl-a, ea l5tayp6ljl-w), 2. erase, cross out or off =
6ta1J6vn, To i5iamanti diamont
(l5ta + yp6q>w (graph) = write). To 6t6ypo1JIJO l5to1Jt pto1Ja, TO i5iamerisma = 1. appartment, flat, 2.
i5iayrama = diagram, plan region
~IOVWVIOIJO , TO i5iay6nisma (Or lSIOVWVIOIJO<;, 0 6to1JOV~ , '1 <Siamoni = 1. residence (place of), 2.
i5iayonism6s) = 1. competition (for award), 2. sojourn (i5ta + ~tvw = stay)
examination 6taVOJUJ, 11 i5ianoml = distribution
6ta~~AworJ , '1 i5ial511osl = demonstration (public) (i5ta 6tavvoou~o~tvoc;, o i5ianoo6menos = Intellectual (15ta
+ l5~AWOTJ = declaration) + vouc:; = mind, intellect)
6ta~f6w i5iai5115o = 1. spread a rumour (~ilei5wo-a, ea ~tavuKT&upeuol1 , 11 i5ianikterefsi = 1. spending the
l5ta<Swo-w). l1tal5f~trat OTt, l5ial5il5ete 6ti = it is night (at hotel etc.), 2. staying up or open all night
rumoured that. H l5t6l5oorJ i5iai5osi = rumour. (Expr. ~tantaTwvw l5iapist6no = 1. note {i5tanfOTwo-a), 2.
~11v aKolh&, &lv01 i5tai56o&t<; = don't listen, it's confirm. H 6tani<7TW<7rJ i5iapfstosi = confirmation
rumours) 6tapKw i5iark6 = last {l5t~PK'lO· a, ea l5tapKto-w) . H
~~a~uyto, To l5iaziyio = divorce 6t6pKtta <Siarkia = duration. l1tapK~c; . -r]c;, -t c;
6ta8t Tw i5iaeeto = 1. dispose, 2. have at one's i5iarkis = continuous permanent. l1tapKwc; l5iark6s
disposal (<Steeeo-a, ea l5taeeo-w) (1510 + 9CTW = put). (adv.) =continually, always
H l5t68t<711 l5iaeesi (diathesis) = 1. disposition, 6t6<7'11JOC:, -11, -o i5iasimos = famous (l5ta + ~~a
disposal, 2. mood, humour, 3. intension (Semantics) = sign)
6ta8~K11, 11 l5iaeiki =will (l5ta + e~K'l = receptable, 6taoKt6a~w l5iaskei5azo = amuse, entertain
box) (i5taoKt6ao-a), 2. enjoy oneself. H 6taoKt 6a<7rJ
=
6tatpw i5ier6 divide (i5ta(peo-a). H 6taipeo11 i5ieresi i5iaskel5asi = entertaiment, amusement
(diaeresiS) = division 6t6<7Tr11Ja, To i5iastlma = 1. space, 2. interval, 3.
6tafo811<711, 11 i5ieseisi = intuition (l5ta + a£oe110l1 distance
(anaesthesia) = sense) 6taT6~w i5iatazo = order, order about (l5ttTa~·a, ea
=
6iatTa, 11 i5feta diet i5taT6~-w) . IH lStaTay~ l5iatayf =order, command
6tatTI1T~<;. o i5ietitfs = 1. referee, 2. arbitrator 6tOTI1PW i5iatir6 = 1. keep, maintain, preserve
6taK6mw l5iak6pto = 1. interrupt, cut or break off, 3. (l5tcrrrlPllO·a), 6taTrJpoUIJOI l5iatiro6me = be kept,
suspend (i5ta + K6mw = cut) . H 6taKon~ <Siakopl remain intact {i5tOTTJp~e-.,Ka). lllOTTJPE:(TOL &KT6<;
(syncope) = interruption. Ot lStaKontc; l5iakopes = ljluye:iou psiyloo = is kept (remains intact) outside the
holidays, vacation. 0 6taK6mrJc; i5iak6ptis = refrigerator)
stopcock, switch, main tap 6taTI i5iati (or ytaTf yat~ = why (l5ta (= for) + Tt (=
=
6taK6ata <Siak6sia two hundred what)
6taKOOIJI10il, '1 i5iak6smlsi = decoration 6taTptl3r1, rJ l5iatrivf = thesis, treatise, diatribe
i5taKpfVW i5iakrino = 1. distinguish (i5leKplV·a, ea 6tacpav~c;. -~c; . -t c; l5iafanis = transparent, clear {i5ta
i5taKp(v-w), 2. make out, 3. see clearly (610 + Kp(vw = + q>a(vo~OL (phenomenon) = look, appear)
judge). H 6t6Kpt<7rJ i5iakrisi = distinction, 6tacpt pw <Siafero = be different (i5ta + q>epw = bear,
differentiation, discrimination. l1taKp1TtK6c;, -1], -6 bring) (i5e: i5taq>tpe:t oe: T(noTe: = is not different in
=
i5iakritik6s discreet any1hing). H 6tacpop6 i5iafora = difference.
181
.tu6cpopoc;, •.,, -o ~iaforos = 1. different, 2. dissimilar, lSi vw 6ino = 1. give (e6wo-o) grant, 2. offer (price), 3.
3. various, mixed (~16q>opa np6ytJaTa = various (or yield, produce
mixed) things). lleacpoptTIK6c;, -~ . -6 ~iaforetik6s = 1. 6foooc;, ll 6io<5os = 1. passage, 2. pass, 3. crossing
different, 2. dissimilar. fleacpoptTIK6 ~iaforetika (adv.) (610 + oMc; (eXodus) = street)
= otherwise, differently lSIOIKw 6iik6 = 1. administer (61oiK'lO-o), 2. govern, 3.
lSeacpruei~w ~iafimizo = advertize (~la<PtliJIO·a) (~la + command. H lSioiKilOil ~iikisi "" 1. administration, 2.
<PtliJ'l = fame). H lSeacp~IJIOil ~iafimisi = command, 3. governing body. 0 6IOIKI1T~<; ~iikitls =
advertizement- 1. commandant, 2. governor
l51acpwvw 6iafon6 = disagree (6taq>wvno-a) (6ta + 616Aou ~i61oo (adv.) = not at all {6ev exe:1 ~16Xou
q>wvt'J (symphony) = voice) tJuaM = he (she) has no brains) 6Awc; 616Aou =
l5el56oKaAoc; 6iMskalos (or l56oKaAoc; 6askalos) = completely
teacher lS1opyavwvw ~ioryan6no = organize. H 6eopy6vwo11
lS166oKw 6i6asko = teach (6i6a~-a) . H l51l5aoKaAia 6ioryimosi = the act of organizing
~i~askalia = teaching. llel5aKTtK6<;, -~ . -6 6i~aktik6s 6eop9wvw ~ior86no = 1. correct (~16p8wo-o,
= teaching, didactic. educative ~lopewe-nKo), 2. put right or straight. H l516p9wo.,
l5il5w 6i~o = see 6ivw =
6i6r8osi correcion, repair
61t8v~c;, -~c;. -tc; 6ie8nls = international (61a + 61opi~w 6iorlzo = appoint (~IWPTJO-a, ~top(OT-'lKa) .
=
tevoc; (ethnic) nation) 0 l5eopiOIJ6<; 6iorism6s = appointment
l5•t~ol5oc;, 11 6iexo6os = way out, issue, outlet (6ta + =
616T1 15i6ti because
t~o6oc; (exodus) = exit) 6inAa 15ipla (adv.) = by the side, near, next door.
6•tPIJI1Vt ac;, o 6iermineas (K = l>•tPIJilVtuc; =
llmAav6c;, -~. -6 15iplan6s near-by, next-door
6ierminefs) = interpreter 6mAa 6ipla (adv.) = twice as much. flmA6c;, -~ . -6
61tTfa, 11 6ietla = period of two years (<Suo + &Toe; = 15ipl6s = double. flmAOmoc;, -a, -o ~iplasios =
year) double, twice as big
61tU9uvw 6ieteino = 1. direct (<51'lU8'lV·a , 8a 6inAWIJO, TO <5iploma = 1. diploma. degree, 2.
61eueuv-w) , 2. administer, 3. stear, drive, pilot, 4. document certifying capacity, specially (~lnAWIJO
direct, address (letter, glance etc.) H l51tu9uvoll =
o6rw ou driving card)
6ieteinsi = 1. address (11 61eueuvcn1 oac;: your lSmAWIJOTfa, 11 <5iplomatla = 1. diplomacy, 2.
address?), 2. direction (n 61eueuv011: what artfulness (fam)
direction?), 3. managment, manager's office (nou lSmAWIJOTI'!<;. o 6iplomatis = 1. diplomat. 2. artful
dvm 11 61eueuv011: where is the manager's office?). 0 person
61tu8uvr~c; 6ieteintis = director, principal, manager. 6IO£KOTOIJIJUPIO, To <5isekatomirio = thousand
H lS1t u8uvrp1a 6ieteintria = lady director etc millions
l5111VOUIJOI 6iiyo6me = relate, tell (6111Ytl8·11KO). H lSioKo<;, o <Siskos = 1. disk, 2. tray, 3. gramophone-
lSI~YilOil 6iiyisi = narration, narrative. To lSI~VIliJO record
6ilyima = story, tale lSIOTOl;W 6istazo = hesitate (6(0TOO-O). 0 6IOTDVJ.16<;
61Ka~w ~ikazo = judge, try (~IK-ooo) . H 6iKrJ ~iki = 6istaym6s = hesitation
trial. H lSIKOIOOUVIl ~ikeoslni = justice. fliKalo<;, -11, - lSi)(TU, TO 6ixtY = net
o 61keos = 1. just, 2. right, 3. fair. To 6iKalo(v) =
lSixwc; <5ixos (prep.) = without. flixwc; aAAo without
<5ikeo(n) = justice, law, right. To lSiKeo 6ikio = right fail
(eXtl<; 61Klo = you are right) . 0 61 KOOT~<; 6ikastls = lSu"w <5ips6 = 1. be thirsty (6iq,ao-a), 2. thirst for. H
judge. To lSIKOOT~p•o <5ikastlrio = low-court. 0 lSf"'a ~ipsa = thirst
l5u<llv6poc; ~ikiy6ros = lawyer, solicitor, barister 6•wxvw 6i6xno = 1. send away (e~~w~-a. ~16X01K-a) ,
61KaeoAoyia,., ~ikeoloyla = 1. justification, 2. excuse 2. dismiss
(6tV &Xtl KatJ(O ~IKQIOAOy(o = he has no excuse) 66y1Ja, To 156yma = 1. dogma. 2. principle
61K6<;, -11, -6 ~ik6s (with the personal pronoun IJOU, OOKIIJO~w <5okimazo = 1. test, try on (6oK(IJOO-a,
oou etc.) = my, mine, my own 150KIIJ60T-T)KO), 2. taste, 3. attempt. H OOKIIJ~ 6okiml
lSiArJIJIJO , TO 611ima = dilemma = 1. trial, testing, 2. rehearsal, 3. fitting (of clothes)
182
&ywiarp•a eyolstna = egoist (f). 0 &ywla1J6c; &KaT6(v) ekat6(n) (hecatomb) = hundred. To1c; t KOT6
eyoism6s = egoism, pride, conceit = per cent (&KOT6 Tote; tKOT6 = hundred per cent).
tlSOfPO«;, TO e6afOS = 1. ground, SOil, 2. territory EKOTOIJIJUPIO(V) ekatomlrio(n) = million (tKOTO +
tlSpa, 'l e6ra (tetrah edraO = 1. seat, chair, 2. llUPlO (myriad) = 10,000)
headquarters, 3. facet tKl5fKI')OI1, 'l ek~lkisi = revenge, vengeance
tl5w eM (adv.) = here tK6f6w ok~i~o = issue, publish (t~-t~wo-a) (tK +
tevoc;, To eenos = nation. E9viK6c;, -rj,, -6 eenik6s ~(~w = give). 0 tKMTI')c; ek<56tis = publisher
(ethnic) = national. H t9VIK6TI')TO eenik6tita = &K6po1Jrj, 'l ek6roml =excursion, outing
nationality &Ktf ekl (adv.) = there
&ll5t1Jr1 i~e m i {adv.) = If not. otheiWise tKtfvoc;, -1'), -o eklnos = that {one), he
&ilSI')OI'), 'l l~isi = 1. notice, information, 2. news. 01 tK9tal'), 'l ek9esl = 1. exhibition, 2. report,
&ll5rja&•c; 1151sis = the news statement, 3. essay, 4. putting out, exposure (tK +
tll51K6c;, -rj, -6 i~ik6s = special, specific. 0 ti61K6c; ee011 (thesis) = position)
i~ik6s = specialist &KK&VTpiK6c;, -r1, -6 ekentrik6s = eccentric (tK +
t16ono1w i~op l6 = notify, intorm (t1~ono!rw-a, KtvtptK6c; = centraD
&l~onoul6-llKO) . H te6onofi')O'l ibopiisi = notification, &KKAI')afa, 'l ekllsia = church. EKKAI')OIOaTIK6c;, -r1, -6
notice eklisiastik6s = 1. ecclesiastical, 2. religious
&i6oc;, TO l~os = 1. sort, kind {Tl t i6oc; = what kind cKAtyw ekleyo (eclectic) = 1. choose, select (t~-e
of, an' 6Aa TO &(61') or 6Awv Twv t ll5wv = all kinds of), A£~-a . ea tKAey-w), 2. elect (tK + Myw = say). H
2. article, commodities, 3. species tKAoyr1 ekloyi = selection, choice. 01 tKAoytc;
teM.V.eo, TO i~ilio = idylle, 2. romance ekloyes = election(s). EKAtKT6c;, -r1, -6 eklekt6s =
tf6wAo, TO l~olo = idol, 2. image =
exceptional, select. EKA&KTIK6c;, -11, -6 eklektik6s 1.
teK6va, 'l ik6na (Icon) = 1. picture, image, 2. icon eclectic. 2. he who chooses only the best
tiKoae ikosi = twenty tKnal6tuw ekpe~evo = 1. educate, 2. train
tiAIKpevrjc;, -rjc;, -tc; ilikrinis = sincere, frank. H (& Knai~euo-a , tKnOl6t UT-I1KO). H £Knai6tual')
tiAIKpfvtla illkrlnia = sincerity, frankness ekpe6efsi = education, training
t•prjvl'), 'l irlni (lrene) = peace. Eepi')VIK6c;, -rj, -6 =
&KntiJnw ekpembo 1. emit, send out (t~-e-ntlli!J-a,
irinik6s = peaceful, pacific (ElPilVlK6c; WKtav6c; = ea tKne ~-tl!J- w) , 2. broadcast (tK + nt~-tnw = send). H
pacific ocean) &KnOIJnr1 ekpombi = broadcast, 2. emission
tepwvtfa, 'l ironla = Irony. E•pwvtuOIJCI ironevome tKnAI')I;I'), 'l ekplixi = surprise
... speak ironically to (tlpwvtUT-IlKO) = =
tKmwal'), 'l ekptosi (tK + m w011 fall) reduction,
tee; is (Anc + K prep.) = to, at. in (see also the rebate, discounts. 01 tKmwatl«; ekpt6sis = sales
modern equivalent at), (tlc; uyefa(v) = to your health) tKpl')l;l'), 'l ekrixi = 1. explosion, 2. out break, out
tea6yw isayo = 1. put in, 2. import, 3. introduce, 4. burst
bring in (t laf]yaya), (≤ + 6yw = lead). H t1aaywyrj =
tKTOKTO<;, · 1') , -0 ektaktos 1. temporary, not regular,
isayoyl = 1. introduction, admission, 2. Import (ation) 2. exceptional, special, 3. ecxellent (tK + TOKTtK6c;
&1aJJ6Aw isvalo = invade, burst in (t la-ef3aA-a) (tlc; + =
(tactical) regular)
I36Mw (balliStic) = throw) tKTtAw ektel6 = 1. execute, 2. perform, carry out. H
&IOITrjpiO, TO isitlrio = ticket &KTtAtall ektelesi = 1. execution, 2. performance, 3.
tfaol5oc;, 'l iso~os (episode) = 1. entrance, entry, 2. fulfilment
admission (t lc; + oMc; (exodus) = street) tKTIIJW ektim6 = 1. esteem, value (tKTfllllO-a), 2.
t eanp6KTopac;, o ispraktoras = 1.collector (of appraise, estimate (tK + TliJW (Timothy) = honour). H
moneys), 2. conductor (of vehicle) tKTiiJ'lO'l ektimisl = 1. esteem, 2. valuation, estimate
tfTt ite (adv.) = either ... or, whether .. or tKTO<; ekt6s (adv. and prep.) = 1. except, (tKT6c;
tK ek (t~ ex before vowels) prep. 1. from (origin), 2. aUTT')v = except her), 2. outside, out of (tKT6c;
of (composition), 3 out of, among, 4. denotes KtvMvou = out of danger), tKT6c; av = unless
manner, cause (tK vt ou =a new, t~ (aou = equally) tKTOTt ektote = from that time
tKOaTO«;, -1'), -o ekaS10S = each (one) tAaariKoc;, -rj, -6 elastik6s = elastic, flexible
184
&vwvw en6no = unite, join. H tvwo11 enosi = union &~w<pp&VIK6c;, -11, -6 exofrenik6s = 1. maddening,
&~6yw exay o = 1. take or bring out (irr. e~f]yay-a, ea mad, 2. incoceivable
&~ay-w), 2. export(£~+ ayw = lead) &opT~, 11 eorti = festival, holiday
&~6~&.\cpoc; exaiSelfos = cousin. H &~a~tAcpll exa<Selfi &n6yy&A1Ja, TO epangelma = profession, trade, calling
= counin (f) =
tna1voc;, o epenos 1. praise, 2. honourable mention
&~aip&a'l exeresi = 1. exception, 2. exemption, 3. &navaAa1JJl6vw epanalamvano 1. repeat
extraction. E~a•p&TIK6c; , -~ ,-6 exeretik6s (or (enavtAa~a. 9a enavaM~- w), 2. resume (em + av6
&~alp&Toc; , -11, -o exeretos) = exceptional, excellent + Ao~~6.vw = take). H &nav6AI1"''1 epanalipsi == 1.
&~aKoAouBw exakoloo96 = continue (e:~aKOAOU9J10· repetition, 2. resumption. Enav&IMI11Jtvwc;
a), (t~ + aKOAOU9W = follow) epanilimenos (adv.) = repeatedly
&~anaTw exapat6 = cheat, deceive (e~anem,o-a) &navaOTao.,, 11 epanastasi = revolution
&~apTWIJOI exart6me (v.i.) = depend (t~apT1')9·J1KO) . &n6vo~oc;, 11 epanoiSos = return (em + av6. + oi56c;
E~apT6Tal exartate == it depends (exodus) = street)
&~aocpaAil;w exasfalizo = assure, make certain of &navw epano = see anavw
(e:~ao<paAlO·a) , (&~ + ao<paAt~w = secure) &nopxio, 11 eparxia = 1. the provinces, 2.
&~acpavf~w exafanizo = make sidappear, (e~acpavlO· administrative region of Greece
a), 2. wipe out, eliminate. E~acpavf~OIJOI exafanizome tnauA11, 11 epavli = villa
= disappear (e:~acpav(OT-J1Ka) =
&naq>~\ , 11 epafi 1. touch, 2. contact
t~acpva exafna (adv.) = suddenly =
&n&fyov, TO epiy on urgent. Ent1y6VTwc; epiy6ndos
=
&~tA•~'l. 11 exelixi evolution, development = urgently
&~&Mnvi~w exelinizo = 1. hellenize, 2. transtorm or &n&l~~ epiiSi (conj) = because, since
translate into Greek • &n&IOOl510, TO episMio = 1. episode, 2. incedent, 3.
&~&Ta~w exetazo = examine, interrogate (e~ttao-a). scene, row
=
H &~tToon exetasi examination, interrogation tn&ITO epita (adv.) = 1. then, next, 2. after
&~rww exiy6 = explain, interpret (E~TJYJ10·a) cntre•oc;, 11 epetios =anniversary (en(+ ttoc; = year)
&~~C: exis (adv.) = we; &~~C: = as follows, &IC: TO &~~C: &nllp&6~w epireazo = 1. influence, 2. have (bad)
= from now on, Ta &~~C: = the following effect on (&nJ1peao-a)
t~o~oc;, 11 exoiSos (exodus) = 1. exit, way out, 2. &nf epi (prep.) = 1. towards, for (duration) (en( Mo
going out (&~ + oM<; = street) t'fll = for two years) , 2. on (with gen.), (en( tou
&~opKi~w exorkizo = 1. exorcise, (&~6pKto-a), 2. 9ej.iatoc; = on the subject), in the time of (en(
conjure i51']1JOKpo1'1oc; = in the time of democracy), 3. on the
&~ouofa, f1 exousla = power, authority occasion of (with dative) (tn( 1'11 &UKolp&(a = on the
&~ocpAw exofl6 = pay off (t~6cp>.J1o-a) occasion of)
&~ox~ . 11 exoxi = 1. cou ntry (side), 2. rural spot or cmp6Mw epivalo = inpose, inflict, dictate (tnt~aA-a,
resort. To &~OXIK6 exoxik6 = a house in the country =
Sa em~6A-W) (en( + 136Mw (ballistics) throw)
side (e~w + txw = have) &niy&loc;, -a, -o epiyios = earthly (en( + Yll
t~oxoc;, -11, -o exoxos = eminent, excellent. H (geography) = earth)
&~OXOTflTO exox6tita (or &~OXOT'lC: exox6tis) = &niypa~IJO epiyrama = epigram (en ( + yp6~1.Jo =
excellence. H auTou &~OX6T'1C: = his excellence letter)
t~unvoc;, •.,, -o exipnos = intelligent, smart (£!; + &mypacp~ epiyrafi (epigraphy) = 1. inscription , 2.
unvoc; (hypnosis) = sleep) . H &~unva~a exipna15a = shop-sign, 3. heading, title (of book) (enl + ypacpn =
cleverness writting)
t~w exo (exotic)= out, outside. an' t!;w = 1. from tnf~£1~'1. 11 epiiSixi = 1. display, 2. showing off
outside, 2. by heart. M(o Kl' e~w = in one go tnl6pao11, 11 epi6rasi = 1. effect, 2. influence (enl +
&~CtJT&piK6c;, -~. -6 exoterik6s = 1. exterior, 2. 6p601'] (drastic) = action, activity)
external, 3. foreign. To &~CtJT&piK6 = 1. abroad, 2. &nfB&OI'J, 11 epi9esi = attack (em + eto11 (thesis) :;;;;
foreign countries position). Em9&TIK6c;, -11. -6 epi9etik6s = aggressive,
&~CtJTIK6c;, -~. -6 exotik6s = exotic offensive
186
t n feao, To epieeto = 1. epithet, 2. surname tnoxr\, 11 epoxr = 1. epoch, era, age, 2. season, time
tm8twp'lO'l, 'l epi9e6risi = 1. inspection, 2. review (expr. Acpflvw &noxn = leave one's mark, cause a stir)
(&n( + eewpw (theory} = consider} tnwVUIJO, TO ep6nimo = surname (En( + 6vo~a
cm eu~w epi9im6 = desire, wish for (emeu~no-a} . (anonymous) = name
(Expr. oac: emeu~noa = 1 missed you). H cmeu~ ia t pyo(v}, TO eryo(n) (erg unit of work, energy) = 1.
epi9imia = desire piece of work, thing done, 2. book, play, film. To
tniKalpo~. -11, -o eptkeros = 1. timely, 2. well-placed t pya erya = operations (l>1']~60la epya = public
(&n( + Katp6c: = time} works) . Epy6~opa1 eryazome = 1. work (EpyaOT-
tmKfv~uvo~, -11, -o epikln~inos = dangerous (en! + llKa), 2. function. H t pyaoia eryasfa = 1. work,
K(V~UVOC: = danger} employment. 0 &pyOT'l<; eryatis = worker, workman,
t m KOIVWvia, 11 epikinonia = 1. communication, labourer. To cpyaA&io eryalio = lool, Implement.
contact (&ni + KOlvwv(a =society, community} EpyaTIK6c;, -~ . -6 eryattk6s = 1. industrious, 2. of or
tniKpaTw eptkrat6 = prevail, predominate for workers (11 &pyOTIKfl TO~ll = working class). To
(&mKp6tr)o-a}, (&n( + Kpmw (democrat) = hold} cpyoor601o eryostasio = factory. To tpyaor~p10
cn(Aoyo~, o epiloyos = 1. epilogue, 2. conclusion eryastfrio = 1. workshop, 2. laboratory
(&n( + Myoc: =speech} tpt8i~w ereelzo = irritate, excite (Ep£9lo-a)
&m~ tvw epimeno ;;; insist, persist (&ne~&lV-a, ea t p&uva, 'l erevna = research, investigation
&m~dv-w) , (En( + ~tvw = stay}. H tmpov~ epimoni tpi1J.IO<;, ., erlmos = 1. deserted, desolate, lonely
= insistence, persistence &PIJ'lVtuw erminevo = interpret, expound (EP~nv&uo-a) .
t mnAo, TO epiplo = piece of furniture. To t mnAa H &PIJ11Vtla erminia = interpretation, expounding
epipla = furniture cpuep6c;, -r\, -6 eri9r6s = red (Epu9p6c: l:Taup6<; =
tmn6Aa1o~, -a, -o eptp61eos = superficial red cross)
tmppo~, 'l epiroi = influence =
t pxoiJOI erxome (irr.) come (flp9a, ea &pew) (expr.
t n fo'lc; episis (adv.) = likewise, too, also =
Mou t pxETal va ... I feel a desire to ... )
tnfoK&q,'l, 'l episkepsi = visit t pwc;, 0 eras = love, passion. EpWTIK6c;, -~. -6
tmOT~J.I'l, 11 epistimi = science. EmOT'l~OVIK6~, -~ . -6 erotik6s = erotic. EpwT&UOIJOI erotevome = fall in
epistimonik6s = scientific love with (&pWT&U9-llKO)
t moroAr\, 11 epistoli (epistle) = letter (&)pcarrciJ (e}rot6 = 1. ask, question ((E)p<.lrrno-a), 2. ask a
cmorpt cpw epistrefo = 1. come back (&ntOTp&ljJ-a, question, 3. inquire. H ~ er6tisi = question, inquiry
ea EnlOTpeljJ-W), 2. give back (&n( + OTptcpw = turn). &OTIOT6plo(v), ro estiat6rio(n} = restaurant
H tmorpocpr\ epistrofi = return (&n ( + OTpocpfl tmw esto =SO be it. 'Eorw KOI = even
(apostrophe) = turning) t aw eso (adv.} = inside within. Eowrtpu~6c;, -r\, -6
tn rray~, 'l epitayl = 1. cheque, 2. order esoterik6s (esoteric} = 1. interior, Internal, 2. intrinsic,
=
tmTtAouc; epiteloos at last (&n( + Tt;>..oc: = end) 3. domestic (not foreign)
tniT'l6tc; epiti~es (adv.) = on purpose tra1ptfa , 'l eterla =company, firm, society
tmrpt nw epitrepo = permit (EntTpEijJ-a, ea t rtpo- etero- = denotes other, different
EmTpeljJ-w} (&mTptnETE; do you permit? may 1?). &Ttpoytv~c;, -~c;. -t~ eterogenis = heterogeneous
EmTpt n &TOI epitrepete = is allowed &Tolpa~w etimazo = prepare (ETo!~ao-a) .
t mrpon!l, 11 epitrop = 1. committee, 2. commission ETOIIJO~OIJOI etimazome = get ready (ETOl~OOT-I1KO) .
t mruxia, 11 epitixla = success (Eni + TU)(Tl = ' ETolpoc;, ·IJ, -o etimos (etymology} = ready. H
luck} . Emrux~c;. -~c;. -t c; epttixis = successful &TOIIJOAoyfa ettmologia = etymology, (tTOl~o +
=
tmcp6vtla, 'l epifania (epiphany) surface Myoc: = speech}
cmxtfprn•a, TO epixlrima =argument tro~. TO etos = year. ET~OIO<; , -a, -o etlsios = 1.
tntXdP'lO'l, 'l epixirisi = 1. enterprise, 2. operation (mil.) annual, 2. lasting one year
tn6~tvoc;, -11. -o ep6menos = next, following. T11v =
tro1 etsi (adv.) so (tl'Ol et;>..w = so I want), this, like
cnopt v11 epomlmi = on the next day. Eno~ tvwc; this (CTO\ TO 9£;>,.w = I want it like this) . 'ETO'l KOl £Ten
epomenos (adv.) = consequently =so and so. 'ETOl Kt' aAAl~ = in any case, one way
t noc;, TO epos = eptC poem or the other)
187
&U· ev- or et- = denotes well, pleasant, abundant, twc; eos (prep.) = until, up to, as far as, (time and place}
happiness
&UOI09110fa, ., eveseisla (anaesthesia) =
sensitiveness. EualoBI"'TOc;, ·1"1, -o eves9itos = Z, {
sensitive
a:uytvt1a, 11 evyenia = 1. politeness, courtesy, 2. ~axap., , 11 zaxari = sugar. To ~axaponAaordo(v)
nobility. Euy&VIK6c;, ·r\, -6 evyenik6s (eugenic) or zaxaroplastio(n) = confectioner's
wvtvr\c;, -tlc;. -tc; evyenls = 1. polite, courteous, 2. noble ~tOT.,, '1 zesti = heat (Expr. KOV£1 ~EOTil = it is hot}.
tuliaiJ.IOvfa, 11 ev6emonla = 1. eudemonism, 2. Z&orafvw zesteno = heat, warm, (~eOTav-a) .
felicity, 3. prosperity Z&orafvo~Ja• zestenome = feel or g et hot (~tOT69-
=
&utpytr.,c;, o everyetis benefactor =
11KO). Ztor6c;, · r\, -6 zest6s hot, w arm
&u9u1Joc;, • .,, -o ef9imos = merry, gay (tuy6pe,. To zevyari (Anc + K (cuyoc; zevyos} = pair,
tu9uv.,, 11 eteini = responsibility couple
tueuc; eteis (adv.) = immediately (r\A&ea, 11 zilia (jealous) = jealousy. ZI'JAtuw zilevo =
tupfoKw evrisko (see f3pfoKw) = find (&up.,Ka evrika 1. be jealous of (~r'JM:ljJ·a) , 2. envie
= eurica) =
(r\Aoc;, o zilos zeal
tupuc;, -tfa, -u evris = wide, broad, extended ('liJia, 11 zimya = damage, loss
Eupwn11, 11 evr6pi = Europe. Eupwnai"K6c;, -r\, -6 (r\TiliJO, TO zltima = matter, problem, question, issue
evropaik6s = European (Exp r. Efvm ~rli1"J ~O £6v .. = it is doubtful whether .. )
&uruxfa, 11 eftixia = 1. happiness, 2. good furtune (Eu ('lTW zit6 = demand (~rli1"JO-a} , 2. ask for, seek, look
+ iU)(I1 = fortune). Euruxr\c;, -r\c;, -tc; ettixis = 1. =
for. H (r\TilOil zltisi demand (for commodity)
happy, 2. fortunate, 3. lucky. (EUiuxtc; ;o vto tioc; = (1\TW zito = long live, hurrah for (~rlTW is the Anc.
happy New Year} imperative of the verb ~w = live)
tucpopfa, 11 eforia = 1. euphoria, 2. fruitfluness (ouyKAa, 11 zo6ngla = jungle
tucpur\c;, -r\c;, -tc; efiis = 1. intelligent, 2. witty. H (OUJ.If, TO zoomi = 1. broth, 2. juice
tucpufa efiia = intelligence (uyf(w ziylzo = 1.weigh (~uyto·a), 2. balance
tuxaptorw etxarist6 ( Eucharist} = 1. thank (uy6c;, ·r\, -6 ziy6s = even (Expr. ~ova ~uya = odd or
(EUXQP(OiT)o-a), 2. please gratify. EuxapiOTitJJOI even)
efxaristieme = be pleased, enjoy oneself (£U)(apton'J9· (w zo = 1. live (e·~J1 0·a), 2. live through, experience
nKa}. Eux6peoroc;, •.,, -o etxaristos = pleasant. (wypacpf(w zoyrafizo = paint, draw (~wyp6q>no·a), (~wn
Euxapiarwc; efxaristos (adv.) = with pleasure. H "" life + yp6<pW (graph) • write}. H (wypacpiKr\ zoyrafiki
wxapi<mJOJ1 etxaristisi = pleasure, satisfaction = painting (art of). 0 (wyp6cpoc; zoyrflfos = painter
cuxr\, 11 efxi = 1. wish, prayer, 2. blessing (wr\, '1 zol (azote} = 1. life, 2. livelihood, 3. vitality.
tcpapJ.IOYr\. 11 efarmoyl = 1. fit, fitting, 2. Zwvrav6c;, ·r\, -6 zondan6s= 1. living, alive, 2. vivid.
application,carrying out. Ecpap1J6(w efarm6zo = fit, ZWTIK6c,, ·r\, -6 zotik6s = vital. Zw11p6c;, -r\, -6 zoir6s
apply, put into effect (tq>ap ~oo-a) = 1. energetic, lively, 2. bright (of colour).
(a:)cptroc; (e}fetos (adv.) = this year. (E)cp&Ttev6c;, ·r\, (wv.,, '1 z6ni = 1. zone, 2. belt, girdle
=
-6 (e)fetin6s this year's (wo, TO z6o (zoology) = animal. ZwoAoyeK6c;, ·r\, ·6
=
tcptupcuo.,, 11 efevresi invention zooloyik6s = zoological {~wohoytK6<; Kr'Jno~ = zoo).
tq>'lJ.I&pflia, 11 efimeri6a (ephemeraO = newspaper 0 ~w6cpeAoc; zo6filos = fond of animals (~c.i>o + q>fAo~
=
tcponAeorr\c;, o efoplistis ship-owner (bibliophile} = friend)
tcpopda, 11 or ccpopfa eforla = 1. tax-office, 2. board
of governors
(t)xatc;, To (e}xees (adv.) = yesterday H, 17
txep6c;, o exer6s = enemy. Ex9p1K6c;, ·r\, -6
ex9nk6s = 1. hostile, 2. of the enemy llY&J.16vac;, o iyem6nas (Anc + K llV&J.IWV iyem6n) =
txw exo = have (Ei)(O, ea txw} (Expr. 1\ £xt;lc;; what is the sovereign, prince. H 'lYCJ.IOVfa iyemonia (hegemony}
matter with yoU? n6oo t)(£l Clllt6; hem much does this cost?) = sovereignty
188
llvtrnc;, o ryetis =leader (from &:yw (demagogue)= lead) eaAOIJI1Y6C:, 11 9alamiy6s = yacht
~611 i6i (adv.) = already =
96Aa(Joc;, o 9alamos room, chamber, ward
I191KI'I, 11 i9ikl = 1. ethics, morals, 2. morality. H91K6c;, eaAaaaa, 11 8alasa (thalassocrat) = sea
-~ . -6 i9ik6s = 1. ethical, moral, 2. virtuous. 'Heoc;, TO eavaToc;, 0 9anatos (thanatophobia) = death.
i9os "" 1. behavioural qualities, 2. character, nature, 0av60IIJOC:, -11, -o 9anasimos (euthanasia) = deadly
3. air, manner. To r\911 = habits, manners (Ta fl9ll Kat 9appoc;, TO 9aros = 1. courage, boldness, 2. liberty
TO t9qJa ev6c; kaou = the habits and the customs of (na(pvw TO 86ppoc; = I take the liberty)
a people). H8ono16c;, o (or 11) i8opi6s = actor, eauiJa, To eavma = miracle, marvel, wonder.
actress (1'19oc; + n 01w = make) 0aupa~w eavmazo = admire, wander at (80u1JOO-a).
=
11Aa::KTp1ap6c;, o ilektrism6s electricity. HAt:KTPIK6c;, 0 eaupaap6c; eavmasm6s = admiration.
=
·r\, -6 electric. To I1A&KTPIK6 ilektrik6 = electricity 00UJ.ICOIOC:, -a, -o 9avmasios = wonderful!,
supply. 0 11Aa::KTpoA6yoc; ilektrol6yos = electrician marvellous.
11Aa::KTpoV1K6c;, -~. -6 ilektronik6s = electronic eta, 11 eea (theology) = goddess (the feminine of
11Aie•oc;, o ili8ios = 1. idiotic, 2. an idiot ee:6c; = god}
11AIKia, 11 llikia = age {length of life) eta, 11 Sea (theater) = view, sight. To et apa 9eama
f1A•oc;, o llios (helium) = sun. HAiaK6c;, ·r\, -6 = solar. = spectacle, show. 0 ea::aT~c; 9eatis = spectator. To
H I'JAio9a::pana::ia ilio9erapia = sunbathing ((Jk1oc; + etaTpo 9eatro = theatre. <;)~QTI)!!<6c;, ·r\, -6 8eatrik6s
=
8epan£Ca therapy) = theatrical
(11)J.Itpa, 11 imera (ephemeral) = day. HIJ&p!la•oc;, -a, =
9tloc;, o Bios = uncle. H ea::ra eta aunt
-o imerisios = daily. To 11fJt:poA6ylo imerol6yio = 1. etAw 9elo = want, require, need (8£X11o-a). H
calendar, almanac, 2. diary etA'la'l 9e lisi = 1. will, volition, 2. will-power
11J.1t:poJ.111Via, 11 imerominla = date (lli.JEpa + 1.1r1vac; etpa, TO 8ema = 1. theme, subject, topic (To 8£1-10
=
(menopause) month) e:fva1 = the thing is)
f1ptpoc;, -11, -o imeros = 1. tame, gentile, peaceable, ea::6- 9e6- = in combined word denotes of God
2. domisticated 0t6c;, o 9e6s (theology, apotheosis) = god. 0t'i K6c;,
=
111.1•· imi- denotes half -r\, -6 9eik6s = divine. 0a::oAoyiK6c;, -1'1, -6 eeologik6s
l1fJ1Kpavfa, 11 imikrania = migraine (lli.JL+ KPQvio = skuiQ = theological
11fJiacpafplo, TO imisferio = hemisphere 0£0fJ!lTwp, 11 eeomltor = Mother o f God (9e:o +
111J•xp6v•o(v), TO imixr6nio(n) = half time (in games) =
llllTWP mother)
(111-lf + )(P6voc; (chronology) = time) 0&oT6Koc;, 11 eeot6kos = bearer of God (8e:o +
=
'Hnt•poc;, 11 lpiros 1. mainland, 2. continent =
T6KOC: birth)
flpqJia, 11 iremia = calm, quiet. 'Hpqx>c;, -rJ, -o lremos = 9a::panda, 11 eerapla = therapy, cure, treatment,
calm, quiet. ' Hpa::(Ja (adv.) lrema = calmly, quitly remedy
f1pwac;, o iroas (Anc. + K rlPWC: iros) = hero. etpp6c;, -r\, -6 9erm6s (thermometer) = 1. hot, warm,
Hpw1K6c;, -~. -6 iroik6s = heroic 2. warm, ardent. H etpfJOKpaafa 9ermokrasia =
11auxa~w isixazo = 1. make or g row calm or quiet temperature. H 9tppaval') 9ermansi = heating. 0
(llouxao-a), 2. rest, sleep, 3. be reassured. 'Hauxoc;, etp(Joar6T'l«; 9ermostatis = thermostat. To
·11. -o isixos = quiet, peaceful, free from worry (1.1e:fve: etpp6fJ£TPO 8erm6metro = thermometer
fJouxoc: = do not worry). H I"JJllxJO is(Xia = state of =
eta'l, 11 eesi (thesis) 1. position, place, situation,
quietness and calm. (HOU)((a napaKaAci> = quiet please) (6ev e:(vm oe 9£011 va... = he is not in a position to... ),
l'lxoc;, o ixos = sound. H 11XW 1x6 = echo. Hx11p6c;, - 2. post, employement (tX£1 Kak(J 8£011 = he has a
~ . -6 ixir6s= loud, resonant good post), 3. seat (oou Kpm6w 8£011 = I keep a
seat for you) , 4. room (available space) (EX£18£011 KOI
y1a otva = there Is room for you too), 5. class (of
e, e travel) (np<iml 9£011 napaKakw = first class please),
6. thesis
ea ea = particle introducing the future and the 9t Tw 9eto (epithet) = 1. put, set (t-9e:o-a), 2. impose
conditional form of verbs submit. 0£TIK6c;, ·r\, -6 9etik6s = positive
189
9&Wptfo, TO 9eorio = 1. gallery (press etc), 2. theatre J61aiTcpoc;, -1'), -o i61eteros = special, particular. 0
box 161ainpoc;, 11 161a1Ttpa = private secretary.
9&wpw 9eor6 = 1. consider, regard (9&<i.>pT)o-a), 2. l61a1T£pwc; i6ieteros (adv.) = 1. especially, 2.
submit for visa. H 9cwpda 9eoria = theory. privately
0&Wp'lnK6c;, -~. -6 9eoritik6s = theoretical. To f6ro i6io = prefix denoting one's own, self
9&WP'li.ID 9e6rima = theorem •lS•oKTf\TI"Jc;, -Tpla, ibioktit-is, -tria (f.) = 1. owner,
9~K'l, '1 9iki (thecal)= box, case, receptacle proprietor
9r\Au, TO 9ili = female. 011AuK6c;, -r\, -6 9ilik6s = 1. f6roc;, -a, -o 16ios = 1. one self, (&yw o f61o<; = I
feminine, 2. female myself), 2. same (f6to<; f..l& ... = the same as...)
811pfo, TO 9irio (panther) = wild beast. 01')plw6'1<;, - 161oouyKpaoia, 11 i6iosinkrasia = idiosyncrasy,
r\c;, -cc; 9iriMis = ferocious temperament
=
9'1oaup6c;, o 9isavr6s (thesaurus) treasure 1616T'1TO, '1 i6i6tita = 1. property, quality, peculiarity,
elaooc;, o 9iasos = theatrical company 2. capacity (function)
96puJ3oc;, o 96rivos = 1. noise, row, 2. sensation, llSfwJ.Ia, TO i<Sioma = idiom
fuss rl5fwc; i<Sios (adv.) = particularly, above all
eptcpw erefo (or Tptcpw trefo) (trophic) = nourish (t- Jl5JWTI')c;, o i6r6tis (idiot) = private citizen. ll5JWTIK6c;, -
9pt4J-a). H Tpocp~ trophi (atrophy) = food, =
r\, -6 i6iotik6s = private (l6lWTlK6 O)(Oll.tro private
nourishment. 0pcmJK6c;, - ~. -6 9reptik6s = school)
nourishing =
il5puJ.Ia, TO I<Srima institution, foundation
ep'loKda, '1 9riskia = religion rl5pwvw i6r6no = sweat (f6pwo-a). 0 16pwrac; i6r6tas
9piaJ.IJ3oc;, o 9riamvos = triumph. 0ploJ.IJ3&uw = sweat
=
9riamvevo triumph (9pt61JI3&uo-a) 1cp6c;, -r\, -6 ier6s (hieroglyphics) = holy, sacred. 0
9p6voc;, o 9r6nos = throne L&ptac; iereas (Anc. 1cpcuc; ierefs) = priest
euyaTtpa, '1 9iyatera = daughter l&poyAucplt<6, ra 1eroylifika = hieroglyphics
9UJ.1o, TO 91ma = victim 18aycvqc;, o i9ayenls = native. H •9aytv&lo i9ayenia
9UJ.If~w 9imizo = remind {SUIJLO-a) = nationality (by birth)
9UJ.161Jar 9imame (or 9u1JOUIJal 9imo6me) = JKov6c;, -r\, -6 ikan6s = 1. capable, competent , 2.
remember, recall (9u1Jfl9·T)Ka) sufficient, a fair amount of .. H 1Kov6T'1To ikan6tita =
9u1Jwvw 9im6no = make or get angry (9u1JWO·a). 0 competence, capability
9UJ.16c; 9im6s = anger 1Kavono1w ikanopi6 = satisfy, please (lKavonofT)o-a)
eupa, '1 9ira = door. 0 9upwp6c; 9iror6s = door (lKOV6<; + nOIW = make). H IKOVOnOf'lO'l ikanopiisi
keeper, hall-porter = satisfaction
euoia, '1 9isia = sacrifice fva ina (Anc.) = in order to (the ancient form of v•a va)
9wpaKac;, o 96rakas (Anc + K 9wpa~ thorax) = 1. lnnoc;, o ipos (Anc.) {hippopotamus) = horse. To
thorax, 2. breast-plate mmK6 ipik6 = cavalry. To mnol5p6J.IIO, ipo6r6mio =
hippodrome {fnnoc; + <Sp61JO<: = street). 01
mno6po1Ji&c; ipo<Sromies = horse race. 0
I, I mnon6To1Joc;, ipop6tamos = hippopotamus (fnnoc;
=
+ noTOIJ6<: river) . 0 mn6T'lc; ip6tis knight=
=
lavou6proc;, o ianooarros January 100- iso = prefix denoting equality, level, having the
laTp&io, TO iatrio = consulting room, surgery, same number of parts
doctor's office 106~•oc;, -a, -o isaxios = equal in worth or ability (lOO
IOTp6c;, o iatr6s (pediatrlcs) or y1aTp6c; yatr6s = + 6~10<; (axiom) = worthy)
doctor. H IOTPIKr\, iatriki = science of medicine. •o6p19J.Ioc;, ·'1, -o isarithmos = equal in number (foo<;
=
laTplt<6c;, -r\, -6 iatrik6s medical + apL91..16<; (arithmetic) = number)
=
16av1K6c;, -r\, -6 i6anik6s ideal I09J.16c;, o is9m6s = isthmus
=
16ta, '1 iMa idea io•oc;, -a, -o isios = 1. straight, 2. upright, 3. level, 4,
16fa 16ia (adv. K) = particularly, above all equal (to)
190
K6Tw kato (cathode) (adv.) = 1. down, below, 2. flow of traffic, 3 . activity (social, business etc).
underneath, 2. on the ground (Expr. enavw KCrrW = K1VI1T6c;, -r\, -6 kinitos {kinetic) = movable, mobile
approximately, avw KOTW = upside down, upset, =
(aUToK(VT')TO car, automobile). To t<fVI')Tpo kinitro =
KOTW TO x&pta = hands off, KOTW 0 n6Aei.IOC: = down motive
with the war, KOTW TOU IJ'10tv6c; = below zero) . KI6Aoc; ki61as (adv.) = already, as well
KaThm:poc;, - 11, -o = lower, inferior. Karwr aroc;, -11, - t<fTpJVoc;, -11, -o kltrinos = yellow, pale
o = lowest, minimum KAol5f, To klaoi = branch of tree
KOUT6<;, -~ , -6 kaft6s = burning, hot. KaUOTIK6<;, ·r\, • KAolw kleo (irr.) = 1. weep, 2. lament (t-t<Aaljl-a, ea
6 kafstik6s = caustic. KaUTI1PI6~w kaftiriazo = 1. KM\ji-W)
cauterize, 2. reprobate t<Aacro1K6c;, -r\, -6 klasik6s = classical
Kacpt c;, o kafes = coffee. To Kacptvtlo kafenlo = t<Atpw klevo = 1. steal, rob (e-Kll.tljl-a, ea t<Aeljl-w) , 2.
coffee-house, cafe cheat
t<tv6c;, -r\, -6 ken6s (cenotaph)= empty, vacant. To I<A&Il5f, TO klioi = key
t<tv6(v) ken6 (n) = vacuum, gap, empty place t<A&fvw klino = 1. close, shut (e-t<Attcr-a, ea t<At(cr-w),
t<tVTpo(v) kentro(n) = 1. centre (TTlh£cpwvtK6 Kevrpo 2. turn off (t<At(ot TO cpwc; = turn off the light, 3. stop
= telephone exchange), 2. place of entertaiment or up, block (t<At(vttc; Tl1 eta = you block the view), 4.
refreshment. KtVTplt<6c;, -~. -6 kentrik6s :;::; central book, be concluded or reached (et<Attoa et011 = I
K&pafa , 11 kerea = antenna booked a seat, et<Atto& 11ia ou1Jcpwvia = he reached
t<tp6o1, TO kerasi = cherry an agreement). KA&IOT6c;, -r\, -6 klist6s = closed,
t<tpauv6c;, o keravn6s = thunderbolt shut
t<&pl51~w kerolzo = earn, gain, win (Ktpoto-a). To t<AtcpT11<;, o kleftis (f. 11 t<At<pTpa kleftra) = thief. See
t<&pl5oc; keroos = gain, profit t<Atf3w
Ktpf, TO kerl = wax, candle KAI1POVOj.IW klironom6 = inherit (KA'lPOV61J'lO-a). H
K&pvw kern6 = treat (Kepao-a) KAI1POV01.116 klironomia = inheritance, heritage. 0
t<tcp6Aa1o, ro kefaleo = 1. capital, 2 . fund, 3. chapter. t<A11pov61.1oc; kliron6mos = heir. 0 KAr\poc; kliros =
H K&cpaAmoKpaTfa kefalokratia = capitalism (clerical) 1. lot, portion, 2. fate, destiny, 3. clergy
K&cpaAafo, To kefaleo = capital letter t<AfiJO, To klima = climate. 0 KAII.IOTIO'IJ6c;
K&cp6A•, TO kefali (Anc. 11 t<tcpoM kefali) = head. Enf klimatism6s = air-conditioning
K&cpaA~c; = in charge t<Afvl'), 11 klini (clinic) = bed. KAIVIK6c;, -r\, -6 klinikos
Ktqu, To kefi = good mood, gaiety (Expr. Kavtt TO = clinical. H t<AIVII<~ kliniki = clinic, nursing house
Kt <pl tou = he does as he pleases) t<Afvw klino = 1. lean, bend, bow, 2. tend (towards),
KI1Zi&la, 11 kioia = funeral 3. inflect (gram.). H t<AfcrfJ klisi = 1. bending,
K~noc;, o kipos = garden inclination, slope, 2. tendency, 3 . declension (gram).
=
K16A1o, To kialia binoculars t<Aonr\, 11 klopi = theft. See KAti3w
=
t<IPWTIO, TO kiv6tio large box (Ktf3c.imo TOXIJT11Twv = t<AwOTr\, 11 klosli = thread
gear box) K6pw k6vo = 1. cut (up or out) (t-Koljl-a , ea K61jJ-w),
=
KIA6, TO kil6 = kilogram. From XfAIO thousand 2. pick (flower), 3. break off (relations), 4. bar (way,
t<lvl5uvcuw kinoinevo = be in danger, risk, endager view), 5. take away (appetite), 6. give up (smoking
(Ktv6Uvtljl-a or Ktvouvtuo-a) . 0 Kfvl5uvoc; kinoinos = etc), 7. turn (direction). (Expr. K6(3w To 1JaAt6 1.10u =
danger, risk. Emt<fvl5uvoc;, • .,, -o epikinoinos = get my hair cut, K6(3w ttorn'lpto = issue or take ticket,
dangerous, risky IJOU K6n'lKOV TO y6VOTO = I felt stunned, TOU K6(3tl l'O
K1vt~oc;, o kinezos (f. 11 K1v&~o kineza) = Chinese =
Kt<p6At TOU he iS intelligent, OSV TOU KO\jlt = it did
K1vt~1KO kinll?ika = Chinese language (Expr. aUTa not occur to him) .
&(vat Ktv&~t Ka yta 1.1&va = this is unintelligible to me. Ko1A16, 11 kilia (coeliac) = belly
The Greek expression for "it's all Greek to me") t<ofAoc;, -11, -o kilos = hollow, concave. H KOIA6TI}TO
t<IVI')IJOToyp6cpoc;, o kini matoyrafos = cinema =
kil6tita hollowness
t<IVw kin6 = set in movem ent, move {tdv11cr-a). H t<OIIJ6I.IOI kimame or KOIIJOUIJOI kimo6me (cemetary)
t<fvi')Oil kinisi (kinesitherapy) = 1. movement, motion. = sleep, go to bed
194
A6~nw lambo = shine (e-AOI-IliJ-o). H Aa~na lamba = A&m6c;, -~ . -6 lept6s (leptosome) = 1. thin, slim,
lamp. 1\a~npoc;, -~ . -6 lambr6s = bright, brilliant. lean, 2. fine, 3. delicate, fragile, 4. refined, well-
l\a~np6 lambra (adv.) (or Aa!Jnpwc;) = admirably, mattered, 5. subtle
brilliantly, splendidly Atpwvw ler6no = make dirty (Mpwo-o). 1\tpwVOJ.IOI
Aa6c;, o la6s (laic) = 1. people (nation, body of ler6nome = get oneself dirty ()..epwe-'lKO)
citizen), 2. common people, populace. l\a'i K6<;, -~. -6 =
At ax11. 11 1esxi club (institution)
laik6s = of the people, popular. H Aaoypacpfa A&uK6c;, -~. -6 lefk6s (leucocyte) = 1. white, 2. pure
=
laoyrafia = folklore. l\aoypacp1K6<;, -~. -6 folkloric (fig)
A6puyyac;, o laringas (Anc + K Aapuy~ larinx) = AwT&pla , 11 1etterya (Anc + K £A&u9tpfo elef9eria) =
larynx, throat freedom
'-601111, 11 1aspi = mud A&cpT6, To letta (or A&m6 1epta) = money
A6anxo, TO lastixo (elastic) = 1. rubber, rubber band, A&wcpop&io, TO leoforio = bus. H Atwcp6poc; leof6ros
2. tyre, 3 . elastic, 4. hose = avenue, boulevard
AoTpt uw latrevo = adore, worship (MTptljJ-o). H A~~11 . 11 lixi (Anc + K A~~·c; lixis) = 1. cessation, 2.end
AaTptla latria = adoration, worship. l\aTptuT6c;, -~ . - (of an event) , 3. expiry
6 latreft6s = adored AI10"T~<;. o listis = robber, brigand. H AI10"Td o listia =
Mxavo, TO laxano = cabbage. 1\oxovonwAdo, TO robbery
laxanopolio = greengrocer's A~liJI1, 11 lipsi (Anc + K MliJ•c; lipsis) = 1. receipt
Aoxtfo, To laxio = 1. lottery, 2. (fig) stroke of luck (act), 2 reception
At(y)w le(y)o (irr) (lecture) = 1. say, tell (E:ln o, exw ntt, =
AloK66a, 11 1iakal5a sunshining wheather
ea nw, imp. nee:;, neOT£ or n£1T£). 1\t yoJJa• leyome = =
Alav lian (adv.) very, too
be called (Expr. Tt A£<; (or Ttlli&) = fancy that, nou A£<; Aiyo liyo (adv.) (Anc + K oAfyov oliyon) = little, M.yo-
= well (resumptive), A£<; Kat = as if, A£<; vo.. = could it Aiyo = little by little, Afyo noM = more or less, ot
=
be that, Mw vo ... I have in mind to, 6£ Mtt va ... it = Aiyo = shortly, nop6 M.yo nearly =
shows no sign of , 6t I-IOU MTt = a phrase indroducing Alyoc;, -11, -o liyos (Anc + K oAfyoc; oligarchy) = 1.
inquiry something like the English tell me, ~£ My£Tot = small in amount, 2. little, 3. Few. Aly6T&poc;, -11, -o
Is beyond description, Tl ea net aUTo; = what does that =
liy6teros less, least (the comparative of )..(yoc:;)
mean? No oou nw = let me tell you. listen, look here, Af9oc;, o 11eos Qithograph) = stone. 1\fB•voc;, -11, -o
nwc:; ot Mve; = what do they call you?) li9inos = of stone. H A1Boypacpfa li9oyrafia = lithography
Atfoc;, -o , -o lios = smooth AIIJclVI, TO limani (Anc + K AIIJ ~V, 0 limin) = port,
Ad nw lipo = 1. be absent or away (e-AttljJ-o), 2. be =
harbour. I\IIJ£VIK6c;, -~. -6 of port or harbour
missing or lacking, 3. run out, be short (Expr. 1-10<; =
AIIJVI"J, 11 limni lake
Adntt<; = we missed you, 1-10<; tAttljJ£ vep6 = we A1oVT6p1, TO liondari (Anc + K At wv, o lean) lion =
were short of water) Alnoc;, TO Hpos (lipase) = 1. fat, grease, 2. lard.
At iToupyw litoory6 (liturgy) = function, work l\mop6c;, -1\, -6 lipar6s = greasy
(AtlTOUPYllO·O). H A&ITOUpyia litooryia = 1. function , Aipa, 11 lira = sovereign, pound
functioning, 2. liturgy AIT6c;, -1\, -6 lit6s = 1. frugal, 2. plain, simple. H
Atlwvw li6no = 1. melt, dissolve, 2. wear out, exhaust AIT6TI1TO lit6tita = 1. flugality, 2. simplicity
A&K6VI1, 11 lekani = 1. basin, 2. lavaroty-pan Aoyop16~w loyaryazo = 1.count up ()..oy6ptao-a), 2.
A&IJOVI, TO lem6ni = lemon. H At~ov6 6o lemonal5a = regard
lemonade AoyopiOOJ.16c;, o loyaryasm6s = 1. bill, 2. calculation,
At~11 . 11 h~xi (Anc + K 11 At~•c; lexis) Qexicon) = word . 3. account
To At~IKO lexik6 = lexicon , dictionary. To Ac~1A6y1o AoyiKr\, 11 loy ikl = 1. logic, 2. w ay of thinking.
lex1l6yio = vocabulary l\oy1K6<;, -1\, -6 1oy ik6s = 1. logical, 2. reasonable, 3.
Atm6, To lepta (or A&cpTa letta) money = rational
A&m 6, TO lept6 = minute AoyiOTIKr\, 11 1oyistiki Qogistics) = accounlancy, book
A&mOIJCP&•a, 11 leptomena = detail. 1\cmo~&p~c;. - keeping. 0 AoyiOT-1\c;, -p1o loyist-is, -ria = 1.
~c;, -tc; leptomeris = detailed accountant, book-keeper, 2. purser
197
A6yo~ , o 16yos (dialogue, logorrhoea) = 1. word, 2. ~6yKac;, o mangas = 1. clever fellow, 2. sharper, spir
speech, 3. reason, (Expr. Myw Tlf.ltlC: = word of JJOVV~TI'Jc;, o maynltis = magnet. Mayvi'JT6cpwvo, TO
honour, 6~toc; M you = worthy of note, Myou x6p1v maynit6fono = tape-recorder (From f.IOYVJiTI'JC: +
= for example, n ou Me1 o Myoc; = In a manner of <pwvn (microphone) = voice)
speaking). To A6y1o 16ya (exists only in plural) = ~o~tuw mazevo = 1. gather, collect (1J6~elJI -a) , 2.
words, sayings pick up, 3. shrink (of cloth) . Ma~tuo~OI mazcvomc =
AoyoTi XVrJc;, o loyotexnis = 1. man of letters, 2. writer 1. assemble (IJO~E:UT·llKO), 2. crouch, nestle, 3. seltle
(from Myoc; + Ttxvn = art). H Aoyon:xvio loyotexnia down, (Expr. IJO~eueTat vwplc; = he goes home early)
= literature JJa~r mazi = 1. together, 2. with, dva t IJO~( f.IOC:= he
Aomov lip6n = well, so is with us (on our side), f.IO~( f.IE: =with
Ao~6c; , -~ . -6 lox6s = oblique, at an angle JJO~a. 11 maza = mass. Ma~tKoc;, -~. -6 = of the
Aou~w lo6zo (Anc + K Aouw lo6o) = wash (body, hair) masses, in mass (IJO~tKJi n apaywyr1 = mass
(t-Xouo-a) . .1\ou~o~a• lo6zome = have a bath, wash production)
one's hair (XouO'T-llKO). To Aourp6 lootr6 = 1. bath, 2. JJ081'JJJO, TO ma9ima (mathematics) = lesson. 0
bathroom, To Aourp6 lootra =spa, mineral springs JJ081'JT~c; ma9itis, 11 1J08~rp•a ma9itna (f) = 1. pupil,
Aoxoc;, o 16xos = company (military unit). 0 Aoxoyoc; schoolboy, 2. disciple. Ma8afvw ma9eno = 1. learn,
loxay6s = captain (military). 0 Aoxlac; loxias = (i· f.I09-a), 2. become aware, 3. teach
sergeant JJ081'JIJOTIK6, Ta ma9imatika = mathematics.
Auyf~w liyizo = bend (Myto-a) Mo81'J~OTIK6c;, -~ . -6 ma9imatik6s = mathematical. 0
AuKtto, TO likio (lyceum) = secondary school ~08rJ~OTIK6c; ma9imatik6s = a mathematician
AuKoc;, o likos = wolf. To AuK6aKuAo lik6skilo = M61oc;, o maios (or M611<; mais) May =
german shepard (XuKoc; + OKuXoc; = dog) JJOK6plo<; -a, -o makanos (macarism) = 1. blessed,
Auvw lino (Anc + K Auw lio) = 1. untie, set free (t- 2. blissful, serene. MaKap• makari = would that
Xuo-a), 2. solve, dissolve, terminate. H AuarJ list (Anc ~aKap6v1a , TO makar6nia = macaroni
+ K Aua1c; lisis (lysis, analysis) = 1. solution, answer ~aKpo- makro- = denotes length
2. solving, settling, 3. termination, dissolution (of ~aKpolvw makreno (or ~aKpuvw makrino) = 1.
partnership) lengthen, extend, 2. grow longer or taller, 3. drag on
Auni'J, 11 lipi = sorrow, regret, grief. .l\un6~o1 lipame ~aKpl6 makria = far, afar. MaKp1v6c;, -~. -6 makrin6s
(or Aunou~t lipo6me) = regret, be sorry (for) (Xun(J9- = distant, far-off (IJOKptv6c; ouyyev!lc; = distant
11KO), (Expr. Xun61JOl noM = I am very sorry) . relative)
.1\un.,~tvoc;, ·I'J, -o lipimenos = being in sorrow, sad =
IJ6Kpoc;, TO makros langth. MaKp6c;, -6, -6 makr6s
Auwvw li6no = see X1wvw (or ~aKpuc; , -16, -u makris) = long
~aAaK6<;, -~ . (or -16), -6 malak6s = 1. soft, 2. mild
~6A1ara malista = 1. indeed, 2. yes, 3. even, 4.
M, ll especially
~alll, To mall = wool. M6A1voc;, -11, -o malinos =
~a ma = 1. by (particle with ace, IJO TO 9e6 =by woolen
God), 2. but (f.IO 6ev txw AE:qn6 = but i have no ~oll16 , TO malia = hair (of head)
money) ~6llov malon = 1. rather, 2. to some extent
~oyo~f, TO mayazi = shop ~o~6 , 11 mama = mother
~oyttptuw mayirevo = cook, prepare food ~ova, 11 mana = mother
(IJayeCpelJI-a} . 0 ~6yt1poc; mayiros or ~6yttpac; ~ov6j31"Jc:;, 0 manavis = green grocer
mayiras, 11 J,Jaytip•ao mayirisa (f) = cook IJOVia, 11 mania (clepto mania) = 1. passion (txet
Moy1K6c;, -~. -6 = magic, magical. Maytuw mayevo = IJOV(a f.IE:... = he is mad on .. ), 2. mania. 3. rage.
enchant, charm, bewitch (1J6yelJI-a). 0 ~6yoc; mayos, MavlaK6<;, -~. -6 maniak6s = maniac. Mav1 W61'J~, -
11 JJOVIOOO mayisa (f) = magician. Moy&UTIK6c;, -~, -6 1')<;, -tc:; mani66is = passionately addicted
mayeftik6s = enchanting, delightful =
IJOVIKI, TO maniki sleeve
JJOVIO, TO may6 = bathing-dress JJOvrapfvl, TO mandanni = tangerine
198
~avT£uw mantevo = guess, divine (~6VTEljJ- a) . H large, big, 3 . long (duration), 4. grown-up, elder.
~avrtla =
mandia 1. prophecy, oracle, 2. divination Mtytaroc;, -11, -o meyistos = greatest, largest
~avr~A1, To mandlli = handkerchief (superlative of 1Jtyoc;). MtyaAwvw meyal6no = 1.
~6vrpa , ., mandra =fence, wall enlarge, make biger (lltY6Awo-o), 2. bring up
~a~•Aap1 , TO maxilari = pillow, cushion (Children), 3. grow in size, 4. grow-up
=
IJOpayK6c;, o marang6s carpenter =
1Jty6cpwvo meyafono megaphone
~apyap1Tap1 , TO maryaritari =
pearl JJtyt9oc;, TO meye80S = size, extent
~6pK0 1 1l marka = brand, trade-mark IJt~tc;, o mezes = 1. bit of food as appetizer, 2. hors-
~apJJapo, To marmaro = marble d 'oeuvre
JJOPIJtA6~a. 11 marmelaiSa =
jam, marmalade 1Jt9aup10, TO me8avrio = the day after tomorrow
M6pT1oc;, o martios (or M6pr11c; martis) March = JJt9o~oc;, 11 me8ol5os = 1. method, 2. hand-book.
IJOprupw martir6 (martyrdom) = 1. indicate Mt9o~IK6c;, -~. -6 = 1. methodical, 2. orderly
(~opTupTJo-o) , 2. inform against, 3. give evidence, =
1Jt6w me66 get drunk (1Jt8uo-o). Mt9uaJJt voc;, -11,
testify, 4. suffer martyrdom. 0 IJOpTuc; martts = 1. -a = drunk
martyr, 2. witness. To IJOpruplo martlno = 1. JJ£fov mion (adv.) = 1. minus, 2. less. Mt1wvw mi6no
martryrdom, 2. torment, 3. token = reduce, lessen, downgrade (J.J.t(wo-a). To
IJOOKa, 11 maska = mask =
IJ&IovtKTI')IJO m1onektima disantvantage, draw back
=
1J00')(6Ail, 11 masxali armpit, arm-hole IJ&AavxoAia, 11 melanxolla (melancholy) sadness=
IJOOW mas6 = 1. chew (IJCOTJO-o), 2. eat IJ&Aaxpo•v6c;, -~ . -6 melaxrin6s = 1. dark-
IJOTOIO<;, •.,, -o mateos = vain, fruitless. MaTOIWVW complexioned, 2. brunette
mateono = 1. cancel, (IJOTOiwo-o). 2. prevent. tJtAtl meli (inpersonal verb accomraried by the J.J.t,
MaTOIWVOIJOI mate6nome =be canceled, be ot, Tov, etc) = care about it, mind (15£ ).Jt J.JtA.tt = I
prevented (IJOTOIW6-TJKO) (11 mf}OT] IJOTOlWSr)K£ the = don't care about it)
flight was canceled) IJtAtrw melet6 = 1. study (!ltMTTJo-a) , 2.
=
IJOTI, TO mati = eye (Expr. auy6 IJCTIO fried eggs, contemplate, have in mind. H IJtAt T'l meleti ;;;;: 1.
l36~w OTO IJCTt = set one's heart on, KAtfvw TO IJCTl = study, 2. plan, design (for building etc), 3. treatise
wink, K6vw OTpo~6 IJ6Tta =
pretend not to see, y to =
tJtAI, TO meli honey
TO IJCTto TOU K60IJOU =
for appearance's sake, TO f.I£AIT~6va , 11 melitzana = egg-plant , anbergine
IJCTlo oou Ttootpo = keep your eyes skinned). tJtAAov, TO melon = future. MtAAOVTIK6c;, -~. -6
=
MaTJ6, 11 matia glance, look =
melondik6s of the future
1Joupoc;, • .,, -a mavros = 1. black, 2. dark, 3. negro. 1JtA6~pOIJO , ro mel6drama = melodrama, opera
Maupl~w mavrizo =1. darken (IJOUpto-a), 2. become =
IJt.\Oc;, TO melos 1. member, 2. limb
brown or dark, 3. vote against IJtAw~fa , 11 meloiSia = 1. melody, 2. tune
IJOXOipl, TO maxeri = knife =
pt1JPp6vl1, 11 memvrani membrane
=
IJOXfl, 11 maxi battle ptv men (coni) = on the one hand
IJt me = 1. with (in company of), 2. with, by (means, ptvw meno = 1. stay, remain (t-IJttv-o), 2. live,
instrument, method: IJE 15UVOIJI1 = by force, IJE reside (nou J.JtVttt; = where do you live?)
aUToKiVr)TO = by car), 3. with, by, at (manner, rate, 1Jtpa, 11 mera (Anc + K I")IJtpa imera (ephemeral) =
measure, price: IJE n Tp6no; = by which manner?, ).Jt day
TTJV wpa = by the hour, ).J£ Tl TliJ~ = at what price, IJE ~J tpoc;, TO meros (polymerism) = 1. part (t va J.J.tpoc;
Tl TOXUTTJTO = at what speed). 4. in (time: IJE Mo TOu ~~~Mou = a part of the book), 2. place (T)ouxo
XP6vta = in two years, iJ£ TTJ oetp6 = In turn) , 5. in IJtpoc; = quite place) . Mtp1K6c;, -~ . · 6 merik6s "" 1.
regard to (oxtnK6 IJE = regarding, OU!Jcpwvo ).Jt = partial, not complete, 2. particular (not general). In the
according to, ytA.w J.J.' oUT6 =
I laugh at it, (15to ).Jt To plural (J.JtptKo(, -tc;, -6) it has the meaning of some, a
6Mo = same as the other) certain number of, certain (IJtptKtc; cpoptc; = some
1Jty6Ao- meyalcr = denotes great, large time). H IJ&pf~a meriiSa = 1. portion, 2. ration
1Jty6Aoc;, -11, -a meyalos (megalomania) (Anc + K J.~taa mesa = 1. inside, within, 2. indoors. Mtaa at
JJtyac; meyas (megaphone) =
1. great, grand, 2. = in, into,inside
199
~tKp6jJro, To mikr6vio = microbe (1JtKp6 + 13foc: xwp6c; = there is hardly room for you)
(biog raphy) = life) =
IJOA.ov6Tt molon6ti although
1JtKp6c;, -~ . -6 mikr6s (microphone) = 1. small, little, 1J6A.upooc;, o m61ivC5os = lead (metal). AIJ6A.ui3C5'1
2. short (duration), 3. young, younger. MtKpalvw j3e:v~(Vf1 = unleaded petrol. To IJOAUJ!t, molivt =
mikreno or ~tKpuvw mlkrlno = diminish, make or pencil
become shorter or smaller (IJ(Kpuv-o) ~oA.Uvw molino = infect, contaminate. H 1J6A.uvo11
~tKpoaK6nro, TO mikrosk6pio = microscope (1JtKp6 m61insi = infection, contamination
+ OKOn6c; = target). MtKpoOKOntK6c;, -~ , -6 ~ovMa, 11 monae5a (Anc. + K IJOv6c; monas) = 1.
=
mikroskopik6s mim ute, microscopic unit, 2. monad
~tKp6cpwvo, To mikr6fono = microphone (1JlKp6 + IJOV6PXI1C:. o monarxis = monarch (IJOVO + apxtl
<pwvt'! = voice) authority). H ~ovopxio monarxia = monarchy
~tKT6c;, -~ . -6 mikt6s = mixed 1Jov6xoc;, ·11, -o monaxos (or 1JOvax6c; monax6s) =
~fA.t(ov) , TO mili(on) = mile 1. alone, 2. only. 0 1JOvax6c; monax6s = monk
1.11.\w mil6 (Anc + K o~rAw omil6) = speak (t.~rArw-o) . IJOVOXtK6c;, -~ . -6 monaxik6s = 1. monastic, 2.
H o~rA.ia omilia = 1. speech, 2. faculty or manner of standing alone, isolated, 3. to oneself (unshared)
speech, 3. talk. H ~tA.t6 milia = manner of speech (IJOVOXtK6 ~WIJOTIO = a room of one's own)
~~~oc;, o mimos = mimic. H 1J(IJI1011 mlmisr = IJOVOOT~pl, TO monastiri (or 11 IJOV~ mono =
immitation. MtiJOUIJOt mimo6me = 1. immitate monastery
(IJ11Jtl9-f1KO), 2. copy. 1J6Vt~oc; , ·11, -o m6nimos = permanent
~to86c; , o mis96s = wages, salary. 0 1JI08ocp6poc; =
IJOVO· mono- prefix denoting alone, single
mis9of6ros = mercenary (1Jl096c; + <ptpw = bring) 1J6vo m6no (adv.) = only. M6vo nou = except that,
~106- mis{). = denotes half ~6vo va .. = provided that...
~1o6c; , -~ . -6 mis6s = 1. half, 2. uncompleted. ITa 1JOV6ypa1JIJO, TO mon6yrama = monogram (IJOVO +
IJI06 misa = 1. In the middle, 2. half-way YPOIJIJO = letter)
~1aw mis6 (misanthropic) = hate (IJ(Of1o-a). To ~ fooc: ~ovoypacpfa, '1 monografia = monograph (llOVO +
misos = hate , hatred. 0 ~1a6v8pwnoc; misaneropos ypo<pt'! = writting)
= misanthropic 1JOV6~po1Joc;, o mon6c5romos = one-way street
IJV~IJO , TO mnima = grave, tomb (llovo + C5p61lOC: (aerodrome) = street)
1JVI11Jdo(v), TO mnimio( n) = 1. monument IJOVOKOTOtKia, 11 monokatikia = private house (IJOVO
IJV~IJI1 , 11 mnlmt (mnemonic) = 1. memory, 2. + KOTOIK(Q = dwelling)
remembrance 1JOV6A.oyoc;, o mon61oyos = monologue (IJOVO +
IJVI10T~, 11 mnisti = fiancee Myoc;)
IJVI10T~pac;, o mnrstiras (Anc + K IJVI10T~p mnisti~ =
IJOV01Jt6c; monomias at once
= 1. fiance, 2. suitor, pretender IJOVOnOTI, TO monopati = footpath (IJOVO + nOTW =
1J6~a . 11 m6~a = fashion. H IJO~ Iorpa moC51stra = step)
dressmaker IJOvonwAtlo(v), TO monop61io( n) = monopoly (1J6vo
IJOta~w miazo (Anc + K o~ou]~w omiazo) = look + nwA.w =sell)
like, resemble (&-t.~otoa-a) (From 61JOlOC: ~6voc;, ·11, -o m6nos = 1. alone, 2. only (with the
(homoeopathy) = alike, similar, same) genitive of the personal pronouns IJOU, crou, TOU, TllC:
~oipa , '1 mlra = 1. fate, lot, 2. degree (geom.), 3. etc ~6voc; ~ou = by myself, of my own accord).
squadron (milit.) . Motpaloc;, -a , -o mireos = 1. fatal, 1JOv6c;, -~ . -6 mon6s = 1. sing le (not double), 2. odd
2. preordained, 3. inevitable (IJOlpo(o yuvo(Ko = (not even)
femme fatale) . Motpafwc; mireos = inevitably IJOV6Tovoc;, · 11, -o mon6tonos = monotonous (IJOvo
1JOtp6~w mirazo = 1. share out, distribute (IJO(poo-o), + T6voc: = tone). H IJOVOTovfa monotonla =
2. deal cards monotony
1J6A.tc; m61is = 1. just now, only just, {1J6A.tc; f)p8e: = he IJOVTt A.o, TO mondelo = model
(she) just arrived), 2. as soon as (IJ6AtC: tp6e:tc: = as ~oVTtpvoc;, -a, -o modernos = modern
soon as you will arrive), 3. hardly, scarcely (t.~6A.tc; IJOVwvw mon6no = 1. isolate (IJ6vwo-o) , 2. insulate.
201
H 1J6vwol') m6nosi = insulation !Jnopw bor6 = can, be able (f.1n6pto-a). Mnop£1 bori
IJOpq>~, ll morphi (morphology) = 1. form, 2. face, 3. = it may be, perhaps
appearance, 4. aspect. H IJOpq>oAoyia morfoloyia = IJnOUKOAI, TO bookali = bottle
morphology. Mopq>wvw morf6no = 1. educate, train l.lnOUTI, TO bo6ti = thigh
(f.16pq>wo-a). 2. form. Mopq>wVOIJOI morf6nome = be J!n poc; bros (or 1Jnpoor6 brosta) = 1. in front, 2.
educated, be trained (f.lOp<p<il9!1K·O). H 1J6pq>WOJl ahead, forward(s)
m6rfosi = education, culture JJUOA6, TO mial6 = 1. brain(s), 2. mind, sense. (Expr.
J.IOO)(Opl, TO mosxari = veal, calf txtt f.1UaA6 = he (she) is wise, prudent, :xptt6~£Tat
J.IOToouKAtTa , ll motosikleta = motor-bicycle f.IUCM = brain (wisdom) is required (to cope with the
JJOuA6p•, To moolari = mule situation)
J!Ouoa, ll mo6sa = muse puya, ll miya = fly
IJOUOOK6<;, o moosakas = dish of minced meat and pueoc;, o m f9os = 1. myth, 2. fable. Mu81K6<;, -~. -6
egg-p lant mi9ik6s = 1. mythical, 2. legendary, fabulous. H
JJOuodo, TO moosio = museum pueoAoyia mi9oloyfa = mythology. To pu9Jor6pf11JO
JJOUOIK~, ll moosikl = 1. music. 2. band. MouoiK6<;, - mi9ist6rima = 1. novel, 2. fiction (f.lu9oc; + tot6Pllf.IC
~. -6 moosik6s = musical = story)
J.IOUOTOKI1 TO moostaki {Anc. 0 f.IUOTO~, TOU =
JJU'iK6<;, -~. -6 miik6s muscular
IJUOTOKoc;) = moustache JJuAoc;, o mHos = mill
J.IOUTpo, TO mo6tro = face J!Upi~w mirizo = smell (f.lupto-a). Mupfl;oiJOI
IJna ba = interjection expressing surprise, rejection mirizome = 1. get wind of, suspect (f.IUPLOTT]K-a). H
negation or assent =
J!Upwl5•6 miro6ia 1. flavour, 2. smell
IJnOfVW benO = enter, go in (IJnfJ·KO, 80 IJn· W, imp. puorf\p•o, TO mistirio = mystery
f.1ntc;, ~-tndTt) JJUOT1K6, TO mislik6 (mystic) = secret. Muor1K6<;, -~.
IJn aK6AJl<;, o bakalis = grocer. To 1JnaK6AIKo -6 mistik6s = 1. secret, 2. discreet, 3. mystical (0
bakaliko = grocer's shop IJUOTLK6c; 6e(nvoc; = the last supper)
J!noKAapac;, o baklavas = cake of walnuts and honey IJUTJl, ll m iti = 1. nose, 2. tip, point, 3. beak.
1JnoAK6vl, TO balk6ni = balcony MUTtp6~, -r\, -6 miter6s = pointed, sharp
=
1Jn6AAa , ll bala ball 1JWp6c;, -r\, -6 mor6s (sopho more) = foolish, silly. To
!JnOJ!It <;, 01 bamies= lady's fingers (vegetable) pwp6 mor6 = baby
=
1Jn01JnaKI, TO bambaki cotton pwoa'i K6 , TO mosaik6 = mosaic
l.lnOIJnac;, o babas = papa
=
1Jnav6va , ll banana banana
1Jn6v1o, TO banio = 1. bath, bathe, 2. bath tub, 3. N, V
bathroom
IJnaouAo, TO bao61o = trunk, chest va na = 1. to, (ett..w va <.paw = I want to eat). 2. in
IJnaorouv•, TO basto6ni = 1. stick, 2. club (cards) order to (yta va <pOT£ KaA6 = in order to eat well) , 3.
IJn aTapla , ll bataria = battery (electric) let, (va n6f.l£ 6.A.ot = let us all go), 4. if (va dxa ?l.tqn6
1Jnt pl5tuw ber6evo = 1. entangle (~-tn£:p6t'IJ-a) , 2. = if I had money), 5. there, there is, here is (v6Toc; =
confuse, 3. embroil, involve. Mm:pl5&UOJ.IOI there he is, va TO f.ICXa[pt = here is the knife)
berMvome = 1. get entangled (f.1ntp6tLJT·I')KO vaf ne = yes
beri5eftika) , 2. get involved, 3. get confused va6c;, o na6s = temple, church
JJnfpa, ll bfra = beer H v6pKW0'1 narkosi = narcosis. To vapKwTIK6
JJnA& ble = blue narkotika = narcotics. H vapKfl narki = 1. torpor,
JJnAiKw bleko = 1. entangle (£- f.lnM:~-a), 2. get numbness, 2. mine (weapon). NapKwvw nark6no
entangled or involved (narcotics) = 1. make torpid, anaesthetize, make numb.
~o~nA6q>a, ll bl6fa = bluff vauc;, '1 nafs (nautical) (Anc + K) = ship. 0 vauapxoc;
1Jn6AI KO<;, · fl, -o b61ikos = plenty of navarxos = admiral (vau + apm (mon archy) =
1Jn61Jna, ll b6mba = bomb authority) . H vau!Jaxia navmaxia = sea-battle (vau +
202
~6)(11 = battle}. 0 vaUTI1C: naftiS = sailor, seeman. To VOOOKOIJ£10 nOSOkOmiO = hospital. 0 VOOOK6JJO«;
VOUTIK6(v) naftik6(n} = navy. NOUTIK6c;, -~ , -6 nosok6mos = male nurse. H voaoK61Ja nosok6ma =
naftik6s = 1. nautical, naval, 2. maritime, seafaring female nurse
man voaraAyla, 11 nostalyia = nostalgia
vea, Ta nea .. the news v60TIJ.IOC:, · I"J, -o n6stimos = 1. tasty, 2. attractive,
V£Kp6c;, -~ (or -6}, -6 nekr6s (necrosis) = dead piquant
(VEKPO q>UOTI = still life) . 0 V£Kp6c; nekr6s = dead v6Toc;, o n6tos = 1. south, 2. south wind. N6T1oc;, -a,
person -o n6tios = south, southern
vto- neo- = prefix denoting new, young VOUJ.!tpo, TO no6mero = number
vt6nAouToc;, o ne6ploutos = newly rich (vto + vouc;, o no6s = 1. mind, intellect, 2. sense, wit (Expr.
nXol1toc: (plutocracy) = wealth) CStv To l36~£t o vouc: aou = you cannot imagine it, to
vtoc;, -a, -a neos (neol~hic} = 1. new, modem, 2. young vou aou = keep an eye open, take care). Now no6
vtp6, TO ner6 = water (noetic) = 1. think (v611a-a}, 2. perceive 3.
vcupo, TO nevro (neurology) = nerve (Expr. exw to understand. To v6rwa n6ima (noimatlc} = 1.
vtupa ~ou = I am in irritable mood}. Ntup1K6c;, -~. -6 meaning, sense, point, 2. thought, 3. nod, sign
nevrik6s = 1. nervous, 2. highly strung, 3. irritable. H VTIP6vl, TO divani = divan
vcupwa'l nevrosi = neurosis. NtupwnK6c;, -~, -6 VTOJ.16Ta, 11 domata = tomato
nevrotik6s = neurotic. H vcupoAoyla nevroloyia = VT6moc;, -1a, -o d6pyos = local, native (From Ev ( =
neurology in} + t6noc; (topic, topography} = place}
v£q>oc;, TO nefos = ClOUd VTouA6na, '1 doolapa = wardrobe. To VTouA6m
vcq>p6c;, o nefr6s (nephrology} = kidney doolapi = cupboad
vtwTtpoc;, ·11, -o ne6teros = 1. newer, 2. younger VTouc; doos = 1. shower, 2. showerbath
Vf'JOI, TO n1sl (Anc + K 11 v~aoc; nisos) (polynisia) = VTptnoJ.IOI drepome (irr.) = 1. be ashamed (vtp6n-
Island 11KO}, 2. be shy. H VTpon~ dropl = 1. shame, 2.
VI10Tda, 11 nistia = 1. fasting, 2. lack of food. shyness
NI10TIK6c;, -~ (or -16), -6 nistik6s = not having eaten vruvw dlno = dress (e-vtua-a}. NTUVOJ.IOI dinome =
VfK11, 11 nlki = ViCtOry. 0 VIK'lT~<; nikitiS, I"J VIK~TpiO get dressed (vn)8-11KO}. NruJJtvoc;, · I"J, -o dimenos =
nikitria (f) = victor, winner. NIKW nik6 = 1. defeat, dressed
beat (viKr,o-a), 2. winn. NIKitiJOI nikieme = be vuar6~w nistazo = feel sleepy. H vuara nista =
defeated (vtKr'}8·11KO} sleepiness
NotJJPp•oc;, o noemvrios = November vuq>rt, 11 mf1 (Anc + K VU!Jq>I"J nimfi (nymph) = 1.
voe6~£1 niazi (impersonal verb) with the personal bride, 2. daughter-in-low, 3. sister-in-law. Nuq>IK6c;, -
pronoun ~£. a£, tov, T11V etc = I (you, he, she, etc) ~. -6 mfik6s = bridal
care, mind (~£ ~£ vota~Et = I don't mind, I don't care) VUXI, TO niXi = nail
vofKI, TO mk1 (Anc + K TO cvoiKIO enikio) = rent. vuxra, 11 nixta = night. Nuxrcpev6c;, -~. -6 nixterin6s
(E)voiKIO~w (e} nikrazo = let, rent (vofKtaa-a). or vuKTtplv6c; niktenn6s = of the night, nocturnal.
EVOIKI6~£Tae enik1azete = to let Nuxrwvte ni)(t6ni (impersonal verb} = the night falls
vo1w8w ni68o = 1. feel (e-vtwa-a). 2. understand (VU)(TWO·£}
V01JalieK6c;, -~. -6 noma~ik6s = nomadic vwpfc; nons = early
VOIJ I~w nomizo = think, consider (v6~ta-a}
0 v6JJoc; n6mos (autonomy} = law. NOIJIK6c;, -~ . -6
nomik6s = legal. No!JtKf) IxoXf) =school of Law.
v6JJIOJ.Ia, TO (numismatic) n6misma = 1. coin, 2.
currency, money ~6litpq>oc;, o ksa6erfos (K = t~6li£Aq>oc; eksaiSelfos}
vo1.16c;, o nom6s = department, prefecture = cousin. H ~alitpq>rt ksaMrfi (K = ~aliiAq>I"J eksac5elfi}
vov6c;, o non6s (or vouv6c; noon6s} = godfather. H = cousin (f) (From £~ + a&:Aq>6c; (philadelphla) =
vova nona (or vouva noona) = godmother brother)
v6aoc;, 11 n6sos (nosology} = illness, malady. To ~ova- ksana- = prefix denoting again, back
203
omiK6c;, -" , -6 optik6s = optic, optical. 0 omiK6c; 6pv1ea, 11 6rni9a (ornithology) = hen
=
optik6s an optician 6poc;, o 6ros = 1. term, 2. condition, stipulation (aveu
onwponwA£io(v), TO oporopolio(n) = fruiterer's 6pwv = unconditionally, &q>' 6pou ~w~~ = for life,
6nwc; 6pos (adv.) = 1, as, like 2. in order to (conj.). ~.~too~ 6po~ = average)
'Onwc;, 6nwc; 6pos 6pos = somehow or other, by 6poc;, TO 6ros = mountain
hook or by crook, Onwall~noT£ opos~ipote (adv.) = opp6c;, o or6s = serum
in any case , definitely opo~p", 11 orofi = ceiling, roof
=
6pa1Ja, TO 6rama (panorama) vision. H 6paOI"J 6rasi = 6po~poc;, o 6rofos = floor, storey
sense of sight, vision. Opm6c;, ·" · -6 oratos = visible op~pavoc;, -1\, -6 orfan6s = orphan
opyavwal'), 11 oryanosi = organization. Opyavwvw opx"mpa, 11 orxistra = orchestra
organ6no = organize (opyavwo-a). 0 opyav•a~J6c; Oa!Jt\, 11 osmi = odor
oryanism6s = 1. organism, 2. system, constitution. To 6aoc;, •.,, -o 6sos = as much as, as many as, all. 'Oao(v)
6pyavo 6ryano = 1. instrument, 2. agent, 3. organ. 6so(n) (adv.) = as much as, as long as. 'Ooo TO 15uvar6
OpyaVIK6c;, -~. -6 oryanik6s = organic, Instrumental = as... as possible, 6oo va = until, 6oo Kol va =
opyaaiJ6c;, o oryasm6s = 1. orgasm, 2. feverish however much it may, 6ao yta = as for, 6oov acpop6 =
activity as regards, &q>' 6oov = in as much as, as long as
opy~ , 11 oryi = rage (Expr. va nap&l 11 opyf] ;;; damn it) 6acppi'JOI'J, 11 6sfrisi = sense of smell
6py1a, TO 6ryia = 1. orgies, 2. corrupt practices. 6Tav 6tan = when
Opy16~w oryiazo = 1. run riot OTI 6ti (conj.) ;;; that
6pt~l'), 11 6rexi (anorexia) = 1. appetite, 2. desire. To 6,TI 6ti (pron.) = what, whatever. OTil)~noT& oti~ipote
optKTIK6 orektik6 = appetizer = 1. whatsoever, 2. anything at all
op96c;, -~. -6 or96s (orthodox) = 1. right, correct. 2. 6Tou 6too (pron.) With twc; or 1-1txp• = twc; 6Tou,
strait, 3. upright, erect (ope~ ywv(a = right angle). 1-1txp•c; 6Tou ;;; until. with an6 (which becomes a~p')
Opewc; or96s (adv.) ;;; 1. correctly, right. H acp'6Tou = since
op9oypa~pia = 1. orthography, 2. spelling (opeo + oulltic; oo~is (pron.) = nobody (oul5& (= not) = et~
ypa<pw = write). H op9ol)o~fa oreo~oxia = (= one)
orthodoxy (opeo + M~a = glory, belief). 'Op9eoc;, -a, =
oulltnoT& ool5epote (adv.) never
-o, 6r9ios = 1. standing, 2. upright, erect oulltT&poc;, ·I'J, -o ooMteros = 1. neutral, 2. neuter
opf~w orizo (horizon) = 1. fix, define (6pto-a), 2. (gram.)
bound, delimit, 3. rule, control, 4. give orders to. The ou~o, To o6zo = spirit flavoured with aniseed
imperative opioT£ is used as an invitation to do, say OUK ook (Anc.) (adv.) = not (the ancient word ou (""
or accept something (op(crn: ~Jtoa = come in, op(OT& not) before a consonant becomes OUK or ouX)
Tl ee1-.&T&; = I am listening, what do you want ? oupa, 11 oora = 1. tail, 2. queue
op(OT& eva IJ~Ao = here is an apple, take an apple, oupav6c;, o ooran6s (uranium) = sky, heaven. 0
OpfOTe; = as an interrogation has the meaning of I oupavo~UOTI'J<; ooranoxistls = skyscraper
beg your pardon? (Expr. KaA<.ix; op(oOT& = welcome). ouafa, 1J oosia = 1. substance, 2. essence
0 opf~oVTac; orizondas (Anc + K opf~wv orlzon) = ouTt o6te (adv. and conj.) = not even, ouT&... OUT& =
horizon. Op1~6VT1oc;, -a, -o, oriz6ndios = horizontal neither.. nor
6p1o, TO 6rio = limit, boundary. OpiOIJt voc;, -1'), -o = ouTonia, 11 ootopia = utopia (ou (= not) + 16no~
1. fixed, appointed, 2. certain (uspecified). 0 op•a1J6c; ~opo graphy) = place)
orism6s = 1. definition, 2. fixing, appointment. ouTwc; o6tos (adv.) = so, thus. OuTwc; wm& = in
Op10TIK6c;, -~ . -6 oristik6s = definite, decisive such a way as to
opKf~w orkizo (exorcize) = put on oath, (6pKlo-a) oux oox = not (The word ou before certain
opKf~OIJOI orkizome = swear (opK(OTTlK-a). 0 6pKoc; consonants) ouxi ooxi = not
6rkos = oath ocp&fAw ofilo = owe (6q>tt1-.-a)
Of.IJW orm6 (hormone) = rush. H OPIJ~ ormi = 1. 6cpeAoc;, TO 6felos = profit
onrush, violence, 2. impetuousness, passion. H ocpeaA~6c; , o otealm6s (opthalmology) = eye. 0
op1J6VI'J orm6ni = hormone ocpeaA~iaTpac; ofealmiatros = eye specialist
206
every other day) n6pa noAU = very much, too much = 1. paralyse. 2. become shaky (nape~ua-a, ea
napa- para- = prefic denoting closeness of position, napaMa-w) (napa+Mw = loosen)
situation on the other side, wrongness, irregularity, napa!JOV~ , 11 paramoni = 1. sojourn, 2. eve
alteration, etc. napo!Jopcpwvw paramorf6no = 1. disfigure, 2. distort
nap6jlaa11, 11 paravasi = infringement (napa+I360Tl (nopo+JJopcpr'} (morphology) = form)
= base) napOIJU91, TO paramiei = fairy-tale (nopo+l.u)eoc; =
napayytAw parangelo = 1.order, prescribe myth)
(napa+ayye~w (angel) = announce). H napayyeAfa napavo~la , 11 paranomia = 1.unlawful act, 2.
parangelia = 1. instruction, order, 2. message (en( illegality (napa+v61JOC: (autonomy) = low)
napayye~(a = made to order, acpf]vw napayye~(a = nap6~t:voc;, -11. -o paraksenos = strange, peculiar
leave a message) (napa+~tvoc; (xenophobia) =stranger)
nap6ypacpoc.;, 11 parayrafos = paragraph =
nap6a1ro, TO parasite parasite
(napa+ ypacpw = write) napaaKt:ua~w paraskevazo = prepare
nap6yw parayo = produce, yield (nap6+6yw = (nopaOIKtuao-a). H napaOK£UrJ paraskevi =Friday
lead). H napaywyr\ parayoyl = production. 0 nap6araa11, 11 parastasi = 1. representation,
napaywyoc.; parayoy6s = producer. napaywyiKOI.;, - 2.performance (napa+OTOOTl = stasis). napiOTOVW
1\, -6 = productive paristano (irr.) ::: 1. represent, depict (nop(OToa-o, eo
nap6yovrac;, o parayondas = factor napoan')a-w), 2. pretend to be, 3. perform (role, play)
nap66t1y~a , TO paradiyma (paradigm) = example nap6Taa11, 11 paratasi = prolongation, extension (in
= =
(n.x. napa~e{yiJOTO<; xaptv for example) time)
nap66t1aoc.;, o parMisos = paradise naparr]p11011, 11 paratirisi = 1. observation, 2.remark.
napa6txo~ar paraMxome = admit (napaMxr·llKa) napaTI1PW paratir6 = observe, notice, remark
(napa+ MXOIJOl = accept) (noparr'Jp'lo-o)
napa616w parai5i~o = 1.hand over (napt~wa-a, ea napacpwvia, 11 parafonia = wrong or jarring note
napai5waw), 2. teach (give lessons). napa6f6o~a• napta, 11 parea = company, party
parai51i5ome ;:;: surrender (napaM8-11Ka) =
naptAaa11, 11 parelasi parade, march-past
nap66o~oc;, ·11. -o parai5oxos = strange, odd, napeAe6v, TO parele6n = the past
paradoxical napevoxAw parenoxlo = harass, annoy
nap66oa11, 11 parai5osi = 1. handing over, 2. (napev6x~'lo-a)
teaching, 3. tradition (napa+i560Tl (dose) = giving). napt~l}yw parexiy6 = misunderstand. H
napa6oOIOK6c;, -~, -6 parai5osiak6s = traditional napt~~IYI10I1 =misunderstanding
nap69upo, TO para8iro = window (napa+eupa = n6ptpyo(v), TO pareryo(n) = side-line, parergon
door) nap11y0p16, 11 pariyorya = consolation. nap11yopw
napaKaAw parakal6 = ask, request (someone) pariyor6 = console (nOP'lYOP'lO·a)
(napaKOAto·a) napaKaAw = please napKO, TO parka = park
napaK6Tw parakato= further down, napan6vw n6po6oc;, 11 paroi5os = side-street (napa+oMc;
parapano = 1. higher than, 2.in addition, more than, (exodus) = street). napo61K6c;, -~ , -6 paro6ik6s =
napantpa parapera = further on, napanAtupwc; transient
paraplevros = 1. at the side, 2. next door napaiJJfa, 11 parimia = proverb
napaKoAouew parakolooe6 = 1. follow napauafa, 11 paroosia = presence, attendance.
(napaKo~ouerw-a) , 2. keep up with, 3. attend napaUOIO~W paroosiazo = present, produce
(lessons) (napouaioo-o)
=
napaAfa, 11 paralia 1. sea shore, seafront, 2. beach napw61a, 11 parol5ia = parody
nap6AA11Aoc;, -11. -o paralilos = parallel nac;, n6aa, nav = all, every, everyone
(napa+aMll~oc; ::: each other) n6ara, 11 pasta = pastry, cake
nap6Aoyoc;, -1'(, -o paraloyos = unreasonable, naaxa, TO pasxa = Easter
absurd (napa +Myoc; (dialogue) = reason) naaxw pasxo = suffer (malady)
nap6Aua11, 11 parlllisi = paralysis. napaAuw paralio naTara, 11 patata = potato
208
nmtpac;, o pateras (paternal), nan\p patir in Anc. nt pa = over here, ntpa an6 = beyond)
and K = father. naTptK6c;, -~ . -6 patrik6s = fatherly ntpav peran (adv.) = beyond, accross (with gen.)
naTpf~a . 11 patri6a = native country or place. 0 =
ntpac;, TO paras end, term, conclusion
naTpiWTI1C: patri6tis = 1. patriot, 2. fellow countryman ntpamtK6c;, -r\, -6 perastik6s = 1. passing by, 2.
naTw pat6 = 1. tread on, step (n6Tr)o-a), 2. press transitory. na:pamtK6 perastika = may you get well
(fell etc.). To n6TWIJO patoma = 1. floor, ground, 2. ntpao~o~tvoc;, -~. -6 perasmenos = 1. past, 2. last
storey ntp~cpavoc;, ·11. -o perlfanos = proud
nauw pavo = 1. stop, cease doing (t-na~V-a), 2. ntpl· pari- = prefix denoting around (periphery)
dismiss. H nauo11 pafsi (menopause) = 1. cessation, ntpf peri (prep.) = 1. round, round about,
2. dismissal approximately, 2. about, concerning
naxoc;, TO paxos (pachyderm) = 1. thickneSS, ntpt~6AAw perivalo = surround (neptt (3aA.-a, ea
fatness, 2. fat. naxarvw paxeno = 1. grow fat, 2. nep1(36Aw). To ntpt~6AAov perivalon = 1.
fatten (naxuv-a). naxuc;, -16, -u paxis = fat, thick. environment, surroundings, 2. entourage
naxu~&piJO<;, ·11, ·0 paxi6ermos = pachyderm ntp1~6A1, TO periv61i = fruit garden
n6w pao and n11yafvw piyeno (irr.) = go (nr'JY-a, ea ntptyp6cpw periyrafo = describe (ntpltypa~V-a)
n6-w) (Expr. n6e1 aUT6 = it is past, it is done for, n6e1 (n£pl+ yp6<pw (graph) = write. H ntptypacptl periyrafi
=
va n£1 it means) = description
ntl;6c;, -~ . -6 pez6s = 1. on foot, pedestrian, 2. ntpttpyoc;, ·f'l, -o perieryos = 1. curious, strange, 2.
prose. ntl;~ pezi (adv.) = on foot. ntl;O~pOIJIO inquisitive (nt pl+tpyo (energy) = work). H
peso6r6mio = pavement (ne~6c;+6p611oc; =
ntpttpytto perieryia curiosity
(hippodrome) =street). To ntl;tK6 pezik6 =infantry ntp•txw periexo = contain (ntpl+txw = have). To
nt9afvw peeeno = die (nteav-a) ntpi&X61J&Vo periex6meno = content
nt9tp6c;, -6 peeer6s = father (mother)-in-law ntplf'IYf'IT~c;, o periiyitis = tourist
ntf9w pleo (pythian) = persuade (e-m:1o-a). H ntpt9wpto, TO perie6rio margin=
ntt9apxfa piearxla = discipline ntpfAf'IIIJf'l, 11 perllipsi ;;;:; summary. na:p1A11m•K6<;, -r\,
ndva, 11 plna = 1. hunger, 2. starvation. n&IVW pin6 -6 periliptik6s = 1. concise, 2. comprehensive
= be hungry (nt(VOO·O). ntiVOOIJiVO<;, -~, -6 =
ntpiiJtvw perlmeno wait, await, expect (nep(~JE:v-a
pinasmenos = hungry (ntpt + ~o~tvw = stay)
ndpa, 11 plra = experience, practice ntpfiJ&Tpoc;, 11 perimetros = perimeter,
n&•pal;w plrazo = 1. tease (ne(pa~-a) , 2. annoy, vex, circumference
disturb, 3. upset, disarrange. llev ntlp6l;tl = it does ntp1~ perix (adv.) = around
not matter, it is all right ntpfoooc;, 11 periooos = 1. period, 2. season
ndpa!Ja, TO plrama = experiment (ntpi+ OM<; (exodus) = street). ntpiO~IK6<;, -tl, -6
=
nttpaa}J6c;, o pirasm6s temptation periooik6s = periodical. To ntpto~ t K6 periooik6 =
ntlpoTt1c;, o piratis = pirate magazine
ntfa~Jo , TO plsma = obstinacy. 0 n&IOIJOTOPI1C:· -a ntptopfl;w periorizo = confine, restrict (ntp16p1a-a)
pismataris = obstinate (ntpl+op(~w (horizon) = delimit)
ntAayoc;, TO pelayos = sea-A1yalov eyeon ntA.ayoc; ntptouofa, r'l perioosia = 1. property, possesions,
= Aegean sea wealth, 2. estate
ntA6TI1C:, o pelatis 11 n&A6Ttaa pelatisa = client, ntptoxr\, 11 perioxi = district, area, region
customer. H ntAoTda pelatia = clientele ntpfnaTo<;, o peripatos ;::: walk
n&Awp•oc;, -a, -o pel6rios = huge n&pmtT&Io, 11 peripetia = adventure, misadv'enture
nt~Jmoc;, ·11, -o pemptos = fifth. H nt~o~m11 = ntpmotou~o~a• peripio6me = 1. show attentivness to
Thursday (lit. fifth) (n£ptnou'l9·11Ka), 2. look after, 3. nurse. H
ntVT& pende (pentagon) = five. ntVtlVTO peninda = =
ntpmoff'IOf'l periplisi attention, looking after
fifty. n&VTOKOOIO pendak6sia = five hundred =
na:pfnou perlpoo about, approximately
ntn6vt, TO pep6ni = melon =
ntpfmtpo, ro periptero 1. kiosk, 2. pavilion
ntpa pera (adv.) = over, far, on the other side (£6<.0 ntpfmwa11, r'l periptosi = case, circumstance (ev
209
nA11v plin = 1. except, apart from, 2. minus (mathem.) noAuKaTOIKfa, 11 polikatikia = building of many flats
=
nA~P'l<;, -11c;, -tc; pllris full, complete (noXu+KOTOlKia =dwelling)
nAI1polj)op(a, 11 pliroforia = information noAunAoKoc;, -11, -o pollplokos = complicated
nA11pwvw plir6no = pay (nMpwo-a) noAuc; p6hs, noM~ poli, noAu poli (irr.) = 1. much,
nA11ofov plision (adv.) = near. nA.,cno~w plisiazo = many, great, 2. long (time). noAU poll (adv.) = much,
aproach, draw near (nXnoiao-a) very, long
nAofo, ro plio = ship. 0 nAoiapxoc; pliarxos = noAuTt Ac•a, 11 politeha = luxury. noAuTtA~c;. -ri, -tc;
=
captain (nXoto+apxfl (monarch) authority) politelis = luxurious (noXu+TtXttoc; = perfect,
nAour oc;, o plo6tos (plutocrat) = richness, wealth. complete)
=
nAoUOIO<;, -a, · 0 plo6sios rich noAUTt l(Vtfo , ro politexnio = polytechnic
nv&u!Ja, TO pnevma (pneumatic) = 1. breadth, 2. noAuTIIJO<;, -'1, -o polltimos = precious, valuable
spirit, mind, wit 'Ayto nve:u~Ja = Holy Ghost. (noM+TliJll = value)
nvt UIJOTIK6<;, - ~ , -6 pnevmatik6s (pneumatic) = 1. =
nov11p6c;, -r\, -6 ponir6s cunning
mental, 2. spiritual, 3. intellectual = =
n6voc;, 0 p6nos pain. novw pono feel pain, hurt
nv&u!Jovac;, o pnevmonas (pneumonia) = lung. H (n6ve:o-a). 0 nov6oovroc; pon66ondos = toothache.
nvtu!Jovia pnevmonia = pneumonia 0 novoKtcpaAoc; ponoketalos = headache
nvtw pneo (pneumatic) = blow (t-nve:uo-a). H nvon novriKI, TO pondiki = mouse, rat
pnoi = 1. breath, breathing, 2. inspiration nop91Jdo, To por9mlo = ferry
nvfyw pniyo = 1. drown (t-nvt~-a) , 2. suffocate, 3. n6pra, 11 p6rta = door, gate
strangle noproK6AJ, To portokali = orange. H nopToKaA6l5a
n6lS1, TO pMi (chiropodist) =foot, leg. Mt TO n 6lS1a portokaiMa = orange juice
=
= on foot. To nol5"Amo po6ilato bicycle. To nol56- nopTolj)OAI, TO portof61i = wallet
0ij)Oipo = football game (no6t+ocpalpa = sphere) n6ooc;, .,, -o p6sos = how much, how many. H
nor.,a.,, 11 piisi = poetry. 0 n0111~c; piitis, 11 no1"Tp1a noo6TrJTO pos6tita = quantity
=
piitria = poet. To nof'11JO plima poem. nontTIK6c;, - noTOIJI, TO potami or o n oTa1J6c; potam6s
r\, -6 piitik6s = poetic =
(hippopotamus) river
no1v", 11 pinl = penalty, punishment n6rt p6te = when?
no16c;, -a, -o pi6s =who? which? noTt pole = 1. never (after neg.), 2. ever
nOIOTI1TO, 11 pi6tita = quality noT6, TO pot6 (potage) = drink, beverage
no1w pi6 (Anc.+K) = make, do (e:-noCno-a) nou po6 = where?
n6At 1JO<;, o p61emos (polemic) = war. noAtiJW nou poo = that
polem6 = fight {nOM~JilO-a). noAt iJIK6c;, -r\, -6 nouecvo pooeena = 1. nowhere (after neg.), 2.
polemik6s = polemic, of war anywhere
noA1K6<;, o polik6s = polar nouK61JIOO, To pookamiso shirt=
n6A11, 1'1 p61i (n6A1c; p61is (acropolis) in Anc. and K) = nouAi, TO poolf = bird
c ity, town. 0 noAintc; politis = citizen, civilian. H nouAIJOV, TO po61man = motor-coach
noA1Ttfa politia = 1. state, 2. attitude, line of conduct. nouAw pool6 (nwAw pol6 (monopoly) in Anc. and K)
H noAITIKrl politikl = politics. 0 noAITIKO<; politik6s = = sell (nOUAI10·0)
politician. 0 noAITIOIJO<; polit1sm6s = civilization, noupo, TO po6ro = cigar
culture np6y1JO, TO prayma (pragmatic) = 1. thing, 2. matter,
noUanAaOIOOIJ6c;, o polaplasiasm6s = multiplica- affair. npayiJOTIK6c;, ·r\, -6 praymatik6s = real,
tion actual. H npayJ.IOTIK6TrJTO praymatik6tita = reality
n6Aoc; o p61os = pole np6KTopac;, o praktoras = agent. To npaKTOpd o
=
noAu- poll- prefix denotintg much, many, very praktorio = agency
noAuyaiJfa , '1 poliyamla = polygamy np6~11 . 11 praksi = 1. act, deed, praxis 2. practical
noAUyAwoooc;, -11, -o pollylosos = polyglot experience. npaKTIKO<;, ·r\, -6 praktik6s = 1.
noAu9p6va, '1 poli8r6na = arm-chair (noXu + 9p6voc; practical , 2. without professional training. Ta
= throne) npaKTJK6 praklika = proceedings, minutes
211
nup, To pir (pyrograph) = fire. H nupKa'i a pirkaya = pouKtTa, '1 rooketa ;;::: rocket
outbreak of fire. 0 nup&T6c; piret6s ( pyretic) = fever. =
pouTivo, '1 rootina routine
0 nupooj3tcn11c; pirosvestis =fireman. nupoj3oAw pouxo, To ro6xo ;;::: cloth, garment
pirovol6 = shoot at, fire (nupoi36Xno-a) p6<f1'11JO, TO r6fima = hot drink
nuT~OIJO, 11 pitzama = pyzamas poxoAf~w roxallzo = snore (pox6Ano-a)
nwAw polo (Anc.+K) (monopoly) nouAw pool6 in pu~1 , To rizi = rice
modern Greek = sell (nwXno-a). H nwA11011 p61isi = pu91J6c;, o ri9m6s = 1. rhythm, 2. proportion, 3. order
sale. 0 nWAI"JTrlc; politis, '1 nwMTpla polltria (~ = 1. style (of architecture, furniture), 4. pace. Pu91JIK6c;, -
seller, salesman 1\, -6 ri9mik6s ;;::: rhythmical
nwc; p6s = how? puTfl5a, '1 riti6a = wrinkle
nwc; pos = that punofvw ripeno = make dirty (punav-a)
pw!JoAtoc;, -a, -o romahf!os = robust, strong
pwTw rot6 (tpwTw erot6 in k) = ask, question
P,p
oacp~c;. -~c;. -tc; safis = explicit, clear ol6tpo, To si6ero (siderite) = iron. It6tpwvw
oaxA6c;, -~ . -6 saxlos = silly, insipid sil5er6no = iron (o16tpwo-a). 0 ot6f1p66pOIJOC:
optAToc;, • .,, -o sveltos = q uick, nimble si6ir66romos = railway (cnl5'1po+l5p6J..lOC: (aerodrome)
opqvw or opuvw svino (asbestos) = 1. extinguish, =street)
put out, quench (to~ ua-a) , 2. erase otp6nt, TO sir6pi = syrup
oyoup6c;, -1\, -6 syoor6s =curly, curly-haired om]pt, TO sitari = wheat. ItTaptvto 'IJWJ.If = bread of
otpo~ar sevome = respect, revere (oti360H)Ka). 0 wheat
otj3ao~6c; sevasm6s (To otpac; sevas In K) = otwnr], 11 siopi = silence. Itwnw see ownalvw
respect, reverence (Expr. TO o£13n J.IOU = my oK6~w or a1<6w skao = 1. burst (e-oKao-a) , 2. crack,
respects). Itj3acrr6c;, -1\, -6 sevast6s = respected, chap, 3. exasparate, 4. be choked (the imp. oK6ot
respectable means shut up)
otrpa, 11 sire~ (series) = 1. row, line, series, 2. turn, 3. ot<6Kt, To skaki = chess
=
sequence (Expr. t!vat n Otlp6 oac; it is your turn) o1<6Aa, 11 skala =staircase, ladder. To ot<aAI skali or
=
otrpl\va, 11 sirina 1. siren, charmer, 2. motor-horn TO OKOAon6Tt skalop;Hi = step
otro~6c;, o sism6s (seismic) earthquake. OKOIJVI, To skamni = stool
IttOJ!onae~c;. -1\c;, -tc; sismopa9is = stricken by o1<6v6aAo, TO skanl5alo = scandal
=
earthquake (otlOJ..loc;+nae~c; (psycopath) sufferer) oK6pa, 11 skara or ox6pa sxara = grill, Tf1C: oxapoc;:
otA~Vf1 , 11 selini (selenium) = moon grilled
otAI6a, 11 seli6a = page ot<6cpoc;, To skafos = ship
atJJv6c;, -1\, -6 semn6s = modest, unassuming ot<tAtT6c;, o skelet6s = 1. skeleton, 2. framework
atvr6vr, TO send6ni = sheet OKtn6~w skepazo = 1. cover, shelter, 2. conceal. To
atvrout<r, To sendo6ki = linen-chest ot<tnaoJJa skepasma = covering, cover, lid
atpvw serno (ollpw slro in Anc. and K) = drag, draw, Ol<tnJ\,f1 skepi = roof
pull (t-oup-a) ot<tmo~at skeptome (scepticism) or ot<tq>TOIJOI
Of1t<wvw sik6no = 1. lift up, raise (~Kwo-a), 2. carry, skeftome = think, reflect (oKe<pt-r)Ka). H o l<t!Jif1
3. remove, withdraw. If11<WVOIJOI sik6nome = get up, skepsi = thought, reflexion. IKcmtK6c;, -~ . -6
=
rise (Expr. ~Kw yp~yopa get up quickly) skeptik6s = thoughtful. It<tmtKtm-1\c;, -pta
o~~a . TO slma (semaphore) = 1. signal, 2. mark, skeptikistis = skeptic
badge. I~J..la KOTOT£9ev = trade-mark. If11J06tuw oKtToc;, -11, -o sketos = 1. plain, unmixed, 2.
s1maMvo = 1. aim at, 2. mark (onJ..la6euo-a) unsweetened
Of11JOia, 11 simea = flag OI<I1VI\, skini = 1. scene, 2. stage, 3. tent. 0
orwalvw simeno (semantics) = mean, signify Ol<f1Vo9tTf1C: skino9etis = film or stage director. Ta
(or'Jj..lav-a) . H Of11JOola simasia = 1. meaning, 2. Ol<f1VtK6 skinika = stage scenery
importance (Expr. 6tv CX£l onJ.IaO(a = it does not ot<r]mpo, TO sklptro = sceptre
matter). II'JJJOVTtt<6c;, -1\, -0 simandik6s (semantics) = ot<t6, 11 skia (skiagraphy) = shade, shadow
important, notworthy OKI~w sklzo or oxr~o sxizo = tear, split. To OKIOt~O
OI'JIJ&fo, TO simio (semiology) = 1. sign, indication, 2. skisimo = tearing, tear
point (place), stage (degree). II'JIJ&rwvw simi6no = 1. oKAapoc;, -a (f) sklavos = slave
make a note of (onJ.It (wo-a), 2. mark, 3. observe, take =
oKAf1p6c;, -~. -6 sklir6s (arteriosclerosis) hard
a note of OKOtVi, TO Sklnf Or OXOtVi SXini = rope
OJliJ&pa slmera = to-day (elc;·nJ.Itpa (ephemeral) = oK6VI1, 11 sk6ni = dust, powder
day) o1<on6c;, o skop6s (telescope) = 1. aim, intention,
o~payya , 11 siranga = tunnel target, 2. sentry, sentinel, 3. tune. It<ontuw skopewo
oty6 siya = 1. quietly, gently, 2. slow, gradually, = 1. aim at, take aim {oK6m:uo-a), 2. intend.
carefylly It<6nt1Joc;, · f1, -o sk6pimos = 1. intentional, 2.
o fyJJa, TO siyma = the letter I , o, c; expedient, opportune
olyoupoc;, ·I'J, -o siyooros = certain, sure, secure. oK6p6o, To sk6r6o = garlic. H oKop6aAt6 skor6alia
Ifyoupa siyoora (adv.) = for certain, certainly = garlic sauce
215
consistent, true to one's word, 2. punctual. Iuvenwc; ouvrovfl;w sindonlzo (syntonize) = co-ordinate
=
sinep6s (adv.) consequently (OUVT6VtO·Q). 0 OUVTOVIO~OC, Sindonism6s = CO·
ouv.:pya ~o~a1 sineryazome = collaborate, work ordination
together (ouvepyaOT-IlKa) (ouv+epy6~o~at = work) . allvrpocpoc;, o sindrofos = 1. comrade, companion,
H ouv tpyaola sineryasia (synergy) = collaboration. 2. partner. H ouvrpocp16 sindroM = 1. company,
=
0 auvtpy6T-I')c;, -pta sineryatis collaborator companionship, 2. party
auv.:pytla, TO sineryio = 1. repair shop or party, 2. OUVWVU~O, TO sin6nimo = Synonym
work shop allptyya, 11 siringa = syringe
=
auvtTatpoc;, o sineteros partner, associate O"Up~a, TO sirma = wire
auv~yopoc;, o siniyoros = advocate, councel oupT6pt, TO sirtari = drawer
auv'l9f~w sini9izo = 1. get used to, 2. accustom, 3. ouoKt ur\, 11 siskevl = apparatus
be In the habit of. H ouv~9tta sini6ia = habit, aUOTOOil, 11 sistasi = see OUVlOTW
custom. I uvr\811c;, -11c;, -tc; sini6is = usual, aUOT'l~a, TO sistima = system, method.
customary, ordinary. Iuvr\9wc; sinl9os = usually Iuor'l~OTtKoc;. -r\, -6 sistimatik6s = systematic
auv8t:a11, 11 sfn9esi = composition , synthesis OUOTflVW SiStlno = see OUVlOTW
(ouv+6ean = thesis). 0 ouv8t TI1c; sineetis= ou:xvoc;, -r\, -6 sixn6s = frequent. I u:xva sixna (adv.)
composer. Iuv9mK6t;, efl, eO sin9etik6s = synthetic. = frequently, often
I uveeroc;, -11, -o sin9etos = compound, composite acpafpa, 'l sfera = 1. sphere, 2. ball, 3. bullet
auv811~a , TO sin9ima = signal, pass-word ocp6A~a , TO sfalma = fault, wrong act, error
auvtorw sinist6 or ouorr\vw sistfno (irr) = 1. ocpr\va, 11 sflna = wedge
recommend, advise (ouve0f11o-a, ea ouO'Tl)o-w), 2. acpiyyw sfingo = 1. tighten, clench (e-mp1~-a), 2.
introduce (person), 3 . form, set up (committee etc.). squeeze, clasp. I cptxrcSc;, -r\, -6 sfixt6s = tight, firm, hard
H auorao11 slstasi = 1. recommendation, 2. ocpo~p6c;, -r\, -6 sfo~r6s = violent, strong, intense
formation, setting up, 3. composition, consistency. 0 1 ocpouyy6p1, TO sfoongari = sponge
ouor6attc; sistasis = references ocppayf~a . 11 sfrayi~a =stamp, seal
OUWt:q»O, TO sinefo =cloud ocpupi~w sfirfzo = whistle
ouvo~tu w sino~evo = accompany, escort (ouv6~euo O)(t~fa, 11 sxeoia = raft
a) (ouv+oM~ (exodus) = street). 0 ouvoMc; O)(t~IO, TO SXel5iO (SChedule) = 1. design, plan, draft,
sinol56s = escort. H at:poouvoMc; aerosinol56s = schedule, 2. project. Ixt~ta~w sxel5iazo = 1. design,
air-hostess plan, 2. intend (OXEIS(ao-a)
auvoooc;, 11 sinol5os = 1. synod, 2. assembly oxtMv sxeMn (adv.) =almost, nearly
auvoiKfa, 11 sinikfa = quarter (ouv+OlK(a = house) =
oxtail, 11 sxesl relation, connexion. I Xt TtKoc;, ·r\, -
auvoAo, TO sinolo = total (ouv+6A.o = all) 6 sxetik6s = relevant, relative. IXertK-wc; or -6
auvot.uAfa, 11 sinomilla = conversation (ouv+o1.11Aia =
sxetik6s, -a regarding, with reference to
= talking) O)(r\~0, TO SXima (scheme) = 1. shape, form, 2.
aUVOIIJ11, 'l sinopsi = 1. synopsis, 2. summary. diagram, scheme. IX'l~OTI~w sximatizo = form
=
IuvomtKOt;, -r1. -6 sinoptik6s synoptic (oxm.tcmo-a)
allvopo, To sinoro = boundary oxl~w sxizo or aKI~w sklzo (schism) = 1. tear (e-
ouvrayf1, 11 sindayf = 1. prescription, 2. recipe OXlo-a), 2. split, cleave. To oxfo~a sxisma = schism
allvray~a , TO sindayma = 1.constitution, 2. regiment CJXOIVl, TO SXini = rope
(milit.) oxoAtfo, TO sxolio :;;; school. H oxo Ar\ sxoll = school
a1Jvra~11. 11 sindaxi (syndax) = 1. construction (of university, painting, etc.). I xoAJKoc;, ·r\, -0 sxolik6s
(ouv+TO~Tl = order), 2. pension, 3.editorial staff =of school
OUVTI1PW sindir6 = 1. conserve, maintain, 2. support OWJ!pOKO, TO s6vrako = pant
(ouvtt')pno-a) owl;w s6zo or owv w s6no = 1. save,rescue, 2.
aUvro~oc;. -11. -o sindomos = 1. brief, short, 2. concise. preserve (e-owo-a). To owofl31o sosivio = life-jacket
Iuvro~a sindoma (adv.) = quickly, soon. H ouvro~fa (oW\w+l31oc; = life). 0 owT~ poc; sotiras = saviour,
slndomia = 1. brevity, 2. saving oftime or space rescuer
219
Tpixa, 11 trixa = hair, bristle (Expr. nape -rplxa = r\, -6 tipik6s = 1. typical, 2. formal, conventional.
almost) Tun wvw tip6no = print, imprint (tunwo-a). H
Tpo~6~w tromazo = frighten, become frightened. 0 Tunonofi'}Oil tipoplisi = standardization
Tp6~o<; tr6mos (tremor) = 1. terror, fright, 2. Tupavvoc;, o tiranos = tyrant. H Tupavvia tirania =
trembling. Tpo~oKpaTfa tromokratia = terrorism. 0 1.tyranny, 2. torment, harassment
Tpo~oKpOTil<; tromokratis = terrorist. Tpo~tpcSc;, -~. - Tupi, TO tiri = cheese. H TupomTa tir6pita = cheese-
6 = frightful, terrible pie
Tp6na1o, TO tr6peo = trophy =
TucpA6<;, -~ . -6 tifl6s blind
Tp6noc;, o tr6pos (tropical) = way, manner, method. =
Tucpoc;, 0 tlfos typhus
Mt Tp6no = discreetly, ~t K69t Tpono = at any ruxafvw tixeno = happen (to be) (e·'TUX·O). TuxaiVtl
costs. TpomK6 c;, -~ . -6 tropik6s = tropical vo = it happens to
Tpocp~ . 11 trofi (atrophy) == food, nourishment. To rux11. 11 tixi = 1. fortune, chance, 2. fate, 3. luck.
Tp6cp1pa tr6fima = food, provisions Tuxtp6<;, -~ . -6 tixer6s = lucky,fortunate. Tuxaioc;, -
Tpox6 c;, o trox6s = wheel. 0 Tpoxov6poc; a , -o tixeos = fortuitous (Expr. ~ev dvat •uxaioc;
troxon6mos == traffic policeman. Tpoxafoc;, -a, -o 6v9pwnoc; = he is no ordinary man). Tuxarwc; tixeos
troxeos = wheeled. H Tpoxafa troxea = traffic police. (adv.) = by chance. Tuxo~ewKT-11<;, -p1a tixol5i6kt- is, -
Tpoxafo OTUXIlJ.IO = traffic (car) accident ria = adventurer (TUXll+~t<.i>KTll~ = persecutor)
rpunw trip6 = 1. pierce, 2. make a hole (Tpunna-a). =
Twpa t6ra 1. now, at present, 2. at once. Twp1v6c;,
H Tpuna tripa = hole (Expr. K6vw IJlO wuna aTO -~. -6 torin6s = present, existing1now
vep6 = achieve nothing)
rpucptp6 c;, -~. -6 trifer6s = tender, affectionate. H
Tpucptp6TI1TO trifer6tita = affection, tenderness Y, u
Tpw(y) w tr6(y)o (irr.) = eat (e-q>ay-a, ea <p6-w) (Expr.
1p<.i>w ~uXo = get a beating, Tp<.i>w 10v K601-10 = move uy&fa, 11 iyia (hygiene) = health. Yylr\<;, -~c;. -t<; iyils
heaven and earth, tp<.i>w TO K£q>6At IJOU = bring = enjoying good health, healthy, sound. H uy11:1v~
disaster on oneself, Tov Tp<.i>tt 11 I-IUTn TOU = he is asking iyiini = hygiene
for trouble). Tpwyopa1 tr6yome = be eaten (<pay<.i>9- uyp6c;, -r\, -6 iyr6s (hygrometer) = 1. liquid, 2. moist,
llKO) (Expr. TpwyovTOt oav aKuAia = they ar at each =
damp. H uypaofa iyrasla humidity, moisture
other's throat, q>ayw91"JK£ va = he is madly keen to) u~po- il5ro- = prefix pertaining to or connected with
T061, TO tsai = tea water. From TO U~Wp i<5or = water
TOaKi~w tsakizo = smash, break (TOaKto-a). u6pau.l.IK6<;, o i5ravlik6s (hydraulic) = plumber
Toa Ki~OIJO I tsaklzome = make great efforts (TaaK(aT- u~poy6vo , TO il5roy6no = hydrogen
llKO) u~pooroTIK6c;, -~ ,-6 i~rostatik6s = hydrostatic
T06vra, 11 tsanda = 1. handbag, 2. brief-case, 3. uA11, 11 ili = matter, substance, material (npwTtc; uXec;
shaping-bag = raw material). YAIK6<;, -r\, -6 ilik6s = material. To
TOtKOUpl, TO lseko6ri = axe =
uA1K6 ilik6 1. stuff, material, 2. ingredient
Tot n.,, 11 tsepi = pocket UIJVO<;, o imnos = hymn
To1y6po, To tsiyaro = cigarette una18poc;, 11 ipeeros = open-air, outdoor
To1yy6 v-ac;, -a tsinganos = gipsy =
unaKouw ipako6o obey (un6~<oua- a) (un6+ aKouw
Toeyyouv-11<;. -a tsingo6nis = stingy = hear)
Tmptvro, To tsimento = cement =
un6M11Aoc;, o ipalilos 1. employee, clerk, 2. shop-
TOipnw tsimb6 = 1. prick, pinch, nip (TaiiJnna-a), 2. =
assistant (un6 ( under) + 6MI')Xoc; {parallel) = one
have a bite of food another)
=
Tomoupa, 11 tsipo6ra gilthead (fish) unapxw iparxo {irr.) = exist. be (um')p~-a. ea un6p~
TooupaAI, To tsoovali = sack, sackful w). H unap~11 iparxi = 1. existence, 2. a being
TuAiyw tiliyo = wrap up, coil, wind, twist (tuXt~-a) untp iper (prep.) = 1. over, above (with ace.), 2. on
run oc;, 0 tipos (type) = 1. type, model, 2. form, kind, =
behalf of, for (with gen.). To untp KOl 'tO K016 pros
3. mark, imprint, 4. character, 5. the press. Tum K6<;, - and cons
222
untp- iper- = prefix denoting over, very much, un6Aomoc;, -11, -o ip61ipos = remam1ng, rest. To
excessive, beyond measure un6Aomo ip61ipo = remainder, balance
untpaonfl;w iperaspizo = defend {um:paomo-a) unoptvw ipomeno = endure (un£1..1£V-a, ea uno1..1ev-w)
untpP6AAw ipervalo = 1. exaggerate {um:pef3aA.-a, (un6 (= under)+ l..levw = stay. H unopovr\ ipomoni =
ea um:pf36A-A.w) {um:p+f36Mw {ballistics) = shoot). patience
H untppoAr\ ipervoli (hyperbola) = exaggeration, un6vo1a, rt ip6nia = suspicion
excess. YntppoAJK6c;, -r\, -6 ipervolik6s = excessive, unomtuopal ipoptevome = suspect {unomt U'r·
exaggerated TJKa). H uno"'ia ipopsia= suspicion. 'Ynomoc;, ·rt, -o
untptxw iperexo = excel, exceed {um:pnx·a, ea ipoptos = suspect, suspicious
un£pex-w) (un£p+exw = have). H untpoxr\ iperoxl unOOTr}pf~w ipostirizo = 1. support, back
= supperiority (unoan'jpl~·a), 2. maintain, assert
untpr\cpavoc;, -11. -o iperlfanos = proud un6oxo~a1 ip6sxome = promise (unooxeS·nKa). H
untpoxoc;, -11. -o iperoxos = excellent, supperb. =
un60)(tOI1 ip6sxesi promise
Yntpoxa iperoxa (adv.) = excellently, superbly unoTpocpfa, 11 ipotroffa = scholarship, bursary
untpTOOI1, 11 ipertasi = hypertension (unep+TOOTJ = unoupy6c;, o ipoory6s = minister. To unoupydo
tension) ipooryio = ministry
untpTpocpfa, 11 ipertrofia = hypertrophy unocptpw ipofero = 1. suffer, feel pain (uneq>tp-a, ea
uneueuvoc;, -11. -o ipef9inos = responsible unocpep-w). 2. bear, go through, ·endure
un11p£Tw ipiret6 = serve (unTJptrrJo-a). H un11ptofa (uno( = under) +cpepw = bear)
ipiresia = service, duty, function. 0 un11ptT11c;, 11 unoxptwvw ipoxre6no = oblige (uno)(pewo-a). H
un11ptrp1a = servant unoxptwo11 ipoxreosi = obligation
onvoc;, o ipnos (hypnosis) = sleep. YnvwTfl;w unoxwpw ipoxor6 = 1. retreat, give way (unoxwpTJO·
ipnotizo = hypnotize. H unvwo11 lpnosi = hypnosis a), 2. subside, abate (uno (= under) + xwpw =
un6 ip6 (prep.) = 1. below, beneath, under (with advance)
ace.), 2. by {with gen.) umtpa istera (adv.) = 1. afterwards, then, later on, 2.
uno- ipo- = prefix denoting under, below, a lower furthermore
degree uOTtp6ypacpo, TO ister6yrafo = postscript
unoppux•o, To ipovrixio = submarine ucpaopa, TO ifasma = ClOth, material
un6yt1oc;, -a, -o ip6yios = underground {uno+ vTJ ucpoc;, TO ifos = 1. Style, 2. air, tone
(geography} = earth}. To un6ytlo ip6yio = u"'1Aov, TO ipsilon = the letter Y, u
basement, cellar u"'oc;, TO ipsos = =
height. Y"'rtA6c;, ·r\, -6 ipsil6s
unoypacpw ipoyrafo = sign {uneypaljJ-a, exw high, tall.
unoyp61jJ·tl) (un6 {= under) +yp6cpw {autograph) =
write). H unoypacprj ipoyrafi = signature
uno~txo~a• ipoMxome = receive, greet (uno~exr
TJKa). H uno~oxrj ipoOoxi = reception, welcome
un68to11, 11 ip6eesi = 1. hypothesis, 2. supposition, cpayr}T6, TO fayit6 = meal, dish, food to eat
3. case, affair, matter (uno(= under)+9eOTJ = thesis). cpayf, TO fayi (or cpai tal) = food to eat
Yno8£TIK6c;, -r\, -6 ipoeetik6s = 1. supposed, cpafvo~al fenome (phenomenon) (irr.) = 1.seem,2.
hypothetical, 2. fictitious appear, be visible, 3. be evident, look (cp6V-TJKa). To
unoKaTOOTI1~a. TO ipokatastima = branch office or cpa1v6~tvo fen6meno = phenomenon
shop (uno(-under)+Kat6crrru..la = shop, office) cpaKtAAoc;, o fakelos = 1. envelope, 2. file, dossier
un6Koo~oc;, o ip6kosmos = underworld cpavap1, TO fanari = lamp torch, lantem. To cpavap1a
(uno(= under) +K60'I..IO<; (Cosmopolitan) = world) fanaria = traffic lights. <llavep<)c;, -r\, -6 faner6s =
unoKpiTr\c;, o ipokritis (f. unoKpfTpla ipokritria) = clear, obvious
hypocrite. H unoKploia ipokrisia = hypocrisy cpavaTJK6c;, -~. -6 fanatik6s = fanatical 0
unoAoyfl;w ipoloyizo = 1. estimate, reckon (unoMylo· cpavaTIOp6c; 1anatism6s = fanatism
a), 2. take into account, attach importance to cpavtAAa, 11 fanela = flannel, vest
223
cpavra~o~a1 fantazome = imagine, suppose, think frightful, 2. terrific, amazing. «SSoJltpa fovera (adv.) =
(cpavr60T-I1KO). «SSOVTOOTIK6<;, -11, -6 fantastik6s = 1. terribly
imaginary, 2. fantastic. H cpavraola fandasia = 1. cp6voc;, o f6nos = murder
imagination, 2. phantasy cpopa, 11 fora = 1. time (occasion) (6MI1 <pop6 =
cpavrao~a. TO fandasma (phantasy) = ghost some other time, K69e q>op6 = every time), 2. way,
cpap~uc;, -16, -u far~ is = wide, broad direction
cpap~aKo, TO farmako (pharmacology) = drug, cp6ptpa, TO f6rema dress=
medicine. To cpap~aKdo(v) farmakio(n) = chemist's cp6poc;, o f6ros = tax
=
cpapoc;, o faros light house cpopTwvw fort6no = 1. load (with), 2. take on cargo
cpaoapfa, 11 fasaria = fuss, disturbance (<p6pnoo-a). 41opTIK6c;, -1\, -6 fortik6s = pestering,
=
cp6011, 11 fasi phase importunate. To cpopTqy6 fortiy6 = 1. lorry, 2. cargo-
cpao6A1, TO fas61i = haricot, bean. H cpaoo.Aa6a vessel
=
fasoiMa bean soup cpopw for6 = 1. wear, 2. put on
«SSeppouaploc;, o fevrooarios = February cpoupvoc;, o fo6rnos = 1. oven, 2. bakery
cpeyyap1, TO fengari = moon cpouoKwvw foosk6no = swell, inflate, fill with air (tyre)
cptyyw fango = shine (t-<pe~-a) (<pOUOKW0-0)
<ptpvw ferno or cptpw fero = 1. bring, fetch {t-<pep-a). cpouar6v1, TO foostani = woman's dress
41tpo~a• ferome = behave (<ptp9-11Ko) cppa~w frazo = 1. obstruct, block (t-cppa~-a) , 2,
<ptTa, 11 feta = 1. slice, 2. white cheese enclose, fence. To cppaypa frayma = 1. barrier, 2.
cpt Toc; fetos or tcptToc; efetos = this year barrage, dam. 0 cppO)(TI'J<; fraxtis = fence, hedge
cptuyw fevyo = 1. leave, depart, go away, 2. run cppavr~6Aa , 11 frantz61a = long loaf
away from. H cpuy!l fiy i {fugitive) = flight, running cpp6orJ,, 'l frasi = phrase
away cpptvo, TO frena = brake (of wheels)
cp!l~ll. 11 fi mi = 1. fame, reputation,. 2. rumour cpptoKoc;, -11. -a freskos = fresh , new (not stale)
cp86vw f9ano or cpTavw ftano = 1. arrive, draw near cpp6v1poc;, •I'J, -a fr6nimos = well-behaved, good
(t-cp9(t)o-a), 2. be enough, 3. catch up with. 41Tavtl cppovrf~w frondlzo = look after, take care of
=
va provided that (cpp6vr1o-a). H cppovrf6a frondi15a = care, concern
cp81v6nwpo, TO f9in6poro = autumn cppoupw froor6 ;:;;; guard, watch {<ppoup11o-a). 0
cp16A11, 11 Mli = bottle. Epcp1aAwptvo emfialomeno cppoup6c; froor6s = guard, sentry. To cppoup1o
vtp6 = mineral water fro6rio = fort, fortress
cpi61, TO fi6i = snake cppouTa, To fro6to =fruit
cp1Aav8pwnoc;, o filan9ropos = philanthropist cppuyav1a, 11 friyania = piece of toast
cp1Atva6a, 11 file na~a = girl or woman friend =
cppu61, To fri15i eyebrow
cp1A~ , TO film = film (photographic, cinema) cpTafw fteo = be to blame (t-cpTOI~-a)
cp1A6~tvoc; , -1') , -o fil6xenos = hospitable {cpthO<; cpTavw ttano = see <p96vw
{=friend) + ~tvo<; (xenophobia) = stranger) cpTtp6, TO fter6 (mtp6 pter6 (helicopter) in Anc. and
cpi.Aoc;, o files, 11 cpi.AI'J fili (philosophy) = friend. H K) = 1. wing, 2. feather
cp1Afa !ilia ;:;;; friendship. 411AIK6c;, ·1\, -6 filik6s ;:;;; friendly cpTI')v6c;, -1\, -6 ftin6s (or cp81')v6c; f9in6s) = cheap
cp1A6oocpoc;, o til6sofos = philosopher. H cp1Aooocpfa cpTia(X)vw ftiaxno = 1. make, 2. arrange, put right (t-
filosofia :;;: philosophy <pTIO~-a)
cpAIT~OVI or cpAUT~OVI, TO flitzani = CUp cpTU6p•. To ftiari = shovel, spade
cpA6ya, 11 fl6ya = flame cpTIJvw ftino = spit (on) (&-<ptuo-a)
cp.Aou6a, 11 flo6~a (o cpAo16c; fli6s in Anc. and K) = cprwx6c;, -11, -6 ftox6s (mwx6c; ptox6s in Anc. and K)
peel, rind = poor)
cp6poc;, o f6vos (phobia) = fear. cSioJlou~a• fovo6me cpu.Aayw filayo = 1. guard, watch over (<puha~-a) , 2.
or cpopa~a• fovame = fear, be afraid of (<po~f)9-11KO) . protect, look after, 3. keep, set aside. 0 cpuAaKac;
«SSopf~w fovizo = 1. frighten, 2. threaten {<p6~1o-a) . H filakas = watchman, guard, keeper. H cpuAaKq filaki
cpopfa fovla = phobia. 41oJltp6c;, -1\, -6 fover6s ;:;;; 1. = prison. 0 cpuAaKIO~tvoc; filakismenos = prisoner
224
cpuA~ , 11 fili (phylarch) = race, tribe. <l>uA&TtK6c;, -~. -6 health, joy) ;:::: greeting). XapouiJ&voc;, · I'J, -o
filetik6s (phyletic) = racial xaro6menos = merry, happy
cpuAAo, TO filo (chrorophyll) = leaf xopoKT~poc;, o xaraktiras = character.
cpUOI'J, 11 fisi (physical) = nature. CSluatK6c;, -~. -6 XapaKTI'JpiOTtK6c;, -~. -6 xaraktiristik6s = characteristic
fisik6s = 1. natural, 2. physical. Cl>uatK6 fisika (adv.) x6pfl, f'l xari (x6pu~ xaris (charismatic) in Anc. and K}
= naturally. <l>uato.\oytK6c;, -l't, -6 fisioloyik6s = = 1. grace, charm, attractiveness, 2. favour, service
physiological (Expr. xaptc; oe otva = thanks to you,
!pUT6, TO fit6 = plant. CSIUTIK6<;, -~, -6 fitik6s = napaoefv~.tmoc; xapw = for example)
vegetable xopfl;w xarizo = make a present of (X6pT)o-a). To
cpwA16, 11 folia = nest XOPIOIJO xarisma (charismatic) = gift
cpwv6l;w fonazo = 1. shout, 2. call out, summon. H x6PTI1C:, o xartis (chart) = map. To xopTI xarti =
cpwv~ foni (telephone) = voice. To cpwv~ev fonien = paper. To xopTt6 xartya = playing cards. To xopT6vt
vowel xart6ni = cardboard. X6pTtvoc;, · I'J , -o xartinos = of
cpwc;, TO fos (phosphorus) = light paper
cpwroypacpia, 11 fotoyrafia = photograph. 0 XOPTOV6~10~0 , TO xarton6misma = paper money,
cpwroyp6cpoc; fotoyratos = photographer banknote (xapt(+v6~-ttOj.IO (numismatic) = currency)
xaTfpl, TO xatiri = favour, service
X&iAt, TO Xili = lip
x,x X&l~wvac;, o Xim6nas = winter
xc•p6r&poc;, ·I'J, -o xir6teros = worse
xai'l5euw xaiMvo = caress, pat (X6i6eljJ-a) xe•poupy6c;, o xiro6ryos ;:::: surgeon
Xatp&rfl;w xeretizo = 1. greet, 2. salute. To xtpt, TO xeri (Chiropractor) = 1. hand, 2. arm, 3.
XOip&TJO~OTO xeretismata = greetings, salutation handle
xafpw xero or xofpoiJOI xerome (irr.) = be glad (X6P- XI'J~&ia, '1 ximia = chemistry. XI'J~IK6c;, -l't, -6 ximik6s
T)Ka, ea xap-w). The imperative xofp&T& xerete is = chemical
used as a greeting on arrival or departure. Xofpw x~pa, '1 xira = widow. 0 x~poc; xiros = widower
noAu is equivalent to how do you do X9i c;, TO xSes (adv.) = yesterday. X8&atv6c;, ·rt, -6
xoAi, TO xali = carpet , rug xeesin6s = yesterday's
xaAK6c;, o xalk6s (chalcography) = copper XfAto xilia (kilogram) = a thousand. H X1At6l5o Xilia6a
xoAvw xaln6 or xoAw xal6 = 1. spoil (x6Xao-a.), 2. put = chiliad. To x•A•aptKo xiliariko = thousand-drachma
out of order, wear out, 3. break off (agreement), 4. note. To XIAI61J&Tpo Xili6metro = kilometer
spend money or change banknote (Expr. xaX6et o x•6vt, TO xi6ni = snow. Xtovfl;&t xionizi =it snows
K601JO<; ;:::: there is a great to do, 6& XOAOO£ 0 K601JO<; xA1ap6c;, -~. -6 Xliar6s = tepid
= the situation is not so serious) xAw~6c;, -~ , -6 xlom6s = pale, pallid
x6~w xamo (camomile) = to or on the ground. To =
xotptv6c;, -~. -6 xirin6s of pork
xa~6~11Ao xam6milo or To xa~o~~A• xamomlli = xovrp6c;, -~ . -6 xondr6s or xovl5p6c; xonor6s
camomile (X6j.iW+IJfJA.o = apple). 0 xa~a1Atwv (hypohondriac) = 1. thick, fat, 2. unrefined, rude
xameleon = chameleon (X61Jw+Atwv = lion). To xop6c;, o xo r6s (choreography) = dance. Xopeuw
xa~6yeAo xam6y elo = smile (X6~-tw+yell.to = xorevo = dance (x6peljJ·a). 0 xopeur~c; xorettlis, 11
laughter). Xo~11A6c;, -:~, -6 xamil6s = low xop&uTpiO xoreftria = dancer. H xopoypacpfa
xavw xano = 1. lose (e-xao-a), 2. miss. (Expr. 10 xoroyrafia = choreography (xop6c;+yp6cpw = write)
exaoe or 16xaoe • he got confused or embarrassed) . x6pTO, TO XOrtO or TO XOPTOpl XOrtari "' grass. To
X6VOIJOI x<fmome = 1. get lost (X69= T)Ka), 2. lose one's x6pTO x6rta = green vegetables
way. Xo!Jivoc;, ·I'J, -o xamemos = 1. lost, 2. the loser xopw6fo, I'J xorooia = choir, chorus
(Expr. 10 txet xa~.ttva = same meaning with 10 txaoe) xpetal;oiJOI xriazome = need, require (XPtt60T-T)Ka)
XOOC:, TO xaos = chaos XP~~a, To xrlma = money
xam, To xapi = pill xpl'to•~oc;, ·I'J, ·O xrisimos ;:::: useful. Xpi'JOI~onou;,
xop6, '1 xara = pleasure, joy (Expr. y et6 xap6 (= =
xrisimopi6 use (XPnOt!Jono(T)o-a) (XPrlOlJ.lO<;+notw
225
= make). Xp110IJ.I&uw x risimevo = be of use, serve ljJap1, To psari = fish. t&laptuw psarevo = fish. 0
=
(XPllO(tJ&uo-o). H XP~OI1 xrlsi use, usage 111apac; psaras = fishmonger, fisherman
=
XPfOJJO, TO xrisma Chrism =
111axvw psaxno search (for) (e-ljJo~-o)
Xptor6c;, xrist6s = Christ. Xptortav6c;, -~ = Christian. ljJtJ.~a , To psema or To 111tui5oc; psevi5os (pseudo-) =
Ta Xptorouy&vva x risto6yena Christmas lie. o 111tliTI1<; pseftis, 11 llltUl'pa pseftra = liar.
(XPtOT6c;+y£wa (genesis) = childbirth) t<UTIK6c;, - rJ, -o pseftikos = false, sham, artificial. To
xp6voc;, 0 xr6nos (synchronous) = 1. time, 2. year 'i't Ui5WVUJ.IO psevi56nimo = pseudonym
(Expr. TOU )(p6VOU = next year, n6oo )(pOVWV &(OQl = 11111A6c;, -~ psil6s = tall, high
how old are you) . Ta xp6vta xr6nia (exists only in ~~~~vw psino = bake, roast (t-I!Jno-o). "-'11T6c;, -~. -6
plural) = the years (Expr. XP6vto noMa = many psit6s = baked, grilled. To 'i'I"JT6 psit6 = roast or
happy returns) . H xpovoAoyfa xronoloyia = 1. date, grilled meat
2. chronology ljl~cpoc;, 11 pslfos = vote. "-'11cpf~w psifizo = vote (for)
XPU06<;, 0 xriS6S (Chrysanthemun) Or TO XPUOCcpl (I!Jflq>to-o)
xrisafi = gold. Xpuo6c;, -~ . -6 xris6s = golden =
Ill• psi the letter lV, ljJ
XPWJ.Io, TO xr6ma (chromatic) = 1. colour, 2. paint. =
III•AO, TO psila small change (money)
=
XpWJ.IOTtor6c;, -~. -6 x romatist6s coloured ljluyt io, TO psiyio = 1. refrigerator, 2. radiator (of
xpworw xrost6 =1. owe (XPWOT-llOO), 2. be in debt, =
motor). H ljiU~I'J psixi refrigeration
3. be obliged ljlux~. '1 psixi (psychiatrist) = soul. t&IUXtK6<;, -~, -6
xran6i5t, TO )(tapC>lii or TO oKTan6i5t oktapC>lii = octopus pslxik6s = psychic. ~&~uxoAoyiK6c;, -~ . -6 =
xrt vt, TO )(l.eni = comb. XTtvf~w )(l.enizo = comb, psychological. H ljluxoAoyfa psixoloy ia =
(xrevto-o). XTtvf~OJ.IOI )(l.enizome = dress one's hair psychology, 0 ljluxfaTpoc; psixfatros = psychiatrist.
xrtc;, To xtes or xetc; xees = yesterday 0 ljluxona9~c; psixopa9ls = psychopath. H
xrf~w xtizo or KTf~w ktizo = build (t-X(K)Tto-o). To =
ljluxav6Auoi'J psixanalisi psyco-analysis
xrfpto )(l.irio or KTfp1o ktirio = building ljluxoc;, To pslxos = cold. ~&~uxp6c;, -~ . -6 psixr6s =
xrunw xtip6 or KTunw ktip6 = 1. hit, strike (Xrunno- cold. ~&~uxpa•J.Ioc;, ·I'J, -o psixremos = cold-blooded,
o), 2. beat, attac k, 3. knock against something, hurt cool, composed (IJJuxo+o(tJo(anaemia) blood) =
oneself (Expr. xrunnoe:~ ; did you hurt yourself?) =
ljiWJ.Ii, TO psomi bread
xuvw xino = pour out, shed, spill (t-x uo-o) ljlwvf~w psonizo = 1. buy, 2. do shopping (ljJwvto-o).
XWJ.IO, TO x6ma = 1. soil, earth, 2. ground =
Ta ljlwvta ps6nia purchases, shopping
xwv&uw xonevo = digest (XwvtljJ-o)
xwpf~w xorlzo = 1. separate, part, divide, 2. divorce
(xwpto-o). Xwptor6c;, -~. -6 xorist6s = separate, n, w
apart. Xwp1or6 xorista (adv.) = separately
XWPO<;, 0 X6ros (Chorog raphic) = 1. place, area, 2. wKt av6c;, o okean6s = ocean
space, room . H xwpa X6ra = 1. land, 2. country. To wJ.~tya , To omeya =
the letter wn.
xwp16 xory6 = village. To xwp6cp1 xorafi = field. 0 WJ.IO<;, o 6mos = shoulder
xwp1K6c;, -~ = villager, countryman. Xwpw xor6 = 1. =
WJ.16c;, -~ . -6 om6s 1. raw, 2. hard,
fit or go into, 2. find room enough (Xwpw in Anc. = wpa, '1 6ra (horoscope) = 1. hour, 2. time (Expr. IJ&
advance) TllV WpO = by the hour, IJ& 'Tt~ Wp&<; = for hours, dv01
xwpfc; xoris (adv.) = 1. without, 2. not counting =
OTllV WpO TOU he iS punctual, Tll<; wpa COOked to=
(Xwp(~ 6Mo = without fail) order, a la minute). To wpoA6y1o orol6yio or TO poA61
rol6i = watch, clock. To wpoOK6mo orosk6pio =
horoscope
wpaioc;, -a , -o oreos =
beautiful!, handsome. npafa
area (adv.) = beautifully, good, very well
ljJaAfi5t, TO psali6i = scissors we; os or t wc; eos (prep.) = until, up to, as far as.
ljJOAJJ6c;, o psalm6s = psalm. t&laAAw psalo = chant (E)wc; &00> = until. 'nanou 6spoo = until, by the time
(e-lJJOA-o) =
we; os (adv.) as, like, such as
226